THE STORY OF
Committee of 300
Copyright © 1992 by Dr.
"Conspirators' Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300", by Dr.
John Coleman, is reproduced here without the permission of the
publisher: American West Publishers.
THE STORY OF THE
The Committee of 300
AN OVERVIEW AND SOME CASE HISTORIES.
INSTITUTlONS THROUGH WHICH
CONTROL IS EXERCISED.
THE AGE OF AQUARIUS.
BANKS & DRUGS
THE COMMITTEE'S STRUCTURE
PAST AND PRESENT
AND THOSE DIRECTLY UNDER INFLUENCE OF THE
The Committee of 300.
SPECIAL FOUNDATIONS AND INTEREST
LEGAL ASSOciaTIONS AND LAWYERS.
PAST AND PRESENT MEMBERS OF THE
The Committee of 300.
THE The Committee of 300
BIBLIOGRAPHY, SUMMARIES AND NOTES
In my career as a
professional intelligence-officer, I had many occasions to access
highly classified documents, but during service as a political
science officer in-the-field, in Angola, West Africa, I had the
opportunity to view a series of top-secret classified-documents
which were unusually explicit. What I saw filled me with anger and
resentment and launched me on a course from which I have not
deviated, namely to uncover what power it is that controls and
manages the British and United States governments.
I was thoroughly
familiar with all of the well-known secret societies such as the
Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA), the Council on
Foreign Relations (CFR), the
Trilaterals, the Zionists, Freemasonry, Bolshevism- Rosicrucianism
and all of the spin-offs of these secret societies. As an
intelligence-officer, and even before that as a young student in the
course of my studies at the British Museum in London, I had cut my
eye-teeth on all of them, plus a good number of others with whom I
imagined Americans were familiar. But when I came to the United
States in 1969, I found that names like the Order of St. John of
Jerusalem, Club of Rome, the German Marshall Fund, the Cini
Foundation, the Round Table, the Fabianists the Venetian Black
Nobility, the Mont Pelerin Society, Hellfire Clubs, and many others
were at best totally unknown here, or else their true-functions
were, at best, only poorly understood, if at all.
In 1969-1970 I set about
remedying the situation in a series of monographs and cassette
tapes. Much to my surprise I soon found plenty of people willing to
quote these names as if they had known of them all of their writing
careers, but who were not in the least bit knowledgeable about the
subjects, yet quite unwilling to state the source of their lately
acquired information. I consoled myself with the thought that
imitation is the sincerest form of flattery.
I pursued my
investigations, pressing on in the face of severe risks, attacks on
myself and my wife, financial losses, continual harassment, threats
and calumny, all part of a carefully crafted and orchestrated
program to discredit me, run by government agents and informers,
embedded in the so-called Christian right-wing, the "Identity
Movement" and right-wing "patriotic" groups. These agents operated,
and still operate, under cover of strong and fearless outspoken
opposition to Judaism their main enemy, they would have us believe.
These agent-informers are led and controlled by a group of
who are well-liked and well-respected by political and religious
conservatives all across the United States.
Their program of calumny,
lies and hatred, dis-information about my work, even lately
attributing it to other writers, continues unabated but it has not
had the desired effect. I shall carry on with my task until I have
finally ripped off the mask of the entire secret upper-level
parallel government that runs Britain and the U.S. This book is a
part of that ongoing effort.
Dr. John Coleman, November
AN OVERVIEW AND SOME CASE HISTORIES.
Certainly a fair number of
us are aware that the people running our government are not the
people who are really in control of political and economic
matters, domestic and foreign. This has led many to seek the truth
in the alternative press, those newsletter writers who, like me,
have sought, but not always found what it is that is making the
United States terminally-ill. "Seek and ye shall find" has not
always been the case with this group. What we did find was that the
people walk in great darkness, mostly not caring or bothering to
find out where their country is headed, firm in the belief that it
will always be there for them. This is the way the largest
population-group has been manipulated to react, and their
attitude plays right into the hands of the secret government.
We frequently hear about
"they" doing this, that or the other. "They" seem literally to be
able to get away with murder. "They" increase taxes, send our sons
and daughters to die in wars that do not benefit our country. "They"
seem above our reach, out of sight, frustratingly nebulous when it
comes to taking action against "them". No-one seems able to clearly
identify who "they" are. It is a situation that has pertained for
decades. During the course of this book, we shall identify the
mysterious "they" and then, after that, it is up to the people to
remedy their situation.
On 30th April 1981, I wrote
a monograph disclosing the existence of the Club of Rome,
identifying it as a Committee of 300 subversive body. This was the
first mention of both of these organisations in the United States. I
warned readers not to be fooled by the feeling that the article was
far-fetched and I drew a parallel between my article and the warning
issued by the Bavarian government when the secret plans of the
Illuminati fell into its hands. We shall return to the Club of Rome
and the role of the The Committee of 300 in U.S. affairs later
Many of the predictions made
in that 1981 article have since come to pass, such as the unknown
Felipe Gonzalez becoming prime-minister of Spain, and Mitterand
being returned to power in France; the downfall of Giscard D' Estang
and Helmut Schmidt, the return to power of Swedish nobleman and The
Committee of 300 member Olaf Palme (who has since then been
mysteriously murdered), the nullifying of Reagan's presidency and
the destruction of our steel, auto and housing industries in terms
of the post-industrial zero-growth order handed down by the
Committee of 300.
The importance of Palme lies
in the use made of him by the Club of Rome to deliver technology to
the Soviet Union on the forbidden-list of the U.S. Customs, and
Palme's world-wide communications-network employed to train the
spotlight on the phony Iran hostage-crisis, while he shuttled back
and forth between Washington and Teheran in an effort to undermine
the sovereign integrity of the U.S. and place the phony crisis in
the realm of a The Committee of 300 institution, viz., the World
Court at The Hague, Holland.
In what is in fact an open
conspiracy against God and man, which includes enslaving the
majority of humans left on this Earth, after wars, plagues and
mass-murder have done with them, is not well hidden. In the
intelligence-community, it is taught that the best way to hide
something is to place it in open view. As an example of the
foregoing, when Germany wanted to hide its prized new Messerschmidt
fighter-plane in 1938, the aircraft was put on display at the Paris
Air Show. While secret-agents and spies were collecting information
from hollow tree-trunks and from behind loose bricks in a wall, the
information they sought was staring them right in the face.
parallel secret government does not operate from dank basements and
secret underground chambers. It places itself in full view, in the
White House, Congress and in Number 10 Downing Street and the Houses
of Parliament. It is akin to those weird and supposedly terrifying
"monster" films, where the monster appears with distorted features,
long hair and even longer teeth, growling and slavering all over the
place. This is distraction, the REAL MONSTERS wear business-suits (Collar
and drive to work on Capitol Hill in limousines.
These men are IN OPEN VIEW.
These men are the servants of the One World Government-New World
Order. Like the rapist who stops to offer his victim a friendly
ride, he does not LOOK like the monster he is. If he did, his
intended victim would run off screaming in fright. The same applies
to government at all levels. President Bush does not LOOK like a
dutiful servant of the upper-level parallel government, but make no
mistake about it, he is as much a MONSTER as are those horrors found
Stop for a moment and
consider how President Bush ordered the brutal slaying of 150,000
Iraqi troops, in a convoy of military vehicles carrying white flags,
on their way back to Iraq under Geneva Convention rules of agreed
disengagement and withdrawal. Imagine the horror of the Iraqi troops
when, in spite of waving their white flags, they were mowed down by
American aircraft. In another part of the front, 12,000 Iraqi
soldiers were buried alive in trenches they occupied. Is that not
MONSTROUS in the truest sense of the word? From where did President
Bush get his orders to act in this MONSTROUS fashion? He got them
Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA)
who received its mandate from the The Committee of 300, also known
as the "Olympians".
As we shall see, even the
"Olympians" do not hide their faces. Often times they put on a show
which could be likened to the Paris Air Show, even as conspiracy
buffs spend their time in fruitless searching in the wrong places
and in the wrong direction. Note how the Queen, Elizabeth II,
performs the ceremonial opening of the British Parliament? There, in
full view is the head of the The Committee of 300. Have you ever
witnessed the swearing-in ceremony of a United States President?
There in full view is another member of the Committee of 300. The
problem is only one of perception.
Who are the
conspirators who serve the mighty all-powerful The Committee of 300?
The better-informed of our citizens are aware that there is a
conspiracy and that the conspiracy goes under various names such as
the Round Table
the Milner Group. To them
the CFR and
represent most of what they do not like in regard to domestic and
foreign policy. Some even know that the Round Table has a big input
into United States affairs through the British ambassador in
Washington. The problem is that real hard information on the
treasonous activities of members of the invisible
Government is very hard to come by.
I quote the profound
statement made by the Prophet Hosea (4:6), which is found in the
"My people are
destroyed for lack of [My] Knowledge."
Some may already have heard my
exposé of the foreign aid scandal, in which work I named several
conspiratorial organisations, whose number is legion. Their final
objective was the overthrow of the U.S. Constitution and the merging
of this country, chosen by God as HIS country, with a Godless One
World-New World Order Government which will return the world to
conditions far worse than existed in the Dark Ages.
Let us talk about actual
case histories, the attempt to communise and de-industrialise Italy.
The Committee of 300 long ago decreed that there shall be a smaller
- much smaller - and better world, that is, their idea of
what constitutes a better world. The myriad's of "useless eaters"
consuming scarce natural-resources were to be culled (killed).
Industrial progress supports population-growth. Therefore the
command to multiply and subdue the earth found in Genesis had to be
This called for an attack
upon Christianity; the slow but sure disintegration of industrial
nation states; the destruction of hundreds of millions of people,
referred to by the The Committee of 300 as "surplus population", and
the removal of any leader who dared to stand in the way of the
Committee's global planning to reach the foregoing objectives.
Two of the Committee's
earliest targets were Italy and Pakistan. The late Aldo Moro, Prime
Minister of Italy, was one leader who opposed "zero growth" and
population-reductions planned for his country, thereby incurring the
wrath of the Club of Rome commissioned by the "Olympians" to
carry-out its policies in this regard. In a Rome courtroom on
November 10th, 1982, a close friend of Moro's testified that the
former prime-minister was threatened by an agent of
the Royal Institute for International Affairs
(RIIA), who is also a Committee of
300 member, while he was still the U.S. Secretary of State. The
meteoric rise of the man the witness named as Kissinger will be
dealt with later.
It will be recalled that
Prime Minister Moro was kidnapped by the Red Brigades in 1978 and
subsequently brutally shot to death. It was at the trial of members
of the Red Brigades that several of them testified to the fact that
they knew of high-level U.S. involvement in the plot to kill Moro.
When threatening Moro, Kissinger was obviously not carrying out U.S.
foreign-policy, but rather acting according to instructions received
from the Club of Rome, the foreign-policy arm of the The Committee
of 300. The witness who delivered the bombshell in open court was a
close associate of Moro's, Gorrado Guerzoni.
His explosive testimony was
broadcast over Italian television and radio on November l0th, 1982,
and printed in several Italian newspapers yet this vital information
was suppressed in the U.S. Those famous bastions of freedom with a
compelling right-to-know, the Washington Post and the New York
Times, did not think it important to even print a single line of
Nor was the news carried by
any of the wire-services or television-stations. The fact that
Italy's Aldo Moro had been a leading politician for decades, and who
was kidnapped in broad daylight in the Spring of 1978, all of his
bodyguards butchered in cold blood, was not deemed newsworthy, even
though Kissinger stood accused as an accomplice to these crimes? Or
was the silence BECAUSE of Kissinger's involvement?
In my 1982 exposé of this
heinous crime, I demonstrated that Aldo Moro, a loyal member of the
Christian Democrat Party, was murdered by assassins controlled by P2
Masonry (see David Yallop's book, In God's Name) with the
object of bringing Italy into line with Club of Rome orders to de-industrialise
the country and considerably reduce its population. Moro's plans to
stabilise Italy through full employment and industrial and political
peace would have strengthened Catholic opposition to Communism and
made the destabilisation of the Middle East - a prime goal - that
From the foregoing it
becomes clear just how far ahead the conspirators plan. They do not
think in terms of a Five Year Plan. One needs to go back to
Weishaupt's statements about the early Catholic Church to understand
what was involved in the murder of Aldo Moro. Moro's death removed
the roadblocks to the plans to destabilise Italy, and as we now
know, enabled conspiracy-plans for the Middle East to be carried out
in the Gulf War 14 years later.
Italy was chosen as a
test-target by the Committee of 300. Italy is important to the
conspirators' plans because it is the closest European country to
the Middle East linked to Middle East economics and politics. It is
also the home of the Catholic Church, which Weishaupt ordered
destroyed, and home for some of Europe's most powerful top
oligarchical families of the ancient Black Nobility. Should Italy
have been weakened by Moro's death, it would have had repercussions
in the Middle East which would have weakened U.S. influence in the
region. Italy is important for another reason; it is a gateway for
drugs entering Europe from Iran and Lebanon, and we shall return to
that subject in due course.
Various groups had combined
under the name of socialism to bring about the downfall of several
Italian governments since the Club of Rome was established in 1968.
Among these are the Black Nobility of Venice and Genoa, P2 Masonry
and the Red Brigades, all working for the same goals. Police
investigators in Rome working on the Red Brigades-Aldo Moro case
came across the names of several very prominent Italian families
working closely with this terrorist group. The police also
discovered evidence that in at least a dozen cases, these powerful
and prominent families had allowed their homes and/or property to be
used as safe-houses for Red Brigades' cells.
America's "nobility" were
doing their share to destroy the Republic of Italy, a notable
contribution having come from Richard Gardner even while in his
official capacity as President Carter's ambassador to Rome. At that
time Gardner was operating under the direct control of Bettino Craxi,
an important member of the Club of Rome and a key man in NATO. Craxi
was the leading edge of the conspirators' attempts to destroy the
Italian Republic. As we shall see, Craxi was almost successful in
ruining Italy, and as the conspirators' hierarchy's leading player,
was able to get divorce and abortion pushed through the Italian
Parliament, resulting in the most far-reaching and destructive
religious and social changes ever to strike at the Catholic Church,
and consequently, the morals of the Italian nation.
After President Ronald
Reagan was elected, an important meeting was held in Washington D.C.
in December 1980 under the auspices of the Club of Rome and the
Socialist International. Both these organisations are directly
responsible to the The Committee of 300. The main agenda was to
formulate ways and means of how to neutralise the Reagan presidency.
A group plan was adopted and, as we look back, it is perfectly clear
that the plan the conspirators agreed to follow has been very
In order to get an idea of
how vast and how all-pervasive is this conspiracy, it would be
appropriate at this point to name the goals set by the The Committee
of 300 for the pending conquest and control of the world. There are
at least 40 known "branch offices" of the Committee of 300, and we
shall be listing them all, together with a description of their
functions. Once this is studied it becomes easy to understand how
one central conspiratorial-body is able to operate so successfully
and why it is that no power on Earth can withstand their onslaught
against the very foundations of a civilised, progressive world,
based on freedom of the individual, especially as it is declared in
the United States Constitution.
Thanks to the sworn
testimony of Guerzoni, Italy and Europe but not the U.S. learned
that Kissinger was behind the death of Aldo Moro. This tragic affair
demonstrates the ability of the Committee of 300 to impose its will
upon any government, without exception. Secure in his
position as a member of the most powerful secret society in the
world, and I am not talking about Freemasonry, Kissinger not only
terrified Moro, but carried-through on his threats to "eliminate"
Moro, if he did not give up his plan to bring economic and
industrial progress to Italy. In June and July of 1982, the wife of
Aldo Moro testified in open court that her husband's murder came
about as a result of serious threats against his life, made by what
she called "a high ranking United States political figure." Mrs.
Eleanora Moro repeated the precise phrase reportedly used by
Kissinger in the sworn testimony of Guerzoni: "Either you stop your
political line or you will pay dearly for it." Recalled by the
judge, Guerzoni was asked if he could identify the person Mrs. Moro
was talking about. Guerzoni replied that it was indeed Henry
Kissinger as he had previously intimated.
Guerzoni went on to explain
to the court that Kissinger had made his threats in Moro's
hotel-room during the Italian leaders official visit to the U.S.
Moro - then Prime Minister and Foreign Minister of Italy, a NATO
member-country - was a man of high rank, one who should never have
been subjected to Mafia-like pressures and threats. Moro was
accompanied on his American visit by the President of Italy in his
official capacity. Kissinger was then, and still is, an important
agent in the service of the (British) Royal Institute for
International Affairs, a member of the Club of Rome and the (U.S.)
Council on Foreign Relations.
Kissinger's role in
destabilising the United States by means of three wars, the Middle
East, Korea and Vietnam, is well known, as is his role in the Gulf
War, in which the U.S. Army acted as mercenaries for the The
Committee of 300 in bringing Kuwait back under its control and at
the same time making an example out of Iraq, so that other small
nations would not be tempted to work out their own destiny.
Kissinger also threatened
the late Ali Bhutto, President of the sovereign nation of Pakistan.
Bhutto's "crime" was that he favoured nuclear weapons for his
country. As a Moslem state, Pakistan felt threatened by continued
Israeli aggression in the Middle East. Bhutto was judicially
murdered in 1979 by the Council on Foreign Relations' representative
in the country General Zia ul Haq.
In his planned ascent to
power, ul Haq encouraged a frenzied mob to set fire to the U.S.
Embassy in Islamabad in an apparent attempt to show the CFR that he
was his own man and to secure more foreign aid and, it was later
learned, to murder Richard Helms. Several years later, ul Haq paid
with his life for intervening in the war raging in Afghanistan. His
C-130 Hercules aircraft was hit by an E.L.F. (electrical low
frequency) shot shortly after it took off, causing the aircraft to
loop into the ground.
The Club of Rome, acting on
The Committee of 300 orders to eliminate General ul Haq, had no
compunction in sacrificing the lives of a number of U.S. servicemen
on board the flight, including a U.S. Army Defence Intelligence
Agency group headed by Brigadier General Herber Wassom. General ul
Haq had been warned by the Turkish Secret Service not to travel by
plane, as he was targeted for a mid-air bombing. With this in mind,
ul Haq took the United States team with him as "an insurance
policy", as he commented to his inner-circle advisors. In my 1989
work "Terror in the Skies", I gave the following account of what
happened: "Shortly before ul Haq's C-130 took off from a Pakistan
military base, a suspicious looking truck was seen close to the
hangar that had housed the C-130. The control-tower warned base
security, but by the time action was taken, the C-130 was already
airborne and the truck had gone. A few minutes later the plane began
looping-the-loop until it hit the ground and exploded in a ball of
fire. There is no explanation for such behaviour by the C-130, an
aircraft with a marvellously reliable record, and a joint
Pakistani-United States board of inquiry found no pilot-error or
mechanical or structural failure. Looping-the-loop is a recognised
trade-mark of an aircraft hit by E.L.F. fire.
That the Soviet Union has
been able to develop high-peak radio-frequency-devices is known to
the West through the work of Soviet scientists who work in the
Kurchatov Atomic Energy Institute's Intensive Relativistic Electron
Beam Division. Two of its specialists were Y.A.Vinograov and
A.A.Rukhadze. Both scientists worked in the Lededev Physics
Institute, which specialises in electronic and X-ray lasers.
After receiving this
information, I searched for confirmation from other sources and
found that in England the International journal of Electronics had
published some material which appeared to confirm the information
given to me about the method chosen to shoot down General ul Haq's
C-130. In addition, the information was confirmed by two of my
intelligence sources. I received some useful information from a
Soviet scientific paper on these subjects, published in England
under the title "Soviet Radio Electronics and Communications
Systems". There was no doubt in my mind that General ul Haq had been
murdered. The truck seen near the C-130 hanger undoubtedly carried a
mobile E.L.F. device of the type the Soviet Armed Forces are known
According to written
testimony by Bhutto, smuggled out of the country while he was in
prison, Kissinger severely threatened him: "I will make a horrible
example if you continue with your nation-building policies." Bhutto
had fallen afoul of Kissinger and the Club of Rome by calling for a
nuclear-energy-program to bring Pakistan into a modern
industrialised state which, in the eyes of the The Committee of 300,
was a direct contravention of its orders delivered by Kissinger to
the Pakistani government. What Kissinger was doing when he
threatened Bhutto was not official U.S. policy, but the policy of
the modern-day Illuminati.
One needs to have a clear
understanding of just why it is that nuclear power is so hated all
over the world, and why the fake "environmentalist" movement,
established and financially supported by the Club of Rome, was
called upon to wage war on nuclear-energy. With nuclear-energy
generating electricity in cheap and abundant supplies, Third World
countries would gradually become independent of U.S. foreign-aid and
begin to assert their sovereignty. Nuclear generated electricity is
THE key to bringing Third World countries out of their backward
state, a state which the The Committee of 300 has ordered to remain
Less foreign-aid means less
control of a country's natural-resources by the I.M.F. It was this
idea of developing nations taking charge of their destiny that was
an anathema to the Club of Rome and its ruling The Committee of 300.
We have seen opposition to nuclear power in the United States
successfully used to block industrial development in conformity with
the Club's "Post-Industrial Zero-Growth" plans.
Dependence upon U.S. foreign
aid actually keeps foreign countries in servitude to the (U.S.)
Council on Foreign Relations. The people of the recipient-countries
receive very little of the money as it usually ends up in the
pockets of government leaders who allow the natural raw-material
assets of the country to be savagely stripped by the I.M.F. Mugabe
of Zimbabwe, formerly Rhodesia, is a good example of how
raw-material assets, in this case high-grade chrome-ore, is
controlled through foreign aid. LONRHO, the giant conglomerate run
by Angus Ogilvie, an important member of the The Committee of 300,
on behalf of his cousin, Queen Elizabeth II, now has total control
of this valuable resource while the people of the country sink ever
deeper into poverty and misery, notwithstanding a hand-out of in
excess of $300 million from the United States. LONRHO now has a
monopoly of Rhodesian chrome and charges any price it likes,
whereas, under the Smith government this was not allowed. A
reasonable price-level was maintained for twenty-five years prior to
the Mugabe regime taking power. While there were problems during the
14-year rule of Ian Smith, since his departure unemployment has
quadrupled and Zimbabwe is in a state of chaos and de facto
bankruptcy. Mugabe received enough foreign aid from the U.S. (in the
region of $300 million per annum) to enable him to build three
hotels on the French Cote d'Azur, Cap Ferat and Monte Carlo, while
his citizens grapple with disease, unemployment and malnutrition,
not to mention an iron-fisted dictatorship that allows no
complaints. Contrast this with the Smith government which never
asked for nor received one red cent in aid from the United States.
Thus it is clear that foreign aid is a powerful means of exercising
control of countries such as Zimbabwe and indeed all African
It also keeps U.S. citizens
in a state of involuntary servitude and therefore less able to mount
meaningful opposition to government. David Rockefeller knew what he
was doing when his Foreign Aid Bill became law in 1946. It has,
since then, become one of the most hated laws on the statute-books
following public exposure of what it is - a racket run by government
and paid for by we, the people.
How can the conspirators
maintain their grip upon the world, and more especially, their
choke-hold over the U.S. and Britain? One of the most asked
questions is, "How can any single entity know at all times what is
going on and how is control exercised?" This book will attempt to
answer these and other questions. The only way we can come to grips
with the reality of the conspirator's success is by mentioning and
discussing the secret societies, front-organisations, government
agencies, banks, insurance companies, international businesses, the
petroleum industry and the hundreds of thousands of entities and
foundations whose leading-lights make up the membership of the
Committee of 300 - the ULTIMATE controlling-body that runs the
world and has done so for at least a hundred years.
Since there already are
scores of books on the (U.S.) Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) and
the Trilaterals, we shall go directly to the Club of Rome and the
German Marshall Fund. When I introduced these organisations to the
United States, few, if any, had heard of them. My first work, "The
Club of Rome", published in 1983 attracted almost no attention. Many
uninitiated people thought the Club of Rome was something to do with
the Catholic Church and that the German Marshall Fund referred to
the Marshal Plan.
This is precisely why
the Committee chose these names, to confuse and to
deflect attention away from what was happening. Not that the U.S.
government didn't know, but as it was part of the conspiracy, it
helped to keep the lid on information rather than let the truth be
known. A few years after I published my work, a few writers saw in
it a wealth of hitherto untapped information and began writing and
talking about it as though they had always had full knowledge of it.
It came as a
revelation to them that the Club of Rome and its financiers under
the title of the German Marshall Fund were two highly-organised
conspiratorial-bodies operating under cover of the North Atlantic
Treaty Organisation (NATO) and that the majority of Club of Rome
executives were drawn from NATO. The Club of Rome formulated all of
what NATO claimed as its policies and, through the activities of The
Committee of 300 member Lord Carrington, was able to split NATO into
two factions, a political (left wing) power group and its former
military alliance. The Club of Rome is still one of the most
important foreign-policy-arms of the The Committee of 300 - the
other being the
It was put together in 1968 from hard-core members of the original
Morgenthau group on the basis of a telephone-call made by the late
Aurellio Peccei for a new and urgent drive to speed-up the plans of
the One World Government - now called the New World Order, although
I prefer the former name. It is certainly a better job-description
than the New World Order, which is somewhat confusing as there have
been several "New World Orders" before, but no One World Government.
Peccei's call was answered
by the most subversive "future planners" drawn from the United
States, France, Sweden, Britain, Switzerland and Japan that could be
mustered. During the period 1968-1972, The Club of Rome became a
cohesive entity of new-science scientists, globalists, future
planners and internationalists of every stripe. As one delegate put
it, "We became Joseph's Coat of Many Colours." Peccei's book "Human
Quality" formed the basis of the doctrine adopted by NATO's
The following is extracted
from Dr. Peccei's book, "Human Quality":
"For the first time since
the first millennium was approached in Christendom, large masses of
people are really in suspense about the impending advent of
something unknown which could change their collective fate
entirely.... Man does not know how to be a truly modern man.... Man
invented the story of the Bad Dragon, but if ever there was a bad
dragon, IT IS MAN HIMSELF.... Here we have the human paradox: man
trapped by his extraordinary capacity and achievements, as in a
quicksand - the more he uses his power the more he needs it.
"We must never tire of
repeating how foolish it is to equate the present profound
pathological state and maladjustment of the entire human system to
any cyclic crisis or passing circumstances. Since man has opened
Pandora's Box of new technologies, he has suffered uncontrolled
human-proliferation, the mania for growth, energy-crises, actual or
potential resource-scarcities, degradation of environment,
nuclear-folly and a host of related afflictions."
This is identical to the
program adopted by the much later fake "environmentalist" movement
spawned by the same Club of Rome to blunt and turn back industrial
Broadly, the anticipated
counter-program of the Club of Rome would cover inventing and
disseminating "post industrialisation" ideas in the United States,
coupled with the spread of counterculture movements such as drugs,
rock, sex, hedonism, Satanism, witchcraft and "environmentalism".
Tavistock Institute, Stanford Research Institute and the Institute
for Social Relations, in fact the entire wide-spectrum of research-organisations
in applied social-psychiatry, either had delegates on the board of
the Club of Rome, or acted as advisors and played a guiding role in
NATO's attempt to adopt the "Aquarian Conspiracy".
The name, New World Order,
is seen as something developed as a consequence of the Gulf War in
1991, whereas the One World Government is recognised as being
centuries old. The New World Order is not new, it has been
around and developing under one or another guise for a very
long time (Jeremiah 11v9. Ezekiel 22v25. Revelation 12v7-9.) but it
is perceived as a DEVELOPMENT OF THE FUTURE, which is not the
case; the New World Order is PAST AND PRESENT. That is why I said
earlier that the term One World Government is, or ought to be,
preferred. Aurellio Peccei once confided in his close friend
Alexander Haig, that he felt like "Adam Weishaupt reincarnated."
Peccei had much of Weishaupt's brilliant ability to organise and
control the Illuminati of today, and it showed-through in Peccei's
control of NATO and formulating its policies on a global scale.
Peccei headed the Atlantic
Institute's Economic Council for three decades while he was the
Chief Executive Officer for Giovanni Agnellis' Fiat Motor Company.
Agnelli, a member of an ancient Italian Black Nobility family of the
same name, is one of the most important members of the The Committee
of 300. He played a leading role in development projects in the
Soviet Union. The Club of Rome is a conspiratorial umbrella-organisation,
a marriage between Anglo-American financiers and the old Black
Nobility families of Europe, particularly the so-called "nobility"
of London, Venice and Genoa. The key to the successful control of
the world is their ability to create and manage savage economic
recessions and eventual depressions. The The Committee of 300 looks
to social convulsions on a global-scale, followed by depressions, as
a softening-up-technique for bigger things to come, as its principal
method of creating masses of people all over the world who will
become its "welfare" recipients of the future.
The committee appears to
base much of its important decisions affecting mankind on the
philosophy of Polish aristocrat, Felix Dzerzinski, who regarded
mankind as being slightly above the level of cattle. As a close
friend of British intelligence-agent Sydney Reilly (Reilly was
actually Dzerzinski's controller during the Bolshevik Revolution's
formative years), he often confided in Reilly during his
drinking-bouts. Dzerzinski was, of course, the beast who ran the Red
Terror apparatus. He once told Reilly, while the two were on a
drinking-binge, that "Man is of no importance. Look at what happens
when you starve him. He begins to eat his dead companions to stay
alive. Man is only interested in his own survival.
That is all that counts. All the Spinoza stuff is a lot of rubbish."
The Club of Rome has its own
private intelligence-agency and also "borrows" from David
Rockefeller's INTERPOL. Every U.S. intelligence-agency co-operates
very closely with it, as does the KGB and the Mossad. The only
agency that remained beyond its reach was the East-German
intelligence-service. The STASSY. The Club of Rome also has its own
highly organised political and economic agencies. It was they who
told President Reagan to retain the services of Paul Volcker, yet
another important The Committee of 300 member. Volcker stayed on as
Federal Reserve-Board chairman, notwithstanding the faithful promise
of candidate Reagan that he would dismiss him as soon as he, Reagan,
was elected. The Club of Rome, after playing a key role in the Cuban
Missile Crisis, attempted to sell its "crisis-management" (the
forerunner of FEMA) program to President Kennedy. Several Tavistock
scientists went to see the President to explain what it meant, but
the President rejected the advice they gave. The same year that
Kennedy was murdered, Tavistock was back in Washington to talk with
NASA. This time the talks were successful. Tavistock was given a
contract by NASA to evaluate the effect of its coming space-program
on American public-opinion.
The contract was farmed to
the Stanford Research Institute and the Rand Corporation. Much of
the material produced by Tavistock, Stanford and Rand never saw the
light of day and remains sealed until now. Several Senate
oversight-committees and sub-committees I approached to obtain
information told me they had "never heard of it", nor did they have
the slightest idea where I might find what I was seeking. Such is
the power and prestige of the The Committee of 300.
In 1966 I was advised by my
intelligence colleagues to approach Dr. Anatol Rappaport who had
written a treatise in which the administration was said to be
interested. It was a paper intended to bring an end to NASA's
space-program, which Rappaport said had outlived its usefulness.
Rappaport was quite happy to give me a copy of his paper which,
without going into fine detail, basically claimed that NASA's
space-program should be scrapped. NASA has too many scientists who
were exerting a bad influence on America because they were always
eager to lecture schools and university audiences on how rocketry
worked, from construction to propulsion. Rappaport claimed that this
would produce a generation of adults who would decide to become
space-scientists, only to find themselves "redundant" as no-one
would need their services by the year 2000.
No sooner had Rappaport's
profiling-report on NASA been presented to NATO by the Club of Rome,
than the The Committee of 300 demanded action. NATO-Club of Rome
officials charged with urgent anti-NASA action were Harland
Cleveland, Joseph Slater, Claiborne K. Pell, Walter J. Levy, George
McGhee, William Watts, Robert Strausz-Hupe (U.S. ambassador to NATO)
and Donald Lesh. In May 1967 a meeting was organised by the
Scientific and Technological Committee of the North Atlantic
Assembly and the Foreign Policy Research Institute. It was called
"Conference on Transatlantic Imbalance and Collaboration" and it was
held at Queen Elizabeth's palatial property in Deauville, France.
The basic purpose and intent
of the conference at Deauville was to end U.S. technological and
industrial progress. Out of the conference came two books, one of
which is mentioned herein, Brzezinski's "Technotronic Era". The
other was written by conference chairman, Aurellio Peccei, entitled
"The Chasm Ahead." Peccei largely agreed with Brzezinski, but added
that there would be chaos in a future world NOT RULED BY A ONE WORLD
GOVERNMENT. In this regard, Peccei insisted that the Soviet Union
must be offered "a convergence with NATO", such a convergence ending
in an equal partnership in a New World Order with the United States.
Both nations would be responsible for future "crisis-management and
global planning". The first Club of Rome's "global planning
contract" went to the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT),
one of the premier The Committee of 300's research-institutes. Jay
Forrestor and Dennis Meadows were placed in charge of the project.
What was their report all
about? It did not differ fundamentally from what Malthus and Von
Hayek preached, namely the old question of not enough
natural-resources to go around. The Forrestor-Meadows Report was a
complete fraud. What it did not say was that man's proven inventive
genius would in all likelihood work its way around "shortages".
Fusion-energy, the DEADLY enemy of the The Committee of 300, could
be applied to CREATING natural-resources. A fusion-torch could
produce from one square mile of ordinary rock enough aluminium, for
example, to fill our needs for 4 years.
Peccei never tired of
preaching against the nation-state an how destructive they are for
the progress of mankind. He called for "collective responsibility."
Nationalism was a cancer on man, was the theme of several important
speeches delivered by Peccei. His close friend Ervin Lazlo produced
a work in 1977 in a similar vein which was called "Goals of
Mankind", a landmark study for the Club of Rome. The entire position
paper was a vitriolic attack on industrial-expansion and
urban-growth. Throughout these years, Kissinger, as the designated
contact-man, kept in close touch with Moscow on behalf of the RIIA.
"Global-modelling" papers were regularly shared with Kissinger's
friends in the Kremlin.
With regard to the Third
World, the Club of Rome's Harland Cleveland prepared a report which
was the height of cynicism. At the time, Cleveland was United States
Ambassador to NATO. Essentially, the paper said it would be up to
Third World nations to decide among themselves which populations
should be eliminated. As Peccei later wrote (based on the Cleveland
Report): "Damaged by conflicting policies of three major countries
and blocs, roughly patched up here and there, the existing
international economic order is visibly coming apart at the
seams....The prospect of the necessity of the recourse to triage -
deciding who must be saved - is a very grim one indeed. But, if
lamentably, events should come to such a pass, the right to make
such decisions cannot be left to just a few nations because it would
lend themselves to ominous power over life of the world's hungry."
In this is found the
committee policy of deliberately starving African nations to death,
as evidenced in the sub-Sahara nations. This was cynicism at its
worst, because the The Committee of 300 had already abrogated the
decisions of life and death unto itself, and Peccei knew it. He had
previously so-indicated in his book "Limits of Growth." Peccei
completely dismissed industrial and agricultural progress and in its
place demanded that the world come under one co-ordinating council,
to whit, the Club of Rome and its NATO institutions, in a One World
Natural-resources would have
to be allocated under the auspices of global planning. Nation-states
could either accept Club of Rome domination or else survive by the
law of the jungle and fight to survive. In its first "test-case",
Meadows and Forrestor planned the 1973 Arab-Israeli War on behalf of
the RIIA to sharply bring home to the world that natural-resources
like petroleum would in the future come under global planners
control, meaning of course, under the control of the The Committee
Tavistock Institute called
for a consultation with Peccei to which McGeorge Bundy, Homer
Perlmutter and Dr. Alexander King were invited. From London Peccei
travelled to the White House where he met with the President and his
cabinet, followed by a visit to the State Department where he
conferred with the Secretary of State, the State Department's
intelligence-service and State's Policy Planning Council. Thus, from
the very beginning, the United States government was fully aware of
the The Committee of 300's plans for this country. That should
answer the often asked question, "Why would our government allow the
Club of Rome to operate in a subversive manner in the United
Volcker's economic and
monetary policies were a reflection of those of Sir Geoffrey Howe,
Chancellor of the Exchequer and member of the The Committee of 300.
This serves to illustrate how Britain has controlled the United
States, beginning from soon after the War of 1812, and continues to
exercise control over this country, through the policies of the
Committee of 300.
What are the goals of the
secret elite group, the inheritors of Illuminism (Moriah Conquering
Wind), the Cult of Dionysius, the Cult of Isis, Catharism,
Bogomilism? This elite group that also calls itself the OLYMPIANS
(they truly believe they are equal in power and stature to the
legendary gods of Olympus, who have, like Lucifer their god, set
themselves above our true God) absolutely believe they have been
charged with implementing the following by divine-right:
1) A One World
Government-New World Order with a unified church and monetary-system
under their direction. Not many people are aware that the One World
Government began setting up its "church" in the 1920's/1930's, for
they realised the need for a religious belief inherent in mankind to
have an outlet and, therefore, set up a "church" body to channel
that belief in the direction they desired.
2) The utter destruction of
all national identity and national pride.
3) The destruction of
religion and more especially the Christian religion, with the one
exception, their own creation mentioned above.
4) Control of each and every
person through means of mind-control and what Brzezinski call "Technotronics"
which would create human-like robots and a system of terror beside
which Felix Dzerzinski's Red Terror will look like children at play.
5) An end to all
industrialisation and the production of nuclear-generated
electric-power in what they call "the post-industrial zero-growth
society". Exempted are the computer and service industries. United
States industries that remain will be exported to countries such as
Mexico where abundant slave-labour is available. Unemployables in
the wake of industrial destruction will either become opium-heroin
and or cocaine addicts, or become statistics in the
elimination-process we know today as Global 2000.
1) Legalisation of drugs and
2) Depopulation of large
cities according to the trial-run carried out by the Pol Pot regime
in Cambodia. It is interesting to note that Pol Pot's genocidal
plans were drawn up here in the United States by one of the Club of
Rome's research foundations. It is also interesting that the
Committee is presently seeking to reinstate the Pol Pot butchers in
3) Suppression of all
scientific development except for those deemed beneficial by the
Committee. Especially targeted is nuclear-energy for peaceful
purposes. Particularly hated are the fusion-experiments presently
being scorned and ridiculed by the Committee and its jackals of the
press. Development of the fusion-torch would blow the Committee's
conception of "limited natural-resources" right out of the window. A
fusion-torch properly used could create unlimited untapped
natural-resources from the most ordinary substances. Fusion-torch
uses are legion and would benefit mankind in a manner which is, as
yet, not even remotely comprehended by the public.
4) Cause by means of limited
wars in the advanced-countries, and by means of starvation and
diseases in Third World countries, the death of 3 billion people by
the year 2000, people they call "useless eaters". The The Committee
of 300 commissioned Cyrus Vance to write a paper on this subject of
how best to bring about such genocide. The paper was produced under
the title the "Global 2000 Report" and was accepted and approved for
action by President Carter, for and on behalf of the U.S.
Government, and accepted by Edwin Muskie, then Secretary of State.
Under the terms of the Global 2000 Report, the population of the
United States is to be reduced by 100 million by the year 2050.
5) To weaken the moral fibre
of the nation and to demoralise workers in the labour-class by
creating mass unemployment. As jobs dwindle due to the
post-industrial zero-growth policies introduced by the Club of Rome,
demoralised and discouraged workers will resort to alcohol and
drugs. The youth of the land will be encouraged by means of
rock-music and drugs to rebel against the status-quo, thus
undermining and eventually destroying the family unit. In this
regard The The Committee of 300 commissioned Tavistock Institute to
prepare a blueprint as to how this could be achieved. Tavistock
directed Stanford Research to undertake the work under the direction
of Professor Willis Harmon. This work later became known as "The
6) To keep people everywhere
from deciding their own destinies by means of one created
crisis after another and then "managing" such crises. This will
confuse and demoralise the population to the extent where, faced
with too many choices, apathy on a massive scale will result. In the
case of the United States, an agency for crisis management is
already in place. It is called the Federal Emergency Management
Agency (FEMA), whose existence I first disclosed in 1980. There will
be more on FEMA as we proceed.
1) To introduce new cults
and continue to boost those already functioning which includes rock
"music" gangsters such as the filthy, degenerate Mick Jagger's
"Rolling Stones" (a gangster-group much favoured by European Black
Nobility) and all of the Tavistock-created "rock" groups which began
with "The Beatles". To continue to build up the cult of Christian
fundamentalism begun by the British East India Company's servant,
Darby, which will be misused to strengthen the Zionist state of
Israel through identifying with the Jews through the myth of
"God's Chosen People" and by donating very substantial amounts of
money to what they mistakenly believe is a religious-cause in the
furtherance of Christianity.
2) To press for the
spread of religious-cults such as the Moslem Brotherhood,
Moslem-fundamentalism, the Sikhs, and to carry-out experiments of
the Jim Jones and "Son of Sam" type of murders. It is worth noting
that the late Ayatollah Khomeini was a creation of British
Intelligence's Military Intelligence Division 6, commonly known as
MI6, as I
reported in my 1985 work, "What Really Happened In Iran."
3) To export "religious
liberation" ideas around the world so as to undermine all existing
religions but more especially the Christian religion. This began
with "Jesuit Liberation Theology" which brought about the downfall
of the Somoza family rule in Nicaragua and which is today destroying
EI Salvador, now 25 years into a "civil war", Costa Rica and
Honduras. One very active entity engaged in so-called
liberation-theology is the Communist-oriented Mary Knoll Mission.
This accounts for the extensive media-attention to the murder of
four of Mary Knoll's so-called nuns in EI Salvador a few years ago.
The four nuns were Communist subversive-agents and their activities
were widely documented by the government of EI Salvador. The United
States press and news-media refused to give any space or coverage to
the mass of documentation in possession of the Salvadorian
government, documentation which proves what the Mary Knoll Mission
nuns were doing in the country. Mary Knoll is in service in many
countries, and played a leading role in bringing Communism to
Rhodesia, Mozambique, Angola and South Africa.
4) To cause a total collapse
of the world's economies and engender total political chaos.
5) To take control of all
Foreign and domestic policies of the United States.
6) To give the fullest
support to supranational institutions such as the United Nations
(UN), the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the Bank of
International Settlements (BIS), the World Court and, as far as
possible, make local-institutions of lesser effect by gradually
phasing them out or bringing them under the mantle of the United
1) Penetrate and subvert all
governments, and work from within them to destroy the sovereign
integrity of nations represented by them.
2) Organise a world-wide
terrorist-apparatus and negotiate with terrorists whenever
terrorist-activities take place. It will be recalled that it was
Bettino Craxi who persuaded the Italian and U.S. governments to
negotiate with the Red Brigades kidnappers of Prime Minister Moro
and General Dozier. As an aside, General Dozier is under orders not
to talk about what happened to him. Should he break that silence, he
will no doubt be made "a horrible example of" in the manner in which
Kissinger dealt with Aldo Moro, Ali Bhutto and General Zia ul Haq.
3) Take control of education
in America with the intent and purpose of utterly and completely
destroying it. Much of these goals, which I first enumerated in
1969, have since been achieved or are well on their way to being
achieved. Of special interest in the Committee of 300 program is the
core of their economic-policy, which is largely based on the
teachings of Malthus, the son of an English country parson who was
pushed to prominence by the British East India Company upon which
the The Committee of 300 is modelled.
Malthus maintained that
man's progress is tied to the earth's natural ability to support a
given number of people, beyond which point earth's limited resources
would rapidly be depleted. Once these natural-resources have been
consumed, it will be impossible to replace them. Hence, Malthus
observed, it is necessary to limit populations within the boundaries
of decreasing-natural-resources. It goes without saying that the
elite will not allow themselves to be threatened by a burgeoning
population of "useless eaters", hence culling must be practised. As
I have previously stated, "culling" is going on today, using the
methods mandated in the "Global 2000 Report."
All economic-plans of the
Committee meet at the crossroads of Malthus and Frederick Von Hayek,
another doom and gloom economist who is sponsored by the Club of
Rome. The Austrian born Von Hayek has long been under the control of
David Rockefeller, and Von Hayek theories are fairly widely accepted
in the United States. According to Von Hayek, the United States
economic-platform must be based on (a) Urban Black Markets (b) Small
Hong Kong-type industries utilising sweat-shop labour (c) The
Tourist Trade, (d) Free Enterprise Zones where speculators can
operate unhindered and where the drug-trade can flourish (e) End of
all industrial activity and (f) Close down all
Von Hayek's ideas dove-tail
perfectly with those of the Club of Rome, which is perhaps why he is
so well promoted in right-wing circles in this country. The mantle
of Von Hayek is being passed to a new, younger economist, Jeoffrey
Sachs, who was sent to Poland to take up where Von Hayek left off.
It will he recalled that the Club of Rome organised the Polish
economic-crisis which led to political-destabilisation of the
country. The exact same economic planning, if one dare call it that,
will be forced upon Russia, but if widespread-opposition is
encountered, the old price-support system will quickly be restored.
The The Committee of 300
ordered the Club of Rome to use Polish nationalism as a tool to
destroy the Catholic Church and pave the way for Russian troops to
reoccupy the country. The "Solidarity" movement was a creation of
the The Committee of 300's Zbigniew Brzezinski, who chose the name
for the "trade union" and selected its office-holders and
organisers. Solidarity is no "labour" movement, although Gdansk
shipyard-workers were used to launch it, but rather, it was a
high-profile POLITICAL-organisation, created to bring forced-changes
in preparation for the advent of the One World Government.
Most of Solidarity's leaders
were descendants of Bolshevik Jews from Odessa and were not noted
for hating Communism. This helps one to understand the
saturation-coverage provided by the American news-media. Professor
Sachs has taken the process a step further, ensuring
economic-slavery for a Poland recently freed from the domination of
the USSR. Poland will now become the economic-slave of the United
States. All that has happened is that the master has changed.
Brzezinski is the author of
a book that should have been read by every American interested in
the future of this country. Entitled "The Technotronic Era", it was
commissioned by the Club of Rome. The book is an open announcement
of the manner and methods to be used to control the United States in
the future. It also gave notice of cloning and "robotoids", i.e.
people who acted like people and who seemed to be people, but who
were not. Brzezinski, speaking for the The Committee of 300 said the
United States was moving "into an era unlike any of its
predecessors; we were moving toward a Technotronic era that could
easily become a dictatorship." I reported fully on "the Technotronic
Era" in 1981 and mentioned it in my newsletters a number of times.
Brzezinski went on to say
that our society "is now in an information-revolution based on
amusement-focus, spectator-spectacles (saturation-coverage by
television of sporting-events) which provide an opiate for an
increasingly purposeless mass." Was Brzezinski another seer and a
prophet? Could he see into the future? The answer is NO; what he
wrote in his book was simply copied from the The Committee of 300's
blueprint given to the Club of Rome for execution. Isn't it true
that by 1991 we already have a purposeless-mass of citizens? We
could say that 30 million unemployed and 4 million homeless people
are a "purposeless-mass", or at least the nucleus of one.
In addition to religion,
"the opiate of the masses" which Lenin and Marx acknowledged was
needed, we now have the opiates of mass spectator-sport, unbridled
sexual lusts, rock-music and a whole new generation of drug-addicts.
Mindless sex and an epidemic of drug-usage was created to distract
people from what is happening all around them. In "The Technotronic
Era" Brzezinski talks about "the masses" as if people are some
inanimate object - which is possibly how we are viewed by the
Committee of 300. He continually refers to the necessity of
controlling us "masses".
At one point, he lets the
cat out of the bag:
"At the same time the
capacity to assert social and political control over the individual
will vastly increase. It will soon be possible to assert almost
continuous control over every citizen and to maintain up-to-date
files, containing even the most personal details about health and
personal behaviour of every citizen, in addition to the more
"These files will be subject
to instantaneous retrieval by the authorities. Power will gravitate
into the hands of those who control information. Our existing
institutions will be supplanted by pre-crisis
management-institutions, the task of which will be to identify, in
advance, likely social-crises and to develop programs to cope with
them. (This describes the structure of FEMA, which came much later.)
"This will encourage
tendencies through the next several decades toward a TECHNOTRONIC
ERA, A DICTATORSHIP, leaving even less room for political procedures
as we know them. Finally, looking ahead to the end of the century,
the possibility of BIOCHEMICAL MIND-CONTROL AND GENETIC-TINKERING
WITH MAN, INCLUDING BEINGS WHICH WILL FUNCTION LIKE MEN AND REASON
LIKE THEM AS WELL, COULD GIVE RISE TO SOME DIFFICULT QUESTIONS."
Brzezinski was not writing
as a private citizen but as Carter's National Security Advisor and a
leading member of the Club of Rome and a member of the The Committee
of 300, a member of the CFR and as a member of the old Polish Black
Nobility. His book explains how America must leave its
industrial-base behind and enter into what he called "a distinct new
"What makes America unique
is its willingness to experience the future, be it pop-art or LSD.
Today, America is the creative society, the others, consciously or
unconsciously, are emulative. What he should have said was that
America is the proving-ground for The Committee of 300 policies
which lead directly to a dissolution of the old order and an entry
into the One World Government-New World Order.
One of the chapters in "The
Technotronic Era" explains how new technology will bring, in its
wake, intense confrontation that will strain social and
international peace. Oddly enough we are already under intense
strains through surveillance. Lourdes in Cuba is one place where
this is happening. The other is NATO headquarters in Brussels,
Belgium, where a giant computer designated "666" can store data of
every type mentioned by Brzezinski, plus possessing an expanded
capacity to take in data for several billions more people than
presently exist, if it ever comes to that, but which, in the light
of the Global 2000 genocidal-report, will probably never need to be
Retrieval of data will be
simple in the United States where social-security and or
driver-license numbers could simply be added to 666 to provide the
surveillance-recording announced by Brzezinski and his The Committee
of 300 colleagues. The Committee already, in 1981, warned
governments, including the government of the USSR, that there "will
be chaos unless the The Committee of 300 takes complete-control of
preparations for the New World Order. CONTROL WILL BE EXERCISED
THROUGH OUR COMMITTEE AND THROUGH GLOBAL PLANNING AND
CRISIS-MANAGEMENT." I reported this factual information a few months
after I received it in 1981. Another item I reported back then was
that RUSSIA HAD BEEN INVITED TO JOIN THE PREPARATIONS FOR THE COMlNG
ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT.
When I wrote these things in
1981, the conspirators' global plans were already in an advanced
state of preparedness. Looking back over the past 10 years, it can
be seen just how rapidly the Committee's plans have advanced. If the
information provided in 1981 was alarming, then it should be even
more alarming today as we near the final stages of the demise of the
United States as we know it. With unlimited-funding, with
several-hundred think-tanks and 5000 social-engineers, the
media-banking and control of most governments a reality, we can see
that we are tracing a problem of immense proportions, one that
cannot be opposed by any nation, at this time.
As I have so often stated,
we have been misled into believing that the problem I am talking
about has its origin in Moscow. We have been brainwashed into
believing that Communism is the greatest danger we Americans are
facing. This is simply not so. The greatest danger
arises from the mass of traitors in our midst. Our Constitution
warns us to be watchful of the enemy within our gates. These
enemies are the servants of the The Committee of 300 who occupy
high positions* within our governmental structure. The UNITED
STATES is where we MUST begin our fight to turn back the tide
threatening to engulf us, and where we must meet, and defeat these
"Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the
power of His might. Put on the whole armour of God, that ye may be
able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we
wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities,
against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world,
against spiritual wickedness in high [places]." - Paul
of Tarsus, Ephesians 6:10-12.
The Club of Rome also had a
direct hand in creating the 25 year-old war in EI Salvador, as an
integral-part of the wider-plan drawn up by Elliot Abrams of the
U.S. State Department. It was Committee of 300 member Willy Brandt,
leader of the Socialist International and a former Chancellor of
West Germany, who paid for the "final offensive" by the Salvadorian
guerrillas which, fortunately, was not successful. EI Salvador was
chosen by The Committee to turn Central America into a zone for a
new Thirty-Year War, which task was allocated to Kissinger to
carry-out under the innocuous title of "The Andes Plan."
Just to demonstrate how the
conspirators operate across all national boundaries, the "final
offensive" action planned by Willy Brandt came about as a result of
a visit to Felips Gonzalez, who at the time was preparing himself
for his Club of Rome-ordained role as Spain's future prime-minister.
Apart from myself and one or two of my intelligence colleagues and
former colleagues, no-one appeared to have heard of Gonzalez before
he surfaced in Cuba. Gonzalez was the Club of Rome's case-officer
for EI Salvador, and the first Socialist to be elevated to political
power in Spain since the death of General Franco.
Gonzalez was on his way to
Washington to attend the Club of Rome Socialist "get
Reagan"-meeting, which took place in December 1980. Present at the
Gonzalez-Castro meeting was the left-wing guerrilla, Guillermo Ungo,
run by the Institute for Policy Studies (IPS), the Committee of
300's most notorious Washington-based left-wing think-tank. Ungo was
run by an IPS fellow who died in a mysterious plane-crash while
en-route from Washington to Havana to visit Castro.
As most of us know, both the
left and the right of the political spectrum is controlled by the
same people, which will help to explain the fact that Ungo was a
life-long friend of the late Napoleon Duarte, leader of the
right-wing in EI Salvador. It was after the Cuban-meeting that the
"final offensive" by the Salvadorian guerrillas was carried-out.
The polarising of South
America and the U.S was a special assignment given to Kissinger by
the The Committee of 300. The Malvinas War (also known as the
Falklands War) and the subsequent overthrow of the Argentine
government, followed by economic-chaos and political upheavals, were
planned by Kissinger Associates acting in-concert with Lord
Carrington, a top-ranking member of the The Committee of 300.
One of the principal The
Committee of 300 assets in the U.S., the Aspen Institute of
Colorado, also helped plan events in Argentina even as it did in the
case of the fall of the Shah of Iran. Latin America is important to
the United States, not only because we have so many mutual
defence-treaties with countries there, but also because it has the
potential of providing a huge market for American exports of
technology, heavy industrial equipment which would have galvanised
many of our faltering companies and provided thousands of new jobs.
This was to be prevented at all costs, even if it meant 30 years of
Instead of seeing this huge
potential in a positive-light, the The Committee of 300 saw it as a
dangerous threat to its post-industrial zero-growth U.S. plans and
immediately acted to make an example of Argentina as a warning to
other Latin American nations to forget any ideas they may have had
to promote nationalism, independence and sovereign-integrity. This
is the reason why so many Latin American countries turned to drugs
as their sole means of support, which may very well have been the
intention of the conspirators in the first place.
Americans in general look
down on Mexico, which is precisely the attitude with which the
Committee wants the people of the United States to regard
Mexico. What we need to do is change our thinking about Mexico and
South America in general. Mexico represents a potentially-huge
market for all types of U.S. goods which could mean thousands of
jobs for Americans and Mexicans alike. Transferring our industries
"South of the border" and paying the maquiladores slave-wages is not
in the interests of either country. It benefits nobody but the
Mexico received most of its
nuclear-power technology from Argentina, but the Malvinas War put an
end to that. The Club of Rome decreed back in 1986 that it would
stop exports of nuclear-technology to developing countries. With
nuclear-power-stations generating abundant cheap electricity, Mexico
would have become the "Germany of Latin America". Such a state of
affairs would have been a disaster for the conspirators who have, by
1991, stopped all exports of nuclear-technology except that destined
What the The Committee of
300 has in mind for Mexico is a feudal peasantry, a condition that
allows for easy management and looting of Mexican oil. A stable and
prosperous Mexico can only be a plus for the United States. This is
what the conspirators wish to prevent, so they have engaged in
decades of innuendo, slander and direct economic-war on Mexico.
Before former President Lopes Portillo took office and nationalised
the banks, Mexico was losing $200 million a day to capital flight,
organised and orchestrated by the The Committee of 300's
representatives in banks and brokerage-houses on Wall Street.
If only we in the United
States had statesmen and not politicians running the country, we
could act together and set back the One World Government-New World
Order plans to return Mexico to a state of helplessness. If we were
able to defeat the Club of Rome's plans for Mexico, it would come as
a shock to the The Committee of 300, a shock from which they would
take a long time to recover. The inheritors of the Illuminati pose
as great a threat to the United States as they do to Mexico. By
seeking common ground with Mexican patriotic-movements, we, in the
United States, could forge a formidable force to be reckoned with.
But such action requires leadership, and we are more lacking in
leadership than in any other area of endeavour.
The The Committee of 300
through its many affiliated-organisations was able to nullify the
Reagan presidency. Here is what Stuart Butler of the Heritage
Foundation had to say on the subject "The right thought it had won
in 1980 but in fact it had lost." What Butler was referring to, was
the situation in which the Right found itself, when it realised,
that every single position of importance, in the Reagan
administration, was filled by Fabianist appointees recommended by
the Heritage Foundation. Butler went on to say that Heritage would
use right-wing ideas to impose left-wing radical principles upon the
United States, the same radical ideas which Sir Peter Vickers Hall,
top Fabianist in the U.S. and the number-one man at Heritage, had
been openly discussing during the election year.
Sir Peter Vickers Hall
remained an active Fabianist even though he was running a
conservative "think-tank". As a member of the British oligarchical
Vickers armament-manufacturing family, he had position and power.
The Vickers family supplied both sides in the First World War and
again during Hitler's rise to power. Vickers' official cover was the
University of California's Urban and Regional Development Institute.
He was a long-time confidant of British Labour leader and The
Committee of 300 member Anthony Wedgewood Benn.
Both Vickers and Benn are
integrated with the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations, the
premiere brainwashing-institution in the world. Vickers uses his
Tavistock training to very good effect when speech-making. Consider
the following example:
"There are two Americas. One
is the nineteenth-century heavy-industry-based society. The other is
the growing post-industrial society, in some cases built on the
shards of the old America. It is the crisis between these two worlds
which will produce the economic and social catastrophe of the next
decade. The two worlds are in fundamental opposition, they cannot
coexist. In the end, the post-industrial world must crush and
obliterate the other one." Remember, this speech was made in 1981
and we can see, from the state of our economy and our industries,
just how accurate was Sir Peter's prediction. When concerned people
ask me how long the 1991 recession will last, I refer them to Sir
Peter's statements and add my own opinion that it will not end until
1995/1996, and, even then, what emerges will not be the America we
knew in the 1960's and 1970's. That America has already been
people are destroyed for lack of [My] Knowledge." - God,
I reported Sir Peter's
speech in my newsletter soon after it was delivered. How prophetic
it was, but then it was easy to predict a future already-written for
America by the The Committee of 300 and its executive Club of Rome.
What was Sir Peter saying in a euphemistic manner? Translated into
ordinary everyday-English, he was saying that the old American way
of life, our true and trusted republican form of government, based
upon our Constitution, was going to be crushed by the New World
Order. America as we knew it was going to have to go, or be crushed
As I said, The Committee of
300 members often make themselves highly visible. Sir Peter was no
exception. To make it clearly-understood where he was coming from,
Sir Peter rounded-off his speech by declaring:
"I am perfectly happy
working with the Heritage Foundation and groups like that. True
Fabians look to the New Right to push-through some of their more
radical ideas. For more than a decade the British population has
been subject to a constant propaganda-barrage of how it was on the
industrial skids. All of this is true, but the net effect of the
propaganda was to demoralise the population. (Exactly as intended by
the new-science scientists at Tavistock.)
"This will happen in the
United States as the economy worsens. This (demoralising-process) is
necessary to make people accept difficult choices. If there is no
planning for the future, or if constituencies block progress, there
will be social-chaos on a scale which is currently hard to imagine.
The outlook for urban America is bleak. There is a possibility of
doing something with the inner-cities, but basically the cities will
shrink and the manufacturing base will decline. This will produce
Was Sir Peter a psychic, a
magician of great report or merely a charlatan fortune-teller with a
great deal of luck? The answer is "none of these". All Sir Peter was
doing was reading off the blueprint of the The Committee of 300-Club
of Rome for slow death of the United States as a former industrial
giant. Looking back over the ten years of Sir Peter's predictions,
can anybody doubt that the Committee of 300's plans for the demise
of an industrialised United States has become a fait accompli?
Haven't Sir Peter's
predictions proved to be remarkably accurate? Indeed they have,
almost down to the last word. It is worth noting that Sir Peter
Vickers (Sir Peter Vickers-Hall's father-in-law) worked on the
Stanford Research paper, "Changing Images of Man", from which much
of the 3000 pages of material-advice sent to the Reagan
Administration was taken. Moreover, as a senior
intelligence officer, Sir Peter Vickers was in a position to give
Heritage a great deal of advance-information.
As a member of the The
Committee of 300 and NATO, Sir Peter Vickers was around when NATO
directed the Club of Rome to develop a social-program which would
utterly change the direction in which America wanted to go. The Club
of Rome, under Tavistock direction, ordered Stanford Research
Institute (SRI) to develop such a program, not only for America, but
for every nation in the Atlantic Alliance and the OECD nations.
It was Sir Peter's protégé,
Stuart Butler, who gave President Reagan 3000 pages of
"recommendations", which no-doubt contained some opinions expressed
by Anthony Wedgewood Benn, a member of parliament and a ranking
member of the Committee of 300. Benn told members of the Socialist
International who met in Washington on December 8, 1980: "You can
thrive under Volcker's credit-collapse if you profile Reagan to
intensify the credit-collapse." That Butler's advice was taken and
applied to the Reagan-administration can be seen in the collapse of
the Savings and loan and banking industries which accelerated under
Reagan economic-policies. While Benn called it "profiling", he
really meant that Reagan should be brainwashed. It is worth noting
that Von Hayek - who is a founder member of Heritage - used his
student, Milton Friedman, to preside over the Club of Rome's plans
to de-industrialise America using the Reagan presidency to
accelerate the collapse of first the steel-industry, and then the
auto and housing industries, for example.
In this regard a French
Black Nobility member, Etienne D'Avignon, as a member of the The
Committee of 300, was assigned the task of collapsing the
steel-industry in this country. It is doubtful that any of the
hundreds of thousands of steel-workers and shipyard-workers who have
been without jobs for the past decade have ever heard of D'Avignon.
I fully reported the D'Avignon Plan in April 1981's Economic Review.
Attending that fateful December l0th Club of Rome meeting in
Washington D.C. was a mystery man from Iran who turned out to be
Bani Sadr, the Ayatollah Khomeini's special-envoy.
One speech in particular at
the December 10th, 1980 conclave caught my attention, mainly because
it came from Francois Mitterand, a man the French establishment had
discarded and thought to be washed-up. But my intelligence-source
had previously told me that Mitterand was in the process of being
picked up, dusted-off and returned to power, so what he said carried
a good deal of weight for me:
"Industrial-capitalist-development is the opposite of freedom: We
must put an end to it. The economic-systems of the 20th and 21st
century will use machines to crush man, first in the domain of
nuclear-energy which is already producing formidable results."
Mitterand's return to the Elysée Palace was a great triumph for
socialism. It proved that the The Committee of 300 was
powerful-enough to predict happenings and then make them happen, by
force, or by whatever-means it took, to make its point that it could
crush any and all opposition even if, as in the case of Mitterand,
he had been totally rejected a few short days before, by a
discerning political-power-group in Paris.
representative at the December 1980 Washington meetings with
"observer-status" was John Graham, also known as "Irwin Suall", head
of the fact-finding-committee of the
the Anti-Defamation League (ADL).
ADL is an
outright British intelligence-operation run by all three branches of
British Intelligence, that is,
MI6 and the
JIO. Suall's extensive bag of dirty-tricks was garnered from the
sewers of the East End of London. Suall is still a member of the
super-secret SIS, an elite James Bond type of operation. Let nobody
underestimate the power of the
ADL, nor its
Suall works closely with
Hall and other Fabianists. He was singled-out as useful to
British-intelligence while at Ruskin Labour-College at Oxford
University in England, the same communist education-centre that gave
us Milner, Rhodes, Burgess, McLean and Kim Philby. Oxford and
Cambridge Universities have long been the province of the sons and
daughters of the elite, those whose parents belong to the
"upper-crust" of British high-society. While at Oxford, Suall joined
the Young People's Socialist League, and was recruited by
British-intelligence shortly thereafter.
Suall was posted to the
United States where he came under the protection and sponsorship of
one of the most insidious leftists in the country, Walter Lippmann.
Lippmann founded and ran the League for Industrial Democracy, and
Students for Democratic Society, both leftist spoiler-operations to
set industrial-workers at variance with what it called "the
Capitalist Class" and management. Both of Lippmann's projects were
an integral part of the The Committee of 300 apparatus that
stretched right across America, of which Lippmann was a most
Suall has strong
connections with the Justice Department and can secure FBI profiles
of any person he targets. The Justice Department has orders to give
Suall everything he wants, when he wants it. Most of Suall's
activities centre around "keeping an eye on right-wing groups and
ADL has an
open door to the State Department and makes good use of State's
The State Department
has a layer of agents in the right-wing, posing as "fearless
anti-Semitic fighters". There are four leaders in this group of
informers, three of whom are discreet Jewish
This spy group has been in operation for the past two decades. They
publish virulently anti-Jewish "newspapers" and sell a wide variety
of anti-Semitic books. One of the principal operators works out of
Louisiana. A member of this group is a writer who is dearly beloved
in Christian right-wing circles. The group and the individuals who
go to make it up are under the protection of the
was deeply involved in ABSCAM and is often called upon by
law-enforcement-agencies to assist them in investigations and
Suall was assigned to
"dog Reagan", in terms of the course laid-out for the newly-elected
President by the Heritage Foundation, and to figuratively fire a few
warning-shots if Reagan looked like deviating or taking off his
blinders at any time. Suall helped to get rid of any troublesome
right-wing advisor not beholden to Heritage for his or her job with
the Reagan administration. Such a person was Ray Donovan, Reagan's
Secretary of Labour, who was eventually removed from his post thanks
to the Dirty-Tricks department of the
Baker III, one of those on the list of 3000 recommendations made by
the Heritage Foundation, was the go-between who carried Suall's
messages-of-hate about Donovan to the President.
conspirator was Philip Agee, the so-called
"defector". Although not a member of the Committee, he was
nevertheless its case-officer for Mexico, and run by the (British)
Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA) and the (U.S.)
Council on Foreign Relations. For the record, nothing that happens
in the U.S. happens without the sanction of the RIIA. It is a
continuing and ongoing agreement first OPENLY entered into (there
were many such secret-agreements before that) by Churchill and
Roosevelt in 1938, under the terms of which U.S.
intelligence-services are obliged to share intelligence-secrets with
This is the basis of the
so-called "special-relationship" between the two countries about
which Churchill and Lord Halifax boasted and which
"special-relationship" was responsible for the U.S. fighting the
Gulf War against Iraq for, and on behalf of, British interests, more
especially British Petroleum, one of the most important companies in
the The Committee of 300 in which Queen Elizabeth's immediate-family
has a big stake.
intelligence-activity has taken-place since 1938 except through this
special joint-command-structure. Philip Agee joined the
graduating from Notre Dame where he was inducted into its Jesuit
Freemason ring. Agee first came to my attention in 1968 as the
intelligence-officer behind the riots at the University of Mexico.
One of the most important things about the Mexican student-riots was
that they occurred at the same time as student-rioting in New York,
Bonn, Prague and West Berlin.
co-ordination-expertise and its special intelligence-network of
which INTERPOL is an integral part, it is not as difficult as it
might seem, at first-sight, for the Committee to set in motion
carefully-timed global-actions, whether they be student rioting or
deposing leaders of supposedly sovereign nations. It is all in a
day's work for the "Olympians". From Mexico, Agee moved on to align
himself with Puerto Rican terrorist-groups. During this time he
became a trusted confidant of the Cuban dictator, Fidel Castro.
It should not
be imagined that while Agee was carrying out these operations, he
was doing so as a "rogue" agent. On the contrary, he was working for
all-during these assignments. Trouble came when Castro's DGI (Cuban
Intelligence Service) was able to "turn" him. Agee continued to work
in his capacity as a member of the
CIA until his
double role was uncovered. This involved the biggest Soviet
listening-post in the West, located at Lourdes, Cuba. Staffed by
3000 Soviet specialists in signals monitoring and deciphering,
Lourdes has the capability of monitoring thousands of
electronic-signals simultaneously. Many a private phone-conversation
between a member of Congress and his mistress was picked up at
Lourdes and used to telling effect.
Although we are told today
in 1991 that "Communism is dead", the United States has done nothing
to close down the vast spy-operation which sits on our doorstep.
Incidentally Lourdes has the capability of picking-up even the
weakest "tempest" signal, which is the type given-off by a
fax-machine or an electric typewriter which, when deciphered, will
give the contents of whatever is being typed or faxed. Lourdes
remains "dagger in the heart" of the United States. There is
absolutely no reason for its continued existence. If the U.S. and
USSR are truly at peace with each other, why the continued need for
so-massive a spy-operation? The simple truth is that, rather than
retrenching personnel as we are led to believe, the KGB has taken on
additional recruits during 1990 and 1991.
Bernard Levin is probably
not a name that is well-known in the United States. Unlike decadent
"pop-stars" or Hollywood's latest miserable "discovery", academics
seldom if ever come before the public-eye. Of the hundreds of
academics in the United States working under the Control of the Club
of Rome, Levin is worthy of special mention, if for no reason other
than his role in undermining Iran, the Philippines, South Africa,
Nicaragua and South Korea. The demise of the Shah of Iran was run to
a plan devised by Bernard Levin and Richard Falk, and supervised by
Robert Anderson's Aspen Institute.
Levin was the author of a
work entitled "Time Perspective and Morale" which is a Club of Rome
publication concerning how to break down the morale of nations and
individual leaders. Here is an extract of the document:
"One of the main techniques
for breaking morale, through a strategy of terror, consists in
exactly this tactic: keep the person hazy as to where he stands and
just what he may expect. In addition, if frequent vacillations
between severe disciplinary-measures and promise of good-treatment,
together with the spreading of contradictory news, make the
structure of the situation unclear, then the individual may cease to
know whether a particular plan would lead toward or away from his
goal. Under these conditions, even those individuals who have
definite goals and are ready to take risks are paralysed by the
severe inner-conflict in regard to what to do."
This Club of Rome blueprint
applies to COUNTRIES as well as to individuals, particularly the
government-leaders of those countries. We in the U.S. need not think
that "Oh well, this is America, and those kinds of things just do
not happen here." Let me assure you that they ARE happening in the
U.S., and perhaps more so than in any other country.
The Levin-Club of Rome
plan is designed to demoralise us all, so that in the end we feel we
should follow whatever it is that is planned for us. We WILL follow
Club of Rome orders like sheep. Any seemingly-strong leader who
SUDDENLY APPEARS to "rescue" the nation must be regarded with the
utmost suspicion. Remember that Khomeini was groomed for years by
British-intelligence, especially during his time in Paris, before he
suddenly appeared as the saviour of Iran. Boris Yeltsin is from the
The Club of Rome feels
confident that it has carried-out its The Committee of 300 mandate
to "soften-up" the United States. After 45 years of waging-war on
the people of this nation, who will doubt that it has indeed
accomplished its task? Look-around and see how we have been
demoralised. Drugs, pornography, rock and roll "music", free sex,
the family-unit all but totally undermined, lesbianism,
and finally the ghastly murder of millions of innocent babies by
their own mothers. Has there ever been a crime so vile as mass
With the U.S. spiritually,
morally bankrupted, with our industrial-base destroyed throwing 30
million people out of work with our big cities ghastly cesspools of
every imaginable crime with a murder-rate almost three times higher
than any other country, with 4 million homeless, with corruption in
government reaching endemic proportions, who will gainsay that the
United States is ready to collapse from within, into the waiting
arms of the New Dark Age One World Government?
The Club of Rome has
succeeded in splitting the Christian churches; it has succeeded in
building up an army of charismatic fundamentalists and evangelicals
who will fight for the Zionist State of Israel. During the Gulf War
of genocide I received scores of letters asking me how I could
oppose "a just Christian war against Iraq". How could I doubt that
Christian fundamentalist support for the (Committee of 300's) war
against Iraq was not Biblical - after all didn't Billy Graham pray
with President Bush, just before the shooting started? Doesn't the
Bible speak of "wars and rumours of wars"?
These letters give an
insight into just how well the Tavistock Institute has done
its work. The Christian fundamentalists will be a formidable force
behind the state of Israel, exactly as planned. How sad that these
fine people do not realise that they have been GROSSLY MISUSED by
the Club of Rome and that their opinions and beliefs are NOT
THEIR OWN, but those created for them by the hundreds of
The Committee of 300 "think-tanks" that dot the American landscape.
In other words, like any other segment of the United States
population, the Christian fundamentalists and evangelicals have been
We as a nation are ready to
accept the demise of the United States of America and the American
way of life, once the envy of the entire world. Do not think this
has happened on its own - the old "times are changing" syndrome.
Time does not change anything, PEOPLE do. It is a mistake to think
of the The Committee of 300 and the Club of Rome as European
institutions. The Club of Rome exercises great influence and power
in the United States, and has its own chapter, based in Washington
Senator Claiborne Pell is
its leader, and one of its members is Frank M. Potter, a one-time
staff-director of the House Subcommittee on Energy. It is not
difficult to see how the Club of Rome has maintained its grip on
U.S. energy-policies and where "environmentalist" opposition to
nuclear-energy is coming from. Perhaps the Club's greatest
success-story is its hold over Congress in regard to nuclear-energy
which has had the effect of preventing the U.S. from entering the
21st century as a strong industrial-nation. The effect of the
anti-nuclear-policy of the Club of Rome can be measured in terms of
silent blast-furnaces, derelict railroad-yards, rusting steel-mills,
shipyards long since closed-down and a valuable trained-work-force
scattered across the United States, which may never again be
Other Club of Rome members
in the U.S. are Walter A. Hahn of the Congressional Research
Service, Ann Cheatham and Douglas Ross, both senior economists.
Ross's task, in his own words, was to "translate Club of Rome
perspectives into legislation to help the country get away from the
illusion of plenty." Ann Cheatham was the director of an
organisation called "Congressional Clearing-House For The Future."
Her task was to profile
members of Congress who would be susceptible to astrology and New
Age mumbo-jumbo. At one stage she had in excess of 100 Congressmen
in her classes. Daily sessions were held, in which a variety of
astrological "forecasts" were made, based on her "occult
perceptions". Besides Congressmen, other prominent-people who
attended her sessions were Michael Walsh, Thornton Bradshaw - A
LEADING MEMBER OF THE The Committee of 300 - and David Sternlight, a
senior vice-president of Allstate Insurance Company. Some of the
more important members of the The Committee of 300 are also members
of NATO, a fact which we ought to remember. These The Committee of
300 members often hold several offices. Among the NATO-Club of Rome
membership are found Harland Cleveland, a former U.S. ambassador to
NATO, Joseph Slater, a director of the Aspen Institute, Donald Lesh,
a former staffer in the U.S. National Security Agency, George McGhee
and Claiborne Pell, to name a few examples.
It is important that we
remember these names, make a list of them if you wish, so as to
recall who they are and what they stand for when their names come up
in television-programs and news services. Following intelligence
modus vivendi, leaders of the committee often appear on television,
usually in the most innocent of guises. We ought to be aware that
nothing they do is innocent.
The The Committee of 300 has
planted its agents in the muscle and sinew of the United States, in
its government, in Congress, in advisory-posts around the President,
as ambassadors and as Secretaries of State. From time to time the
Club of Rome holds gatherings and conferences which, although they
appear under innocuous titles, break up into action-committees, each
of which is assigned a specific task and a specific target-date by
which time their assignments must be completed. If it does nothing
else, the The Committee of 300 is working to a very specific
time-table. The first Club of Rome conference in the United States
was called by the The Committee of 300 in 1969 under the title: "The
Association of the Club of Rome." The next meeting was held in 1970
under the title "Riverdale Centre of Religious Research" and was
directed by Thomas Burney. Then followed the Woodlands Conference
held in Houston, Texas, starting in 1971 Thereafter, regular
conferences have been held at Woodlands every year.
Also in 1971, at a later
date, the Mitchell Energy and Development Corporation held its
energy-strategy-meeting for the Club of Rome: The recurring theme:
LIMIT THE GROWTH OF THE U.S.A. Then to crown it all, the First
Global Conference on the Future was held in July of 1980, attended
by 4000 social-engineers and members of think-tanks, all of whom
were members of, or affiliated with, various institutions operating
under Club of Rome umbrella-organisations.
The First Global Conference
on the Future had the blessing of the White House which held its own
conference, based on the transcripts of the First Global Conference
forum. It was called the "White House Commission on the 1980's" and
OFFIciaLLY recommended the policies of the Club of Rome "as a guide
to future U.S. policies" and even went so far as to say that the
United States economy is moving out of the industrial-phase. This
echoed the theme of Sir Peter Vickers-Hall and Zbibniew Brzezinsky
and provides further proof of the control exercised by the The
Committee of 300 over U.S. affairs, both domestic and foreign.
As I said in 1981, we are
set up, politically, socially and economically so that we remain
locked-into the Club of Rome's plans. Everything is RIGGED against
us. If we are to survive then we must break the stranglehold the The
Committee of 300 has on our government. In every election since
Calvin Coolidge ran for the White House, the Committee of 300 has
been able to plant its agents in key positions in government so that
it matters not who gets the White House post. For example, every one
of the candidates who ran for the Presidency, from the time of
Franklin D. Roosevelt, were selected, some like to call it
"hand-picked", by the Council on Foreign Relations acting on the
instructions of the RIIA.
Especially in the 1980
election, every candidate for the highest office in the United
States was run by the CFR. Therefore it was of no consequence to the
conspirators who won the presidential-race. Through such Trojan
Horses as the Heritage Foundation and the CFR, ALL key policy-making
positions in the new administrations were filled by the Council on
Foreign Relations nominees, and before that, since the 1960's, by
NATO-Club of Rome yes-men, thereby ensuring that key
policy-decisions bore the indelible stamp of the Club of Rome and
the CFR, acting as the executive-arms of the The Committee of 300.
Both the 1984 and 1988
elections followed this long-established-pattern. Secretary of State
George Schultz was the perfect choice of the Committee of 300 for
the office of Secretary of State. Schultz was always a creature of
Henry Kissinger, the ruling order-giver for the CFR. Moreover, his
position with Bechtel, a key The Committee of 300 company of
global-dimensions, gave him access to countries that might otherwise
have been suspicious of his Kissinger-connection. The Carter
Administration accelerated the process of key pro-conspiracy
personnel in key positions. Before Carter was elected, his key
campaign-strategist, Hamilton Jordan, said that if Cyrus Vance or
Brzezinski received appointments in the Carter cabinet, he, Jordan,
would resign. They did. Jordan did not resign.
Carter's choice of Paul
Volcker (in fact he was told to appoint Volcker by David
Rockefeller) started the collapse of the U.S. economy according to
the plan laid down by the Club of Rome. We are up against powerful
forces who are dedicated to the goal of a One World Government. We
have been engaged in a devastatingly-crippling war for the past 45
years, only it is not perceived as such. We are brainwashed,
methodically and systematically, without ever being aware of it. The
Tavistock Institute provided the system for this to take place, and
then set its operations in motion.
The only way we can
fight-back is by exposing the conspirators and their multiplicity of
front-organisations. We need men with experience who can formulate
strategy to defend our priceless heritage which, once lost, will
never again reappear. We need to learn the methods the conspirators
use; learn them and adopt counter-measures. Only a crash-program
will stop the rot which is consuming our nation.
Some may have difficulty in
accepting the idea of a global-conspiracy because so many writers
have made financial-gain from it. Others doubt that activity, on a
global scale, can be successfully advanced. They see the huge
bureaucracy of our government and then say, "Well, how are we
supposed to believe that private people can do more than the
government does?" This overlooks the fact that government is part
of the conspiracy. Hard evidence is what they want and hard evidence
is difficult to come by.
Others say, "So what. What
do I care about a conspiracy, I don't even bother to vote." That is
exactly the way the general population of America was profiled to
react. Our people have become discouraged and confused, the results
of 45 years of (psychological) warfare conducted against us. How
this is done is explained in Bernard Levin's book, but how many
people would bother to read an academic's non-fiction book? (Or
finish reading all of this one?). We are reacting exactly as we were
profiled to act. Demoralised and confused people will be far more
ready to welcome the sudden appearance of a great man who promises
to solve every problem and guarantee a well-ordered society in which
people are fully-employed and domestic strife is minimal. Their
dictator, for that is who it will be, will be welcomed with
Knowing WHO the enemy is, is
a vital necessity. No one can fight and win against an unidentified
enemy. This book could be used as a military field-manual. Study
its content and memorise all names. I have mentioned
profiling-techniques quite frequently in this chapter. A full
explanation of "profiling" is contained in the next chapter. One of
the most profound pieces of information to come out of the science
of profiling is the relative ease in which this can be accomplished
in individuals, party groups, political-entities and so-on right on
down the line. Once we wake up as to how easy this is to do, the
conspiracy will no longer be more than we can comprehend. The
assassination of President Kennedy and the attempt on the life of
President Reagan become easy to understand.
INSTITUTlONS THROUGH WHICH
CONTROL IS EXERCISED.
Profiling is a technique
developed in 1922 on command of the Royal Institute for
International Affairs (RIIA). Major John Rawlings Reese, a British
Army technician, was instructed to set up the largest
brainwashing-facility in the world at the Tavistock Institute for
Human Relations as a part of Sussex University. This became the core
of Britain's Psychological-Warfare Bureau. When I first introduced
the names of Reese and Tavistock into the United States in 1970,
very little interest was shown. But over the years, as I revealed
more and more about Tavistock and its vital role in the conspiracy,
it has become popular to imitate my earlier research.
Psychological-Warfare Bureau made extensive use of the work done by
Reese on his 80,000 British Army guinea-pigs, captive soldiers who
underwent many forms of testing. It was Tavistock-designed methods
that got the United States into the Second World War and which,
under the guidance of Dr. Kurt Lewin, established the OSS, the
forerunner of the cia. Lewin became the director of the Strategic
Bombing Survey, which was a plan for the Royal Air Force to
concentrate on bombing German worker-housing while leaving
military-targets, such as munitions-plants, alone. The
munitions-plants, on both sides, belonged to the international
bankers who had no wish to see their assets destroyed.
Later, after the war was
over, NATO ordered Sussex University to establish a very special
brainwashing-centre which became part of Britain's
Psychological-Warfare Bureau, only now, its research was directed
toward civilian rather than military applications. We shall return
to that super secret unit which was called Science Policy Research
Institute (SPRI) under our chapters on drugs.
The idea behind
saturation-bombing of civilian worker-housing was to break the
morale of the German worker. It was not designed to affect the
war-effort against the German military-machine. Lewin and his team
of actuaries reached a target figure, that if 65% of German
worker-housing was destroyed by nightly RAF bombing, the morale of
the civilian population would collapse. The actual document was
prepared by the Prudential Assurance Company.
The RAF, under the
command of "Bomber" Harris, carried out Lewin's plans, culminating
in the terror firestorm-bombing of Dresden, in which over 125,000,
mainly old men, women and children, were killed. The truth of
"Bomber" Harris's horror raids on German civilians was a well-kept
secret until long after the end of
most of the detailed programs that led to the establishing of the
Office of Naval Intelligence, (ONI) the number-one
intelligence-service in the United States, one which dwarfs the
CIA in size
and scope. Contracts worth billions of dollars were given to
Tavistock by the United States Government and Tavistock's
strategic-planners provide most of what the Pentagon uses for our
defence-establishment, even today. Here again is illustrated the
grip that the Committee of 300 has on the United States, and the
majority of our institutions. Tavistock runs over 30
research-institutions in the United States, all of which we will
name in our charts at the end of the book.
institutions have in many cases grown into gargantuan monsters,
penetrating every aspect of our government-agencies and taking
command of all policy-making. One of Tavistock's chief wreckers of
our way of life was Dr. Alexander King, a founder-member of NATO and
a favourite with the The Committee of 300, as well as an outstanding
member of the Club of Rome. Dr. King was assigned by the Club of
Rome to destroy America's education by taking control of the
National Teachers Association and working in close-conjunction with
certain law-makers and judges. If it was not generally known how
all-pervading is the influence of the The Committee of 300, this
book should dispel every vestige of that doubt.
The trial-run for the
Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA),
a Club of Rome creation, came in a test-run against the
nuclear-power-station at Three Mile Island, Harrisburg,
Pennsylvania. Termed "an accident" by the hysterical media, this was
not an accident but a deliberately designed
crisis-test for FEMA. An additional benefit was the fear and
hysteria created by the news-media, which had people fleeing the
area, when in fact they were never in any danger. It was considered
a success by FEMA and it scored a lot of points for the anti-nuclear
forces. TMI became the rallying-point for the so-called
"environmentalists", a highly-financed and controlled group run out
of Aspen Institute, on behalf of the Club of Rome. Coverage was
provided free-of-charge by William Paley of CBS television, a former
FEMA is a natural
successor to the Strategic Bombing Survey of
WW II. Dr.
Kurt Lewin, theoretician for what the Tavistock conspirators called
crisis-management, was deeply-involved in the study. There is an
unbroken chain between Lewin and Tavistock that stretches back for
thirty-seven years. Lewin incorporated the Strategic Bombing Survey
into FEMA, with only a few small adjustments proving necessary, one
of the changes being the target, WHICH WAS NO LONGER GERMANY BUT THE
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. Forty-five years after the end of
WW II it is
still Tavistock that has its hands on the trigger, and the weapon is
pointed at the United States. The late Margaret Mead conducted an
intensive study of the German and Japanese population, under the
aegis of Tavistock, on how they reacted to stress caused by
aerial-bombardment. Irving Janus was an associate-professor on the
project which was supervised by Dr. John Rawlings Reese, promoted to
Brigadier-General in the British Army. The test-results were given
to FEMA. The Irving Janus report was of great value in formulating
FEMA policies. Janus used it in a book which he later wrote,
entitled, AIR WAR AND STRESS. The ideas in his book were followed TO
THE LETTER BY FEMA DURING THE THREE MILE ISLAND "CRISIS". Janus had
a really simple idea: Simulate a succession of crises and manipulate
the population following the Lewin terror-tactics and they will do
exactly as required.
In carrying out this
exercise, Lewin discovered something new, that social-control on a
wide scale can be achieved by using the news-media to bring home the
horrors of a nuclear-war via the television-media. It was discovered
that women's magazines were very effective in dramatising the
terrors of a nuclear-war. A trial-run, conducted by Janus, had Betty
Bumpers, wife of Senator Dale Bumpers of Arkansas, "writing" for
McCalls magazine on that subject.
The article appeared in
McCalls January 1983 issue. Actually, Mrs. Bumpers did not write the
article, it was created for her by a group of writers at Tavistock
whose speciality such subject-matters are. It was a collection of
untruths, non-facts, innuendoes and conjectures based entirely upon
false premises. The Bumpers article was typical of the kind of
psychological manipulation at which Tavistock is so very good. Not
one of the ladies who read McCalls could have failed to be impressed
by the terror/horror-story of what a nuclear-war looks like.
The The Committee of 300 has
a major bureaucracy at its disposal made-up of hundreds of
think-tanks and front-organisations that run the whole gamut of
private-business and government leaders. I will mention as many as I
can fit-in, starting with the German Marshall Fund. Its members, and
remember they are also members of NATO and the Club of Rome, consist
of David Rockefeller of Chase Manhattan Bank, Gabriel Hague of the
prestigious Manufactures Hanover Trust and Finance Corporation,
Milton Katz of the Ford Foundation, Willy Brandt, leader of
Socialist International, KGB agent and member of the Committee of
300, Irving Bluestone, chairman of the United Auto-Workers
Executive-Board, Russell Train, U.S. president of the Club of Rome
and Prince Philip's World Wildlife Fund, Elizabeth Midgely, CBS
programs' producer, B. R. Gifford, director of the Russell Sage
Foundation, Guido Goldman of the Aspen Institute the late Averill
Harriman, The Committee of 300 extraordinary-member, Thomas L.
Hughes of the Carnegie Endowment Fund, Dennis Meadows and Jay
Forrestor of MIT "world-dynamics".
The The Committee of
300, although in existence for over 150 years, did not take on its
present form until around 1897. It was always given to issuing
orders through other fronts, such as the Royal Institute for
International Affairs. When it was decided that a super-body would
control European affairs, the RIIA founded the Tavistock Institute,
which in turn created NATO. For five years NATO was financed by the
German Marshall Fund. Perhaps the most important member of the
a foreign policy body of the Committee, was Joseph Rettinger, said
to have been its founder and organiser, whose annual meetings have
delighted conspiracy-hunters for several decades.
Rettinger was a
well-trained Jesuit priest and a 33rd Degree Freemason. Mrs.
Katherine Meyer Graham who is suspected of having murdered her
husband in order to get control of the Washington Post, was another
ranking member of the Club of Rome, as was Paul G. Hoffman of the
New York Life Insurance Company, one of the largest insurance
companies in the United States and a leading Rank company, with ties
directly to Queen Elizabeth of England's immediate-family. John J.
McCloy, the man who attempted to wipe post-World War II Germany off
the map and last but not least, James A. Perkins of the Carnegie
Corporation, were also founding-members of the
and the Club of Rome.
What a star-studded cast!
Yet, strangely enough, few if any outside of genuine
intelligence-agencies had ever heard of this organisation until
recent times. The power exercised by these important personages and
the corporations, television-stations, newspapers,
insurance-companies and banks they represent matches the power and
prestige of at least two European countries, and still this is only
the tip of The Committee of 300's enormous cross-gridding and
Not mentioned in the
foregoing line-up is Richard Gardner who, although an early member
of the The Committee of 300, was sent to Rome on a special
assignment. Gardner married into one of the oldest Black Nobility
families of Venice, thus providing the Venetian aristocracy a
direct-line to the White House. The late Averill Harriman was
another of the committee's direct links with the Kremlin and the
White House, a position which Kissinger inherited after the death of
The Club of Rome is indeed a
formidable agency of the The Committee of 300. Although ostensibly
working on American affairs, the group overlaps other The Committee
of 300 agencies and its United States members are often found
working with "problems" in Japan and Germany. Some of the front-organisations
operated by the above committee include the following, although not
limited to them:
LEAGUE OF INDUSTRIAL
Officials: Michael Novak,
Jeane Kirkpatrick, Eugene Rostow, IRWIN SUALL, Lane Kirkland, Albert
Purpose: To disrupt and
disturb normal labour-relations between workers and employers by
brain-washing labour-unions to make impossible demands with special
attention to steel, automobile and housing industries.
Officials: Leo Churn and
Purpose: To spread socialist
dis-information among American blue-collar workers, spread
dissension and dis-satisfaction. Now that these objectives have been
largely realised, Gershman has been drafted by Lawrence Eagleburger
to CEDC, a newly-created body to stop a united Germany from
expanding its trade into the Danube Basin.
COMMITTEE FOR A DEMOCRATIC
Officials: Ben Wattenburg,
Jeane Kirkpatrick, Elmo Zumwa and Midge Dector.
Purpose: To provide a
connecting-link between the educated socialist-class and
minority-groups with the intent of setting-up a solid-block of
voters who can be counted-on to vote for left-wing candidates at
election-time. It was really a Fabianist-operation from start to
Officials: Robert Strausz
Purpose: To undermine and
eventually end NASA space-program.
SOciaL DEMOCRATS U.S.A.
Officials: Bayard Rustin,
Lane Kirkland, Jay Lovestone, Carl Gershman, Howard Samuel, Sidney
Purpose: To spread
radical-socialism, especially among minority-groups, and forge links
between similar organisations in socialist-countries. Lovestone was,
for decades, the leading advisor to U.S. presidents on
Soviet-affairs and a strong direct-link with Moscow.
INSTITUTE FOR SOciaL
Cleveland, Willis Harmon.
Purpose: Change the way
THE CITIZENS LEAGUE.
Officials: Barry Commoner.
Purpose: To bring
"common-cause" legal-suits against various government-agencies,
especially in the defence-industries.
WAR RESISTERS LEAGUE.
Officials: Noam Chomsky and
Purpose: To organise
resistance to the Vietnam War among left-wing groups, students and
the Hollywood "in crowd".
THE DEMOCRATIC SOciaLIST
ORGANISING COMMITTEE OF THE INSTITUTE FOR DEMOCRATIC SOciaLISM.
Officials: Frank Zeider,
Arthur Redier and David McReynolds.
Purpose: A clearing-house
for left-wing socialist ideas and activities in the U.S and Europe.
Officials: IRWIN SUALL, also
known as John Graham.
Purpose: A joint FBI-British
Intelligence operation designed to single-out right-wing groups and
their leaders and put them out of business, before they grow too
large and too influential.
INTERNATIONAL ASSOciaTION OF
Purpose: A labour-oriented
front for the Socialist International and a hot-bed of organised
labour-unrest, polarising workers and management.
Officials: Murray Findley,
IRWIN SUALL and Jacob Scheinkman.
Purpose: Much the same as
the Machinists' Union, to socialise and polarise workers in the
A. PHILIP RANDOLPH
Officials: Bayard Rustin.
Purpose: To provide a means
of co-ordinating organisations with a common-purpose, an example of
which would be the spread of socialist ideas among college-students
CAMBRIDGE POLICY STUDIES
Officials: Gar Apelrovitz.
Purpose: To expand on the
work being done at the Institute for Policy Studies. Founded in
February 1969 by international-socialist, Gar Apelrovitz, former
assistant to Senator Gaylord Nelson. Apelrovitz wrote the
controversial book ATOMIC DIPLOMACY for the Club of Rome which work
was financed by the German Marshall Fund. It concentrates on
research and action projects, with a stated goal of fundamentally
changing American society, i.e., to create a Fabianist United States
in preparation of the coming One World Government.
ECONOMIC COMMITTEE OF THE
NORTH ATLANTIC INSTITUTE.
Officials: Dr. Aurellio
Purpose: NATO think-tank on
CENTRE FOR THE STUDY OF
Officials: Founder Robert
Hutchins of the Committee of 300, Harry Ashmore, Frank Kelly and a
large group of "Fellows".
Purpose: To spread ideas
that will bring on social-reforms of the liberal-kind with democracy
as an ideology. One of its activities is to draft a new constitution
for the U.S. which will be strongly monarchical and socialistic as
found in Denmark.
The Centre is an "Olympian"
stronghold. Located in Santa Barbara, it is housed in what is
affectionately called "the Parthenon". Former Representative John
Rarick called it "an outfit loaded with Communists." By 1973 work on
a new United States Constitution was in its thirty-fifth draft which
proposes an amendment guaranteeing "environmental rights", the
thrust of which is to reduce the industrial-base of the U.S. to a
mere whisper of what it was in 1969. In other words, this
institution is carrying out Club of Rome zero-growth post-industrial
policies laid down by the The Committee of 300.
Some of its other aims are
control of economic-cycles, welfare, regulation of business and
national public-works, control of pollution. Speaking on behalf of
the The Committee of 300, Ashmore says the function of the CSDI is
to find ways and means of making our political-system work more
effectively. "We must change education and we must consider a new
U.S Constitution and a Constitution for the world," Ashmore says.
Further goals enunciated by
Ashmore are as follows:
1) Membership of the
U.N . must be
U.N . must be
3) South-East Asia must be
neutralised. (For neutralised, read "Communised".)
4) Cold War must be ended.
must be abolished.
6) Developing-nations must
be assisted. (Meaning assisted to destruct.)
7) No military-solutions to
problems. (Pity they didn't tell George Bush that before the Gulf
8) National-solutions are
9) Coexistence is necessary.
Officials: Dr. Kurt Lewin
and staff of 15 new-science scientists.
Purpose: To create a climate
where the Committee of 300 can take unlimited power over the U.S.
INSTITUTE FOR SOciaL
Officials: Dr. Kurt Lewin
and staff of 20 new-science scientists.
Purpose: To devise a whole
new set of social-programs to steer America away from industry.
SCIENCE POLICY RESEARCH
Officials: Leland Bradford,
Kenneth Dam, Ronald Lippert.
Purpose: A "Future Shocks"
research-institution at Sussex University in England and part of the
Officials: Sheldon Arenberg
and a staff of hundreds, too numerous to mention here.
co-ordinate all elements of the intelligence-communities of the
U.S.A. and Britain. It analyses what "players" have to be assigned
the role of a national-entity; for example, Spain would come under a
supine watered-down Catholic Church, the
U.N . under
the Secretary General and so forth. It developed the system of "X
RAY 2" where think-tank personnel, military-installations and
law-enforcement centres are all linked to the Pentagon through a
nation-wide network of Teletypes and computers: To apply
surveillance-techniques on a nation-wide scale. Arenberg says his
ideas are non-military, but his techniques are mainly those he
learned from the military. He was responsible for the New York State
Identification and Intelligence System, a typical George Orwell
"1984" project, which is completely-illegal under our Constitution.
The NYSIIS system is in the process of being adopted nation-wide. It
is what Brzezinski referred to as the ability to
almost-instantaneously retrieve data about any person.
NYSIIS shares data with all
law-enforcement and government agencies in the state. It provides
storage and rapid-retrieval of individual records, criminal and
social. It is a TYPICAL The Committee of 300 project. There is a
crying-need for a full-investigation to be conducted into just what
it is that Systems Development Corporation is doing, but that is
beyond the scope of this book. One thing is sure, SDC is not
there to preserve freedom and liberty guaranteed by the U.S.
Constitution. How convenient that it should be located in Santa
Barbara in easy reach of Robert Hutchins' "Parthenon".
Some publications put out by
these Club of Rome institutions are as follows:
"Covert Action Information
"The New Republic"
"Working Papers for a New
These are by no-means all of
the publications issued under the auspices of the Club of Rome.
There are many hundreds more, in fact each of the foundations puts
out its own publication. Given the number of foundations run by the
Tavistock Institute and the Club of Rome, a partial-listing is all
we can include here. Some of the more important foundations and
think-tanks are in the following list, which includes Army
The American public would be
astounded if it only knew how deeply the Army is involved in "new
war tactics" research with Committee of 300 "think-tanks". Americans
are not aware that in 1946 the Club of Rome was ordered by the The
Committee of 300 to further the progress of think-tanks which it
said offered a new means of spreading the Committee's philosophy.
The impact of these think-tanks upon our military, just since 1959
when they suddenly proliferated, is truly astounding. There is no
doubt that they will play an even greater role in the daily-affairs
of this nation as we come to the close of the 20th century.
THE MONT PELERIN SOCIETY.
Mont Pelerin is an
economic-foundation devoted to issuing misleading economic-theories
and influencing economists in the Western world to follow models it
lays out from time to time. Its leading practitioners are Von Hayek
and Milton Friedman.
THE HOOVER INSTITUTION.
Founded originally to fight
Communism, the institution has slowly but surely turned toward
Socialism. It has an annual budget of $2 million, funded by
companies under the umbrella of the Committee of 300. It now
concentrates on "peaceful changes" with emphasis on arms-control and
domestic U.S. problems. It is frequently used by the news-media as a
"conservative" organisation whose views they seek when a
conservative viewpoint is needed. The Hoover Institution is far from
that, and following the 1953 take-over of the Institution by a group
allied to the Club of Rome, it has become a One World-New World
Order outlet for "desirable" policies.
Founded by brewery magnate
Joseph Coors to act as a conservative think-tank, Heritage was soon
taken-over by Fabianists Sir Peter Vickers-Hall, Stuart Butler,
Steven Ayzlei, Robert Moss and Frederich Von Hayek under the
direction of the Club of Rome. This institute played a major role in
carrying out British Labour leader Anthony Wedgewood Benn's order to
"Thatcherize Reagan". Heritage is certainly not a
conservative-operation although at times it may look and sound like
HUMAN RESOURCES RESEARCH
This is an Army
research-establishment dealing in "psychotechnology". Most of its
personnel are Tavistock-trained. "Psychotechnology" covers GI
motivation, morale and music used by the enemy. In fact a lot of
what George Orwell wrote about in his book "1984" appears to be
remarkably similar to what is taught at HUMRRO. In 1969, the The
Committee of 300 took over this important institution and turned it
into a private non-profit-organisation run under the auspices of the
Club of Rome. It is the largest behavioural-research-group in the
One of its specialities is
the study of small groups under stress and HUMRRO teaches the Army
that a soldier is merely an extension of his equipment and has
brought great influence to bear on the "man/weapon" system and its
"human quality-control", so widely accepted by the United States
Army. HUMRRO has had a very pronounced effect on how the Army
conducts itself. Its mind-bending-techniques are straight out of
Tavistock. HUMRRO'S applied-psychology-courses are supposed to teach
Army brass how to make the human-weapon work. A good example of this
is the manner in which soldiers in the war against Iraq were willing
to disobey their field-manual standing-orders and bury 12,000 Iraqi
This type of brainwashing is
terribly dangerous because today, it is applied to the Army, the
Army applies it to brutally destroy thousands of "enemy" soldiers,
and tomorrow the Army could be told that civilian population-groups
opposed to government-policies are "the enemy". We are already a
mindless brainwashed flock of sheep (We the sheeple[?]), yet
it seems that HUMRRO can take mind-bending and mind-control a step
further. HUMRRO is a valuable adjunct to Tavistock and many of the
lessons taught at HUMRRO were applied in the Gulf War, which makes
it a little easier to understand how it came to be that American
soldiers behaved as ruthless and heartless killers, a far-cry from
the concept of the traditional American fighting-man.
This is HUMRRO'S sister
"1984" organisation situated in McLean, Virginia. Established in
1948, it was taken-over by the Committee of 300 in 1961 when it
became part of the Johns Hopkins bloc. It has worked on over 600
projects, including integrating Negroes into the Army, the tactical
use of nuclear-weapons, psychological-warfare-programs and
Obviously there are
many more major think-tanks, and we shall come to most of them in
this book. One of the most important areas of co-operation between
what think-tanks turn out and what becomes government and public
policy are the "pollsters". It is the job of the polling-companies
to mould and shape public-opinion in the way that suits the
conspirators. Polls are constantly being taken by CBS-NBC-ABC,
the New York Times, the Washington Post. Most of these efforts are
co-ordinated at the National-Opinion Research-Centre where, as much
as it will amaze most of us, a psychological-profile was developed
for the entire nation.
Findings are fed into the
computers of Gallup Poll and Yankelovich, Skelley and White for
comparative-evaluation. Much of what we read in our newspapers or
see on television has first been cleared by the polling-companies.
WHAT WE SEE IS WHAT THE POLLSTERS THINK WE SHOULD SEE. This is
called "public-opinion-making". The whole idea behind this bit of
social-conditioning is to find out how responsive the public is to
POLICY-DIRECTIVES handed down by the The Committee of 300. We are
called "targeted population groups" and what is measured by the
pollsters is how much resistance is generated to what appears in the
"Nightly News". Later, we shall learn exactly how this deceptive
practice got started and who is responsible for it.
It is all part of the
elaborate opinion-making-process created at, Tavistock. Today our
people believe they are well-informed but what they do not
realise is that the opinions they believe are their own,
were in fact created in the research-institutions and think-tanks of
America and that none of us are free to form our own opinions,
because of the information we are provided with by the media and the
Polling was brought to a
fine-art just before the United States entered the Second World War.
Americans, unbeknown to themselves, were conditioned to look upon
Germany and Japan as dangerous enemies who had to be stopped. In a
sense, this was true, and that makes conditioned thinking all the
more dangerous, because based on the INFORMATlON fed to them,
the enemy did indeed appear to be Germany and Japan. Just recently
we saw how well Tavistock's conditioning-process works, when
Americans were conditioned to perceive Iraq as a threat and Saddam
Hussein as a personal enemy of the United States.
Such a conditioning-process
is technically-described as "the message reaching the sense-organs
of persons to be influenced". One of the most respected of all
pollsters is The Committee of 300 member Daniel Yankelovich, of the
company, Yankelovich, Skelley and White. Yankelovich is proud to
tell his students that polling is a tool to change public-opinion,
although this is not original, Yankelovich having drawn his
inspiration from David Naisbett's book "TREND REPORT" which was
commissioned by the Club of Rome.
In his book Naisbett
describes all of the techniques used by public-opinion-makers to
bring about the public-opinion desired by the The Committee of 300.
Public-opinion-making is the jewel in the crown of the OLYMPIANS,
for with their thousands of new-science social-scientists at their
beck and call, and with the news-media firmly in their hands, NEW
public-opinions on almost any subject can be created and
disseminated around the world in a matter of two weeks.
This is precisely what
happened when their servant George Bush was ordered to make war on
Iraq. Within two weeks, not only the U.S. but almost the entire
world public-opinion was turned against Iraq and its President
Saddam Hussein. These media change-artists and news-manipulators
report directly to the Club of Rome which in turn reports to the The
Committee of 300 at whose head sits the Queen of England ruling over
a vast network of closely-linked corporations who never pay taxes
and are answerable to no-one, who fund their research-institutions
through foundations whose joint-activities have almost total control
over our daily lives.
Together with their
interlocking companies, insurance-business, banks,
finance-corporations, oil companies, newspapers, magazines, radio
and television, this vast apparatus sits astride the United States
and the world. There is not a politician in Washington D.C. who is
not, somehow, beholden to it. The Left rails against it, calling it
"imperialism" which indeed it is, but the Left is run by the same
people, the very same ones who control the Right, so that the Left
is no more free than we are!
Scientists engaged in the
process of conditioning are called "social-engineers" or
"new-science social-scientists" and they play an integral-part in
what we see, hear and read. The "old school" social-engineers were
Kurt K. Lewin, Professor Hadley Cantril, Margaret Meade, Professor
Derwin Cartwright and Professor Lipssitt who, together with John
Rawlings Reese, made up the backbone of new-science scientists at
During the Second World War,
there were over 100 researchers at work under the direction of Kurt
Lewin, copying-slavishly the methods adopted by Reinhard Heydrich of
the S.S. The OSS was based on Heydrich's methodology and, as we
know, the OSS was the forerunner of the Central Intelligence Agency.
The point of all this is that the governments of Britain and the
United States already have the machinery in place to bring us
into-line in a New World Order with only a slight modicum of
resistance materialising, and this machinery has been in place since
1946. Each passing year has added new refinements.
It is this The Committee of
300 which has established control-networks and mechanisms far more
binding than anything ever seen in this world. Chains and ropes are
not needed to restrain us. Our fear of what is to come does that job
far more efficiently than any physical means of restraint. We have
been brainwashed to give up our Constitutional-Right to bear arms;
to give up our Constitution itself; to allow the United Nations to
exercise control over our foreign-policies, and the IMF to take
control of our fiscal and monetary policies; to permit the President
to break United States law with impunity and to invade a foreign
country and kidnap its head-of-state. In short we have been
brainwashed to the extent where we, as a nation, will accept each
and every lawless act carried-out by our government almost without
I for one know that we will
soon have to fight to reclaim our country from the Committee, or
lose it forever. BUT when it comes right down to it, how many will
actually take up arms? In 1776 only 3% of the populace took up arms
against King George III. This time around, 3% will be woefully
inadequate. We should not allow ourselves to be led down dead-end
roads, for that is what our mind-controllers have planned for us by
confronting us with such a complexity of issues that we simply
succumb to long-range-penetration and make no decisions at all on
many vital issues.
We shall be looking at the
names of those who make up the The Committee of 300 but, before we
do that, we should examine the massive interfacing of all important
institutions, companies and banks under the Committee's control. We
must mark them well because these are the people who are deciding
who shall live and who shall be eliminated as "useless eaters";
where we will worship God, what we must wear and even what we shall
eat. According to Brzezinski, we shall be under endless-surveillance
around the clock for 365 days a year ad infinitum.
That we have been betrayed
from within is being accepted by more and more people each year, and
that is good, because it is through Knowledge*, a word translated
from the word BELIEF, that we shall be able to defeat the enemies of
all-mankind. While we were being distracted by the bogeymen in the
Kremlin, the Trojan Horse was moved into position in Washington D.C.
The greatest danger free people face today is not from Moscow but
from Washington D.C. We need first to conquer the DOMESTIC ENEMY,
and after that we will be strong enough to mount an offensive to
remove Communism from the Earth together with all of its attendant
"My people are
destroyed for lack of [My] Knowledge." - God, Hosea 4:6.
The Carter Administration
accelerated the collapse of our economy and our military strength,
the latter begun by Club of Rome and Lucis Trust member Robert
Strange McNamara. In spite of his promises, Reagan continued to
undermine our industrial-base, starting where Carter left off. While
we need to keep our defences strong, we cannot do that from a weak
industrial-base for, without a well-run military-industrial-complex,
we cannot have a viable defence-system. The The Committee of 300
recognises this and planned from 1953 its zero-growth
post-industrial policies now in full flower.
Thanks to the Club of Rome
our technology-potential has dropped below that of Japan and
Germany, nations we are supposed to have defeated in the Second
World War. How has this come about? Because of men like Dr.
Alexander King and our blindfolded state-of-mind, we have failed to
recognise the destruction of our educational institutions and
systems of teaching. As a result of our blindness, we are no longer
training engineers and scientist in sufficient numbers to keep us
among the industrialised nations of the world. Thanks to Dr. King, a
man very few people in America know about, education in the U.S. is
at its lowest level since 1786. Statistics produced by the Institute
for Higher Learning show that the reading and writing capabilities
of high-school children the United States are LOWER than they were
among high-school children in 1786.
What we face today is not
only the loss of our freedom and the very fabric of our nation, but
far worse, the possibility of the loss of our souls. The steady
chipping-away at the foundation upon which this republic rests has
left an empty void, which Satanists and cultists are rushing
to fill with their synthetic soul material. This truth is difficult
to accept and appreciate because there was nothing SUDDEN about
these events. If a sudden shock were to hit us, a cultural and
religious shock, we would be shaken out of our apathy.
But gradualism -
which is what Fabianism is, does nothing to raise the alarm.
Because the vast majority of Americans can see no MOTIVATION for the
things I have described, they cannot accept it, and so the
conspiracy (I am pointing out) is scorned and often mocked (as being
a wild theory, or figment of the imagination). By creating chaos
through presenting hundreds of daily choices our people have to
make, we have come down to a position where, unless motivation can
be clearly shown, all information is rejected.
This is both the weak and
the strong link in the conspiratorial chain. Most thrust-aside
anything that has no motive, so the conspirators feel safe behind
the ridicule poured upon those who point to the coming crisis in our
nation and our individual lives. However, if we can get enough
people to see the truth, the motivation-block gets weaker until it
will eventually be forced-aside as more and more people become
enlightened and the (false) notion that "this cannot happen in
America" is dispensed with.
The The Committee of 300 is
counting on our mal-adaptive responses to govern our reaction to
created events, and it will not be disappointed as long as we as a
nation continue in the present way we respond. We must turn
responses to created-crises into ADAPTIVE responses by identifying
the conspirators and exposing their plans for us, so that these
things become public knowledge. The Club of Rome has already made
THE TRANSITION TO BARBARISM. Instead of waiting to be "raptured*
", we must stop the The Committee of 300 before it can
accomplish its goal of making us prisoners (slaves) of the "New Dark
Age" planned for us. It is not up to God, IT IS UP TO US.
We have to take the necessary action.
"Stopped they must
be, on this ALL depends."
"And when they shall have finished their Testimony (the 1260 "days"
ended on 9/Dec./1917 - the day that Jerusalem was liberated from
Gentile domination by Israel-British [and U.S]. forces -
Ezekiel 25:14), the beast (system - Satanic)
that ascendeth out of the Bottomless Pit shall make war against them
(British and U.S.), and shall overcome them (British
and U.S.), and KILL them (British and U.S.)."
And thy life shall hang in doubt before thee;
and thou shalt fear day and night, and shalt have none assurance of
28:67 In the morning thou shalt say,
Would God it were evening! and at evening thou shalt say, Would God
it were morning! for the fear of thine heart wherewith thou shalt
fear, and for the sight of thine eyes which thou shalt see.
28:68 And the "I AM" shall bring thee into
slavery AGAIN with ships, by the way whereof I spoke unto thee,
Thou shalt see it no more again (if ye keep The Covenant):
and there ye shall be sold unto your enemies for bondmen and
bondwomen, and no man shall buy [you].
These [are] the Words of The
Covenant, which the "I AM" commanded Moses to make with the children
of Israel in the land of Moab, beside The Covenant which He made
with them in Horeb (Sinai).
Remember ye and return to The Law of Moses My
servant, which I commanded unto him in Horeb for all Israel, [with]
the Statutes and Judgments.
* The Rapture - Revelation
11:12 And they heard a great voice from heaven
saying unto them, Come up here. And they ascended up to heaven in a
"Cloud"; and their enemies beheld them.
All information that I
provide in this book comes from years of research backed-up by
impeccable intelligence-sources. Nothing is exaggerated. It
is factual and precise so do not fall into the trap set by
the enemy that this material is "dis-information". For the past two
decades I have provided information which has proved to be highly
accurate and which has explained a lot of puzzling events. My hope
is that through this book, a better, clearer and wider understanding
of the conspiratorial forces ranged against this nation will come
about. That hope is being realised as more and more young people are
beginning to ask questions and seek information about what is REALLY
going on. It is difficult for people to comprehend that these
conspirators are real and that they have the power I and many others
have attributed to them. Many have written to ask how it is that our
government does nothing about the terrible threat to civilisation?
The problem is that our government is PART of the problem, part of
the conspiracy, and nowhere and at no time has this become more
clearly evident than during the Bush Presidency. Of course President
Bush knows precisely what the Committee of 300 is doing to us. HE
WORKS FOR THEM. Others have written to say, "We thought we were
fighting the government." Of course we are, but behind government
stands a force so powerful and all-encompassing that
intelligence-agencies are even afraid to mention the name
"Olympians". (The Hidden Hand.)
Proof of the The Committee
of 300 is found in the vast number of powerful institutions owned
and controlled by it. Listed here are some of the more important
ones, all of which come under the MOTHER OF ALL THINK-TANKS AND
RESEARCH-INSTITUTIONS, THE TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE OF HUMAN RELATIONS
with its far-flung network of hundreds of "branches".
STANFORD RESEARCH CENTRE.
Stanford Research Centre (SRC)
was founded in 1946 by the Tavistock Institute For Human Relations.
Stanford was created to help Robert 0. Anderson and his ARCO oil
company, who had secured for the The Committee of 300 the oil-rights
on the North Slope of Alaska. Basically, the job was too large for
Anderson's Aspen Institute to handle, so a new centre had to be
founded and funded. That new centre was Stanford Research Centre.
Alaska sold its rights on a down-payment of $900 million, a
relatively small amount for the The Committee of 300. The governor
of Alaska was steered to SRI for help and advice. This was no
accident but the result of judicious planning and a process of
governor's call for help, three SRI scientists set-up-shop in Alaska
where they met with the Alaskan Secretary of State and the State
Planning Office. Francis Greehan, who headed the SRI team, assured
the Governor that his problem of how to handle the rich oil-find
would be safe in the hands of SRI. Naturally Greehan did not mention
the The Committee of 300 or the Club of Rome. In less than a month
Greehan assembled a team of economists, petroleum-scientists and
new-science scientists numbering in the hundreds. The report SRI
gave to the Governor ran to eighty-eight pages. The proposal was
adopted virtually without change by the Alaska legislature in 1970.
Greehan had indeed done a remarkable job for the The Committee of
300. From this beginning SRI developed into an institution employing
4000 people with an annual budget of $160 million plus. Its
President, Charles A. Anderson, has seen much of this growth during
his tenure, as has Professor Willis Harmon, director of the SRI
Centre for the Study of Social Policies, employing hundreds of
new-science scientists, many of the top staffers having been
transferred from Tavistock's London base. One of those was
chairman and former British intelligence-agent, David Sarnoff, who
was closely involved with Harmon and his team for twenty-five years.
Sarnoff was something of a "watchdog" for the mother-institute in
Stanford claims to
make no moral-judgements on projects it accepts, working for Israel
and the Arabs, South Africa and Libya but, as one would imagine, by
adopting this attitude it ensures an "inside-edge" with foreign
governments that the
CIA has found
most useful. In Jim Ridgeway's book, "THE CLOSED CORPORATION", SRI
spokesman Gibson brags about SRI's non-discriminatory stance.
Although not on the Federal Contract Research Centre lists, SRI is
today the largest military think-tank, dwarfing Hudson and Rand.
Among SRI's speciality-departments are chemical and biological
One of Stanford's more
dangerous activities is counter-insurgency operations aimed at
civilian populations - just the sort of "1984" things government is
already using against its own people. The U.S. government
pays SRI millions of dollars each year for this kind of
highly-controversial "research". Following student protests against
chemical-warfare-experiments conducted at Stanford, SRI "sold"
itself to a private group for just $25 million. Of course nothing
really changed, SRI was still a Tavistock project and the The
Committee of 300 still owned it, but the gullible appeared to be
satisfied by this meaningless cosmetic change. In 1958 a startling
new development arose. Advanced Research Products Agency (ARPA), a
contracting-agency for the Defence Department, approached SRI with a
top-secret proposal. John Foster at the Pentagon told SRI that what
was needed was a program to insure the United States against
"technological surprise". Foster wanted to perfect a condition where
the environment became a weapon; special bombs to trigger volcanoes
and/or earthquakes, behavioural-research on potential enemies and
minerals and metals with potential for new weapons. The project was
accepted by SRI and code-named "SHAKY".
The massive electronic-brain
in SHAKY was capable of carrying out many commands, its computers
having been constructed by IBM for SRI. Twenty-eight
scientists worked on what is called "Human Augmentation". The IBM
computer even has the capability to solve problems by analogy and
recognises and identifies scientists who work with it. The "special
applications" of this tool can be better imagined than described.
Brzezinski knew what he was talking about when he wrote "THE
Stanford Research Institute
works closely with scores of civilian consulting-firms, trying to
apply military technology to domestic situations. This has not
always been a success, but as techniques improve, the prospects for
massive all-pervading-surveillance, as described by
Brzezinski, daily becomes more real. IT ALREADY EXISTS AND IS IN
USE, EVEN THOUGH SLIGHT MALFUNCTIONS FROM TIME TO TIME HAVE TO BE
IRONED OUT. One such civilian consulting-firm was Schriever McKee
Associates of McLean, Virginia, run by retired General Bernard A.
Schriever, a former chief of the Air Force Systems Command, who
developed the Titan, Thor, Atlas and Minuteman rockets.
Schriever put together a
consortium of Lockheed, Emmerson Electric, Northrop, Control Data,
Raytheon and TRW under the name of URBAN SYSTEMS ASSOciaTES, INC.
The purpose of the consortium? To solve social and psychological
"urban problems" by means of military techniques using advanced
electronic systems. It is interesting to note that TRW became the
largest credit-information-collecting company in the
credit-reporting business as a result and an outcome of its work
with Urban Systems Associates, Inc.
This should tell us a great
deal about just how far this nation is already under TOTAL
SURVEILLANCE, which is the first requirement of the The Committee of
300. No dictatorship, especially not one on a global scale, can
function without total control over each and every individual. SRI
was well on its way to becoming a key Committee of 300
By the 1980's, 60% of SRI's
contracts were devoted to "Futurism" with both military and civilian
applications. Its major clients were the U.S. Department of
Defence-Directorate of Defence Research and Engineering, Office of
Aerospace Research which dealt with "Applications of the
Behavioural-Sciences to Research Management", Executive Office of
the President, Office of Science and Technology, U.S. Department of
Health. On behalf of the Department of Health, SRI ran a program
called "Patterns in ESDEA Title I Reading Achievement Tests." Other
clients were the U.S. Department of Energy, the U.S. Department of
Labour, U.S. Department of Transportation and the National Science
Foundation (NSF). Of significance was the paper developed for NSF,
entitled "Assessment of Future and International Problems."
under the tutelage of Tavistock Institute in London, put together a
far-reaching and chilling system it called "Business Intelligence
Program." In excess of 600 companies in the U.S. and abroad became
subscribers. The program covered research in Japanese Foreign
Business Relations, Consumer Marketing in a Period of Change, The
Mounting Challenge of International Terrorism, Sensory Evaluation in
Consumer Products, Electronic Funds Transfer System, Opto-Electric
Sensing, Exploratory Planning Methods, the U.S. Defence Industry and
Capital Availability. Among the TOP The Committee of 300 companies
who became clients of this program were Bechtel Corporation (George
Schultz was on its board), Hewlett Packard, TRW, Bank of America,
Eastman Dillon, Saga Foods Corporation, McDonnell Douglas, Crown
Zellerbach, Wells Fargo Bank and Kaiser Industries. But one of the
most sinister of all SRI programs with the possibilities of doing
tremendous damage in altering the direction in which the United
States will go, socially, morally and religiously, was Stanford's
Charles F. Kettering Foundation's "CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN" under
Stanford official reference "Contract Number URH (489)-2150 Policy
Research Report Number 4/4/74, Prepared by the SRI Centre for the
Study of Social Policy, Director Willis Harmon." This is probably
one of the most far-reaching investigations into how man might be
changed that has ever been conducted.
The report, covering
319 pages, was written by 14 new-science scientists under the
supervision of Tavistock and 23 top controllers including B. F.
Skinner, Margaret Meade, Ervin Lazlo and Sir Geoffrey Vickers, a
high-level British intelligence-officer in
MI6. It will
be recalled that his son-in-law, Sir Peter Vickers-Hall, was a
founding-member of the so-called conservative "Heritage Foundation".
Much of the 3000 pages of "recommendations" given to the Reagan
administration in January 1981 were based upon material taken from
Willis Harmon's "CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN".
I was privileged to receive
a copy of "THE CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN" from my
intelligence-colleagues five days after it was accepted by the
United States government. What I read shocked me, as I realised I
was looking at a blueprint for a future America, unlike anything I
had ever seen before. The nation was to be programmed to change and
become so accustomed to such planned-changes that it would hardly be
noticeable when profound changes did occur. We have gone downhill so
fast since "THE AQUARIAN CONSPIRACY" (the book title of Willis
Harmon's technical paper) was written, that today, divorce draws no
stigma, suicide is at an all time high and raises few eyebrows,
social deviations from the norm and sexual aberrations, once
unmentionable in decent circles, are now commonplace and excite no
As a nation we have not
noticed how "CHANGING IMAGES OF MANKIND" has radically altered our
American way of life forever. Somehow we were overcome by the
"Watergate Syndrome". For a while we were shocked and dismayed to
learn that Nixon was nothing but a cheap crook who hobnobbed with
Earl Warren's Mafia friends at the beautiful home they built for him
adjoining the Nixon estate. When too many "future shocks" and
news-headlines demanded our attention, we lost our way, or rather,
the huge number of choices with which we were and still are daily
confronted, confused us to such a degree that we were no longer able
to make the necessary choices.
Worse yet, having been
subjected to a barrage of crimes in high places, plus the trauma of
the Vietnam War, our nation seemed no longer to want truths*. Such
reaction is carefully explained in Willis Harmon's technical-paper,
in short, the American nation was reacting exactly as profiled.
Worse yet, in not wishing to accept truth, we took matters a step
further: We looked to government to shield us from the truth.
go, write it before them in a table, and note it in a Book, that it
may be for the time to come for ever and ever: That this [is] a
rebellious people, lying children, children [that] will
not hear The Law of the "I AM": Which say to the Seers, See not; and
to the Prophets, Prophesy not unto us right things, speak unto us
smooth things, prophesy deceits (lies): Get you out of The Way, turn
aside out of the path, cause the Holy One of Israel to cease
from before us. Wherefore thus saith the Holy One of Israel, Because
ye despise this Word, and trust in oppression and
perverseness, and stay thereon: Therefore this iniquity shall be
to you as a breach ready to fall, swelling out in a high wall,
whose breaking cometh suddenly at an instant. And he
shall break it as the breaking of the potters' vessel
that is broken* in pieces; He shall not spare: so that there
shall not be found in the bursting of it a piece to take fire from
the hearth, or to take water [withal] out of the pit." - The
Book of Isaiah 30:8-14.
that overcometh, and keepeth my works unto the end, to him will I
give power over the nations: And he shall rule them with a
rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter shall they be
broken to shivers: even as I received of my Father." -
Christ in His Book of Revelation 2:26-27.
I break down the wall (U.N
. and NATO) that ye have daubed with untempered [mortar], and bring
it down to the ground, so that the (Illuminati - Olympians - Hidden
Hand - Synagogue of Satan - Guild) foundation thereof shall be
discovered, and it shall fall, and ye shall be consumed in the midst
thereof: and ye shall know that I [am] the "I AM". Thus will I
accomplish My wrath upon the wall, and upon them that
have daubed it with untempered [mortar], and will say unto you, The
wall [is] no [more], neither they that daubed it . .
." - God, Ezekiel 13:14-15.
The corrupt stench of the
Reagan-Bush Administrations we wanted covered with six feet of
earth. The crimes committed under the title of Iran/Contra affair
(or scandals), we didn't want uncovered. We let our President
lie to us regarding his whereabouts in the period October 20-23rd,
1980. Yet these crimes far exceed in quantity and scope anything
Nixon did while he was in office. Do we as a nation recognise it as
going downhill with our brakes off?
No, we do not. When those
whose business it is to bring the truth to the American people that
a private, well-organised little government inside the White House
was busy committing one crime after another, crimes which attacked
the very soul of this nation and the republican institutions upon
which it rested, we were told not to bother the public with such
things. "We really don't want to know about all this speculation,"
became a standard response.
Which say to the Seers, See not; and to the
Prophets, Prophesy not unto us right things, speak unto us smooth
things, prophesy deceits (lies):
When the highest
elected-official of the land blatantly put
U.N . law
above the Constitution of the United States - an impeachable
offence, the majority accepted it as "normal". When the highest
elected-official of the land went to war without a Congressional
declaration of war, the fact was censored out by the news-media and,
again, we accepted it rather than face the truth. When the Gulf War,
which our President plotted and planned, began, not only were we
happy with censorship of the most blatant kind, we even took it to
our hearts, believing that it was "good for the war-effort". Our
President lied*, April Glaspie lied, the State Department lied. They
said the war was justified because President Hussein had been warned
to leave Kuwait alone. When Glaspie's cables to the State Department
were finally made public, one United States Senator after another
went charging to defend Glaspie, the harlot. It mattered not that
they came from both the Democrats and the Republicans. We, the
people, let them get away with their vile lies.
*And more recently again
with Clinton's lies about his affair with Monica Lewinski.
In this public-attitude of
the American people, the wildest dreams of Willis Harmon and his
teams of scientists became a reality. The Tavistock Institute was
elated at its success in destroying the self-respect and self-esteem
of this once great nation*. We are told that we won the Gulf War.
What is not yet perceived by the vast majority of Americans is that,
in winning the war, it cost the self respect and honour of our
nation. That lies rotting in the desert sands of Kuwait and Iraq,
alongside the corpses of the Iraqi soldiers we butchered in the
agreed retreat from Kuwait and Basra - we could not keep our word
that we would abide by the Geneva Conventions and not attack them.
"What do you want," our controllers asked us, "victory or self
respect? You can't have both."
* Hosea 4:6
As for My people they are destroyed for lack of
One hundred years ago, this
could not have happened, but now it has happened and excites no
comment. We have succumbed to the long-range-penetration-warfare
waged against this nation by Tavistock. Like the German nation,
defeated by the Prudential Bombing-Survey, enough of us have
succumbed to make this nation the kind that totalitarian-regimes of
the past would have only envisaged in their dreams. "Here," they
would say, "is a nation, one of the largest in the world, that
doesn't want the truth. All of our propaganda-agencies can be
dispensed with. We don't have to struggle to keep the truth from
this nation, they have willingly rejected it* of their own volition.
This nation is a pushover**."
* Isaiah 30:10
Which say to the Seers, See not; and to the
Prophets, Prophesy not unto us right things, speak unto us smooth
things, prophesy deceits (lies):
** Hosea 4:6 "As for My
people they are destroyed for lack of [My] Knowledge."
Our once proud Republic of
the United States of America became no more than a series of
criminal front-organisations, which history shows is always the
start of totalitarianism. This is the stage of permanent-alteration
we are at in America as 1991 drew to a close. We live in a
throw-away society, programmed not to last. We do not even flinch at
the 4 million homeless nor the 30 million jobless, nor the 15
million babies murdered thus far. They are "throwaways" of the Age
of Aquarius, a conspiracy so damnable that, when first confronted
with it, the majority will disavow its existence, rationalising
these events as "times have changed".
This is how the Tavistock
Institute and Willis Harmon programmed us to react.
Dismantling of our ideals goes on without protest. The spiritual and
intellectual drive of our people has been destroyed! On May 27th,
1991, President Bush made a very profound statement, the thrust of
which appears to have been totally misused by most
"The moral-dimension of
American-policy requires us to chart a moral course through a world
of lesser evils. That is the real world, not black and white. Very
few moral absolutes."
What else could we expect
from a President who is most probably the most evil man ever to
occupy the White House?
Consider this in the light
of his order to the military to bury alive 12,000 Iraqi soldiers.
Consider this in the light of his ongoing war of genocide against
the Iraqi people. President Bush was delighted to characterise
President Saddam Hussein as the "Hitler of our times". He never
bothered to offer a single scrap of proof. It was not needed.
Because President Bush made the statement, we accepted it without
question. Consider this in the bright light of truth, that he did
all of these things in the name of the American people while
secretly taking his orders from the The Committee of 300.
But, more than anything
else, consider this: President Bush and his controllers feel so
secure that they no longer deem it necessary to hide their evil
control of the American people, or to lie about it. This is
self-evident in the statement that he, as our leader, will make all
manner of compromises with truth, honesty and decency if his
controllers (and ours) deem it necessary. On May 27th, 1991, the
President of the United States abandoned each and every principle
embodied in our Constitution and boldly proclaimed that he was no
longer bound by it. This is a great victory for the Tavistock
Institute and the Prudential Bombing-Survey, whose target changed
from German worker-housing in 1945 to the soul of the American
people in a war that began in 1946 and runs through to 1992.
Increased pressure on this
nation for change was applied by Stanford Research Institute in the
early 1960's. SRI's offensive gathered power and momentum. Switch on
your television-set and you will see Stanford's victory in front of
your very eyes: talk-shows featuring heavy sexual details, special
video-channels where perversion, rock and roll and drugs reign
supreme. Where once John Wayne ruled, we now have a made-over
apology for a man (or is he?) called Michael Jackson, a parody of a
human+being who is held up as a hero, as he gyrates, shuffles,
mumbles and screams his way across television-screens in millions of
A woman who has been through
a series of marriages gets national coverage. One filthy,
half-washed drug-ridden decadent rock-band after another has hours
of air-time devoted to its inane sounds and mad-gyrations,
clothes-fashions and language-aberrations. Soap-operas showing what
is as near as "dammit" to pornographic scenes draw no comment.
Whereas in early 1960 this would never have been tolerated, today it
is accepted as normal. We have been subjected and we have succumbed
to what Tavistock Institute calls "future shocks" whose future is
NOW and we are so numbed by one cultural-shock after another, that
to protest seems like a futile gesture and, therefore, logically we
think, it does no good to protest.
In 1986 the The Committee of
300 ordered the pressure turned up. The U.S. was not going down fast
enough. The United States began the process of "recognising" the
butchers of Cambodia, the criminal Pol Pot regime, self-confessors
to the murder of 2 million Cambodian citizens. In 1991, the wheel
turned the full circle. The United States went to war against a
friendly nation that had been programmed to trust the Washington
traitors. We accused President Hussein of the small nation of Iraq
of all manner of evil, NONE OF WHICH WAS EVEN REMOTELY TRUE. We
killed and maimed its children, we left them to starve and to die of
all manner of diseases.
In the same breath we sent
the Bush emissaries of the The Committee of 300 to Cambodia to
RECOGNISE THE EVIL MASS-MURDERERS OF 2 MILLION CAMBODIANS, who were
sacrificed by the The Committee of 300's depopulation of cities
experiment, which the big cities of the United States will
experience in the not too distant future. Now, President Bush and
his The Committee of 300-ridden administration say, in effect, "Look
people, what do you want from me? I told you that I will compromise
where I see fit, even when that means sleeping with the Pol Pot
murderers. SO WHAT - KISS MY HIPS."
The level of
pressure-for-change will reach its peak in 1993 and we shall witness
scenes such as we would never have thought possible. Punch-drunk
America will react, but ever so slightly. Not even the latest-threat
to our freedom, the personal computer-card disturbs us. Willis
Harman's "CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN" would have been too technical for
most, so the service of Marilyn Ferguson was obtained to make it
more easily understood. "THE AGE OF AQUARIUS" heralded nude
stage-shows and a song which made the top of the charts: "The
Dawning of the Age of the Aquarius" swept the globe.
The personal computer-card
which, when fully distributed, will deprive us of our familiar
environment and, as we shall see, environment means a lot more than
the usually accepted meaning of the word. The United States has gone
through a period of intense trauma such as has never been visited on
any other nation in the history of the world, and the worst is yet
Everything is going
according to what Tavistock ordered and what the social-scientists
at Stanford mapped out. Times do not change; they are made to
change. All changes are pre-planned and come as the result of
careful action. We have been changed gradually at first, but now the
pace of change is picking-up. The United States is being transformed
from One Nation Under God to a polyglot of nations under several
gods. The U.S. is no longer One nation under God. The framers of the
Constitution have lost the battle.
Our forebears spoke a
common-language and believed in a common-religion - Christianity,
and held common-ideals. There were no aliens in our midst; that came
later in a deliberately-planned-attempt to break up the United
States into a series of fragmented nationalities, cultures and
beliefs. If you doubt this, go down to the East Side of New York, or
the West Side of Los Angeles on any given Saturday and look around
you. The United States has become several nations struggling to
coexist under a common system of government. When the floodgates of
immigration were opened wide by Franklin D. Roosevelt, a cousin of
the head of the The Committee of 300, the cultural-shock caused
great confusion and dislocation and made "One Nation" an
unworkable-concept. The Club of Rome and NATO have exacerbated the
situation. "Love thy neighbour" is an ideal that will not work
unless your neighbour "is as yourself".
To the framers of our
Constitution, the truths they laid out for future generations were
"self-evident" - to themselves. Being unsure that future
generations would also find the truths to which they bound this
nation self-evident, THEY SET ABOUT SPELLING THEM OUT. IT SEEMS THAT
THEY WERE AFRAID OF A TIME THAT MIGHT COME WHEN THE TRUTHS THEY
ESPOUSED WOULD NO LONGER BE SELF-EVIDENT. The Tavistock Institute
for Human Relations has made sure that what the framers feared might
come to pass has indeed come to pass. That time has arrived with
Bush and his "no absolutes" and his New World Order under the The
Committee of 300.
This is part of the concept
of social-changes forced upon Americans which Harmon and the Club of
Rome said would make for severe trauma and a great building-up of
pressure. The social upheavals that have taken place since the
advent of Tavistock, the Club of Rome and NATO will continue in the
U.S. for as long as the limit of absorption is ignored. Nations are
made up of individuals and, like individuals, there is a limit to
their ability to absorb changes, no-matter how robust they may be.
This psychological-truth was
well-proven by the Strategic-Bombing-Survey which called for
saturation-bombing of German worker-housing. As mentioned earlier,
the project was the work of the Prudential Insurance Company
and no-one doubts today that Germany suffered its defeat because of
this operation. Many of the scientists who worked on that project
are working on saturation-bombing of America, or else they have
passed-on, leaving their skilled techniques in the hands of others
who followed behind them.
The legacy they left behind
them can be found in the fact that we have not so much lost
our way as a nation, but that we have been steered in a
direction opposite to that which the framers of the
Declaration guided us for over 200 years. We have, in short, lost
contact with our historical-genes, our faith, which inspired
countless-generations of Americans to move forward as a nation,
benefiting from the patrimony left to us by the framers of the
Declaration of Independence and the United States Constitution. That
we are lost (sheeple) is clear to all who seek the truth, as
unpleasant as it may be.
thus saith the Lord "I AM"; Behold, I, [even] I, will both search My
sheep, and seek them out. As a shepherd seeketh out his flock in the
day that he is among his sheep [that are] scattered; so will I seek
out My sheep, and will deliver them out of all places where they
have been scattered in the cloudy and dark day." - God,
With President Bush and his
"no absolute morals" guiding us, we blunder ahead as lost nations
and individuals tend to do. We are collaborating with the The
Committee of 300 (against God*) for our own downfall and our
own enslavement. Some sense it - and feel a strong sense of unease.
The various conspiracy-theories they are familiar-with do not seem
to cover it all. This is because they know nothing of the
Conspirators' Hierarchy, The The Committee of 300.
that is not WITH me is AGAINST me; and he that
gathereth not with me scattereth abroad." - Christ, Matthew
These souls who feel a deep
sense of unease and that something is radically wrong, yet cannot
put their collective fingers on the problem, walk in darkness. They
look to a future they see slipping away from them. The
American-dream has become a mirage. They place their faith in
religion but take no steps to help that faith along by ACTION.
Americans will never experience a retracing of steps such as the
Europeans experienced when at the height of the Dark Ages. By
determined ACTION, they awoke in themselves a spirit-of-renewal
which resulted in the glorious Renaissance.
The enemy that has directed
them to this point decided to make a strong move against the United
States in 1980, so that Renaissance of America would be impossible.
Who is the enemy? The enemy is no faceless "they". The enemy is
clearly identifiable as the The Committee of 300, the Club of Rome,
NATO and all of its affiliated organisations, the think-tanks and
research-institutions controlled by Tavistock. There is no need to
use "they" or "the enemy" except as shorthand. WE KNOW WHO "THEY",
THE ENEMY, IS. The The Committee of 300 with its Eastern Liberal
Establishment "aristocracy", its banks, insurance-companies, giant
corporations, foundations, communications-networks, presided over by
a HIERARCHY OF CONSPIRATORS - THIS IS THE ENEMY.
This is the power that
brought to life the reign of terror in Russia, the Bolshevik
Revolution, World Wars I and II, Korea, Vietnam, the fall of
Rhodesia, South Africa, Nicaragua, and the Philippines. This is the
secret upper-level government that brought into existence the
controlled-disintegration of the U.S. economy and de-industrialised
what was once the greatest industrial power, for good, that the
world had ever known.
America today can be
compared with a soldier who falls asleep in the thick of battle. We
Americans have fallen asleep, given way to apathy caused by being
confronted with a multiplicity of choices which has confused us.
These are the changes that alter our environment, break down our
resistance to change so that we become dazed, apathetic and
eventually fall asleep* in the thick of battle.
And at that time shall Michael [the Archangel]
(Eno. 20:5; 36:1; 40:8; 58:1; 59:9; 57:1-2; 70:4; Rev.12:1; Sura
2:98) stand up, the Great Prince which standeth
for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of
trouble, such as never was since there was a nation [even] to that
same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one
that shall be found written in the Book [of Life] (Rev. 13:8;
17:8; 20:15; 21:27; Sura 83:20).
12:2 And many of them that sleep in "the
dust of the earth" (Gen. 13:16; 28:14) shall awake, some to
Everlasting Life, and some to shame [and] everlasting contempt.
12:3 And they that be wise shall shine as
the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to
Righteousness as the stars for ever and ever.
There is a technical-term
for this condition. It is called "long range penetration strain".
The art of subjecting a very large group of people to continued
long-range-penetration-strain was developed by scientists working
out of the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations and their U.S.
subsidiaries, Stanford Research and Rand Corporation, and at least
another 150 research-institutions here in the U.S.
Dr. Kurt Lewin, the
scientist who developed this fiendish-warfare, has caused the
average American patriot to fret over various conspiracy-theories,
leaving him or her with a feeling of uncertainty and insecurity,
isolated and perhaps even afraid, as he searches, but fails to
understand the decay and rot caused by "THE CHANGING IMAGES OF
MANKIND", unable to identify or combat the social, moral, economic
and political changes he deems undesirable and does not want, yet
which increase in intensity on every hand.
Dr. Lewin's name will not be
found in any of our establishment history-books which, in any event,
are a record of events mostly from the side of the ruling-class or
the victors of wars. Therefore, it is with pride that I introduce
his name to you. As mentioned before, Dr. Lewin organised the
Harvard Psychological Clinic and the Institute for Social Research
under the auspices of the Tavistock Institute. The names do not give
much indication of the purpose of the two organisations.
This reminds me of the
infamous bill to reform coinage and mint laws passed in 1827. The
title of the bill was harmless enough or sounded harmless, which was
the intention of its backers. Through this Act, Senator John Sherman
betrayed the nation into the hands of the international bankers.
Sherman allegedly sponsored the bill "without reading it". As we
know, the bill's true-purpose was to demonetise silver and give the
thieving bankers unlimited-power over the credit of our nation;
powers to which the bankers were clearly not entitled under the
clear and unmistakable terms of the U.S. Constitution.
Kurt Lewin gave the
Tavistock Institute, the Club of Rome and NATO unlimited-power over
America, to which no organisation, entity or society is entitled.
These institutions have used the usurped-powers to destroy the will
of the nation to resist the plans and intentions of the conspirators
to rob us of the fruits of the American Revolution and steer us on a
course leading directly to a New Dark Ages under a One World
Lewin's colleagues in this
long-range-penetration-objective were Richard Crossman, Eric Trist,
H. V. Dicks, Willis Harmon, Charles Anderson, Garner Lindsay,
Richard Price and W. R. Bion. Again, these names never appear in the
evening news; in fact, they only appear in scientific journals - so
very few Americans are aware of them and not at all aware of what
the men behind the names have done and are doing to the United
President Jefferson once
said he pitied those who thought they knew what was
taking-place through reading the newspaper. Disraeli, the British
prime-minister, said much the same thing. Indeed, down through the
ages, rulers have delighted in running-things from behind the
scenes. Man has always felt the need to dominate and nowhere and at
no time is the desire more prevalent than in this modern era.
If it were not so, why all
the need for secret societies? If we are ruled by an open system,
run by democratically-elected-officials, why the need for a secret
Masonic-order in every village, town and city across the United
States? How is it that Freemasonry can operate so openly and yet
keep its secrets so well hidden? We can't ask the Nine Unknown Men
of the Nine Sisters Lodge in Paris that question, nor can we ask it
of their nine fellows in the Quatuar Coronati Lodge in London. Yet
these eighteen men form part of an even more secret government, the
RIIA, and beyond that, the The Committee of 300.
How is it that the Scottish
Rite of Freemasonry could brainwash John Hinckley to shoot President
Reagan? Why do we have such secret orders as the Knights of St. John
of Jerusalem, the Round Table, the Milner Group and so-on down line
upon line of secret societies? They form part of a world-wide chain
of command-and-control running through the Club of Rome, NATO, the
RIIA and finally right up to the Conspirators' Hierarchy, The The
Committee of 300. Men need these secret societies because their
deeds are evil and must be hidden. Evil cannot stand in the Light of
3:19 And this is the condemnation, that Light is come into the
world, and men loved darkness rather than Light, because their deeds
3:20 For every one that doeth evil hateth
the Light, neither cometh to the Light, lest his deeds should be
But he that doeth truth cometh
to the Light, that his deeds may be made manifest, that they are
wrought in God.
"For we wrestle not against
flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against
the rulers of the DARKNESS of this world, against spiritual
wickedness in HIGH [PLACES]. Wherefore take unto you the whole
armour of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and
having done all, to stand."
- Paul of Tarsus, Ephesians 6:12-13.
The Age of Aquarius.
In this book we shall find
an almost complete list of the conspirators, their institutions,
fronts and publications. In 1980 the Aquarian Conspiracy was in
full-swing and its success can be seen in every facet of our private
and national life. The overwhelming rise in mindless-violence,
serial-killers, teenage-suicides, the unmistakable signs of lethargy
- "long range penetration" is a part of our new environment, as
dangerous, if not more so, than the polluted air that we breathe.
The coming of the Age of
Aquarius caught America totally unprepared. We, as a nation, were
not prepared for the changes about to be forced upon us. Who
ever had heard of Tavistock, Kurt Lewin, Willis Harmon and John
Rawlings Reese? They were not even on the American political-scene.
What we would have noticed, if we bothered to look at all, was a
falling-off of our ability to withstand futuristic-shock as we
became more fatigued, distressed and eventually entered a period of
psychological-shock followed by widespread-apathy as an
outward-manifestation of "long range penetration warfare".
The "Age of Aquarius" was
best described by Tavistock Institute as the vehicle for delivering
turbulence: "There are three distinct-phases, in the response and
reaction to stress, displayed by large social-groups. First,
there is superficiality; the population under attack will
defend itself with slogans; this does not identify the source
of the crisis and therefore does nothing to address it, hence
the crisis will persist. The second is fragmentation.
This occurs as the crisis continues and social order breaks down.
Then, there is the third phase where the population-group
goes into 'self-realisation' and turns away from the
induced-crisis and there follows a mal-adaptive-response,
accompanied with active synoptic idealism and disassociation."
Who can deny that with
the huge increase in drug-usage - "crack" making thousands of
instant new addicts each day; the shocking rise in the murder of
infants each day (aborticide), which by now far-exceeds casualties
suffered by our armed-forces in both World Wars, Korea and Vietnam;
the open acceptance of
and lesbianism, whose "rights" are protected by more and more laws
each year; the terrible plague we call "AIDS", washing over our
towns and cities; total failure of our education-system; the
stunning increase in the divorce-rate; a murder-rate that shocks the
rest of the world into disbelief; satanic serial-killings; the
disappearance of thousands of young children, snatched off our
streets by perverts; a virtual tidal-wave of pornography accompanied
by "permissiveness" on our television-screens - who can deny that
this nation is in crisis, which we are not addressing and from which
we are turning away.
Well-meaning people who
specialise in these things blame a lot of the problem on education,
or what passes for it in the United States. Criminals now abound in
the age groups 9-15. Rapists are quite commonly as young as 10. Our
social-specialists, our teacher's unions, our churches say it is all
due to a faulty education-system. Witness how test-scores keep
dropping. The specialists bewail the fact that the United States now
ranks around 39th in the level of education in the world.
Why do we bemoan what is so
obvious? OUR EDUCATION-SYSTEM WAS PROGRAMMED TO SELF-DESTRUCT. THAT
WAS WHAT DR. ALEXANDER KING WAS SENT HERE BY NATO TO ARRANGE. THAT
IS WHAT JUSTICE HUGO BLACK WAS ORDERED TO ARRANGE. THE FACT IS, THE
The Committee of 300, WITH THE APPROVAL OF OUR GOVERNMENT, DOES NOT
WANT OUR YOUTH TO BE PROPERLY-EDUCATED. The education that Freemason
Justice Hugo Black, Alexander King, Gunnar Myrdal and his wife came
to give the children of the United States is that CRIME PAYS,
EXPEDIENCY IS WHAT COUNTS.
They taught our children
that United States law is unequally-appled, and that is perfectly in
order. Our children were properly-educated by a decade of corrupt
examples; Ronald Reagan and George Bush were ruled by greed and
became totally corrupted by it. Our education-system hasn't failed.
Under the guidance of King, Black and the Myrdals it is actually a
great success, but it all depends from whose point-of-view we look
at it. The The Committee of 300 is DELIGHTED with our
education-system, and will not allow one comma of it to be changed.
According to Stanford and
Willis Harmon, the induced-trauma of long-range-penetration of which
our education is a part, has been going-on for 45 years, yet how
many are aware of the insidious pressures being applied to our
society and the constant exposure to brainwashing that goes on every
day? The mysterious gang-wars that broke out in New York in the
1950's is an example of how the conspirators can create and
stage-manage any type of disruptive elements they like. Where those
gang-wars came from nobody knew until the 1980's when researchers
uncovered the hidden controllers who directed the so-called "social
Gang-wars were carefully
planned at Stanford, deliberately designed to shock society and
cause ripples of disturbances. By 1958 there were in excess of 200
of these gangs. They were made popular by a musical and a Hollywood
movie, "West Side Story". After making the news for a decade,
suddenly, in 1966, they disappeared off the streets of New York; Los
Angeles; New York; New Jersey; Philadelphia and Chicago.
Throughout the near decade
of gang-violence, the public reacted according to the
profiled-response Stanford expected; society as a whole could not
comprehend gang-warfare and the public responded in a mal-adaptive
manner. Had there been those wise-enough to recognise in gang-wars a
Stanford experiment in social-engineering and brainwashing, the
conspirator's plot would have been exposed. Either we did not have
trained specialists who could see what was going-on - which is
highly-unlikely - or-else they were threatened and remained silent.
The co-operation with Stanford by the news-media brought to light a
"new-age" attack on our environment just as predicted by the
social-engineers and new-science scientists at Tavistock.
In 1989 gang-warfare, as a
social-conditioning to change, was reintroduced to the streets of
Los Angeles. Within a few short months of the first incidents, gangs
began to proliferate - first in the scores, then in the hundreds on
the streets of the East Side of Los Angeles. Crack-houses and
rampant prostitution proliferated; drug-dealers dominated the
streets. Anybody who got in their way was gunned down. The outcry in
the press was loud and long. Stanford's targeted
large-population-group began defending itself with slogans. This is
what Tavistock called the first phase, with the targeted-group
failing to identify the source of the crisis. The second phase of
the gang-war-crisis was "fragmentation". People not living in the
areas frequented by gangs said, "Thank God they are not in our
neighbourhood." This ignored the fact that the crisis continued with
or without recognition and that social order in Los Angeles had
begun to break down. As profiled by Tavistock, those groups not
affected by gang war "broke away to defend themselves" because the
source of the crisis was not identified, the so-called
"mal-adaptation" process - the period of disassociation.
Apart from the proliferation
of drug-sales, what is the purpose of gang-wars? First, it is to
show the targeted group that they are not safe, i.e., insecurity is
generated. Secondly, it is to show that organised-society is
helpless in the face of such violence and thirdly to bring about a
recognition of the fact that our social-order is collapsing. The
present wave of gang-violence will go away just as quickly as it
started, once the three phases of the Stanford program are
An outstanding example of
"social-conditioning to accept change", even when it is recognised
as unwelcome-change by the large-population-group in the sights of
Stanford Research Institute, was the "advent" of the BEATLES. The
Beatles were brought to the United States as part of a
social-experiment which would subject large-population-groups to
brainwashing of which they were not even aware.
When Tavistock brought the
Beatles to the United States nobody could have imagined the cultural
disaster that was to follow in their wake. The Beatles were an
integral-part of "THE AQUARIAN CONSPIRACY", a living-organism which
sprang From "THE CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN", URH (489)-2150-Policy
Research Report No. 4/4/74. Policy Report prepared by SRI Centre for
the study of Social Policy, Director, Professor Willis Harmon.
The phenomenon of the
Beatles was not a spontaneous rebellion by youth against the old
social-system. Instead it was a carefully crafted plot to introduce;
by a conspiratorial-body which could not be identified; a highly
destructive and divisive element into a large population-group
targeted for change against its will. New words and new phrases -
prepared by Tavistock - were introduced to America along with the
Beatles. Words such as "rock" in relation to music-sounds,
"teenager", "cool", "discovered" and "pop-music" were a lexicon of
disguised code-words signifying the acceptance of drugs and they
arrived with and accompanied the Beatles wherever they went, to be
"discovered" by "teenagers". Incidentally, the word "teenagers" was
never used until just before the Beatles arrived on the scene,
courtesy of the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations. (He's
right about the word "teenager" being invented by "they" and, the
reason why the term was invented [divide and conquer]; he's worng
about the time period, though. The concept of the "teenager", came
about during the 1950's; along with phrases such as "cool", "rock
and roll", etc. Bill Haley and Elvis Presley came along, long before
As in the case of gang-wars,
nothing could or would have been accomplished without the
co-operation of the media, especially the electronic-media and, in
particular, the scurrilous Ed Sullivan who had been coached by the
conspirators as to the role he was to play. Nobody would have paid
much attention to the motley-crew from Liverpool and the 12-atonal
system of "music" that was to follow had it not been for an
overabundance of press-exposure. The 12-atonal-system consisted of
heavy, repetitive sounds, taken from the music of the cult of
Dionysus and the Baal priesthood by Adorno and given a "modern"
flavour by this special friend of the Queen of England and hence the
The Committee of 300.
Tavistock and its Stanford
Research Centre created trigger-words which then came into
general-usage around "rock-music" and its fans. Trigger-words
created a distinct new break-away, largely-young, population-group
which was persuaded by social-engineering and conditioning to
believe that the Beatles really were their favourite group. All
trigger-words devised in the context of "rock-music" were designed
for mass-control of the new targeted-group, the youth of America.
The Beatles did a perfect
job, or perhaps it would be more correct to say that Tavistock and
Stanford did a perfect job, the Beatles merely reacting like trained
robots "with a little help from their friends" - code-words for
using drugs and making it "cool". The Beatles became a highly
visible "new type" - more Tavistock jargon - and as such it was not
long before the group made new styles (fads in clothing, hairstyles
and language-usage) which upset the older-generation, as was
intended. This was part of the "fragmentation-mal-adaptation"
process worked-out by Willis Harmon and his team of
social-scientists and genetic-engineering-tinkerers and put into
action. The role of the print and electronic media in our society is
crucial to the success of brainwashing large population-groups.
Gang-wars ended in Los Angeles in 1966 as the media withdrew its
coverage. The same thing will happen with the current wave of
gang-wars in Los Angeles. Street-gangs will wither on the vine once
media-saturation-coverage is toned-down and then completely
withdrawn. As in 1966, the issue would become "burned-out".
Street-gangs will have served their purpose of creating turbulence
and insecurity. Exactly the same pattern will be followed in the
case of "rock" music. Deprived of media-attention, it will
eventually take its place in history.
Following the Beatles,
who incidentally were put together by the Tavistock Institute, came
other "Made in England" rock-groups, who, like the Beatles, had Theo
Adorno write their cult-lyrics and compose all the "music". I hate
to use these beautiful words in the context of "Beatlemania"; it
reminds me of how wrongly the word "lover" is used when referring to
the filthy interaction between two
writhing in pig-swill. To call "rock" music, is an insult, likewise
the language used in "rock-lyrics".
Tavistock and Stanford
Research then embarked on the second phase of the work commissioned
by the The Committee of 300. This new phase turned up the heat for
social-change in America. As quickly as the Beatles had appeared on
the American scene, so too did the "beat-generation", trigger-words
designed to separate and fragment society. The media now focused its
attention on the "beat-generation". Other Tavistock-coined-words
came seemingly out of nowhere: "beatniks", "hippies",
"flower-children" became part of the vocabulary of America. It
became popular to "drop out" and wear dirty jeans, go about with
long unwashed hair. The "beat generation" cut itself off from
mainstream America. They became just as infamous as the cleaner
Beatles before them.
group and its "lifestyle" swept millions of young Americans into the
cult. American-youth underwent a radical revolution without ever
being aware of it, while the older-generation stood by helplessly,
unable to identify the source of the crisis, and thus reacting in a
mal-adaptive-manner against its manifestation, which were drugs of
all types, marijuana, and later Lysergic acid, "LSD", so
conveniently provided for them by the Swiss pharmaceutical-company,
SANDOZ, following the discovery by one of its chemists, Albert
Hoffman, how to make synthetic-ergotamine, a powerful mind-altering
drug. The The Committee of 300 financed the project through one of
their banks, S. C. Warburg, and the drug was carried to America by
The new "wonder drug" was
promptly distributed in "sample" size packages, handed out
free-of-charge on college-campuses across the United States and at
"rock" concerts, which became the leading vehicle for proliferating
the use of drugs. The question that cries out for an answer is, what
was the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) doing at the time? There is
compelling circumstantial-evidence that would appear to indicate
that the DEA knew what was going on but was ordered not
to take any action.
With very substantial
numbers of new British "rock" bands arriving in the U.S.,
rock-concerts began to become a fixture on the social-calendar of
American-youth. In tandem with these "concerts", the use of drugs
among the youth rose in proportion. The devilish bedlam of
discordant heavy beat sounds numbed the minds of listeners so that
they were easily persuaded to try the new drug on the basis that
"everybody is doing it". Peer-pressure is a very strong weapon. The
"new culture" received maximum-coverage from the jackal media, which
cost the conspirators not one single thin dime.
Great anger was felt by a
number of civic-leaders and churchmen over the new cult but their
energies were misdirected against the RESULT of what was going on
and not against the CAUSE. Critics of the rock-cult made the same
mistakes that had been made in the prohibition-era, they criticised
law-enforcement-agencies, teachers, parents - anybody but the
Because of the anger and
resentment I feel toward the great drug-plague, I make no apology
for using language which is not customary for me to use. One of the
worst drug-slobs ever to walk the streets of America was Alan
Ginsberg. This Ginsberg pushed the use of LSD through advertising
which cost him nothing, although under normal circumstances it would
have cost millions of dollars in TV advertising-revenues. This free
advertising for drugs, and LSD in particular, reached a new high in
the late 1960's, thanks to the ever-willing co-operation of the
media. The effect of Ginsberg's mass advertising-campaign was
devastating; the American public was subjected to one cultural
future-shock after another in rapid-succession.
We became over-exposed and
over-stimulated and, again, may I remind you that this is Tavistock
jargon, lifted from the Tavistock training-manual, overwhelmed by
its new development and, when we reached that point, our minds began
to lapse into apathy; it was just too much to cope with, that is to
say, "long range penetration had taken hold of us." Ginsberg claimed
to be a poet but no greater rubbish was ever written by anyone who
ever aspired to becoming a poet. Ginsberg's designated task had
little to do with poetry; his main function was to push the new
subculture and force acceptance of it upon the large targeted
To assist him in his task,
Ginsberg co-opted the services of Norman Mailer, a writer of sorts
who had spent some time in a mental-institution. Mailer was a
favourite of the left-wing Hollywood crowd and so had no problem
with getting maximum television-time for Ginsberg. Naturally Mailer
had to have a pretext - not even he could blatantly come out with
the true nature of Ginsberg's television-appearances. So a charade
was adopted: Mailer would talk "seriously" on-camera with Ginsberg
about poetry and literature.
This method of getting wide
television-coverage at no cost to themselves was followed by every
rock-group and concert-promoter who followed the example set by
Ginsberg. The electronic-media-moguls had big hearts when it came to
giving free time to these dirty verminous creatures and their even
dirtier products and filthy ideas. Their promotion of horrible
garbage spoke volumes and, without abundant help from the print and
electronic media, the drug-trade could not have spread as rapidly as
it did in the late 1960's-early 1970's, and probably would have been
confined to a few small local areas.
Ginsberg was able to give
several nationally-televised performances extolling the virtues of
LSD and marijuana, under the guise of "new ideas" and "new cultures"
developing in the art and music-world. Not to be outdone by the
electronic-media, Ginsberg's admirers wrote glowing articles about
"this colourful man" in the art and social-columns of all of
America's largest newspapers and magazines. There had never been
such an across-the-media-board free-advertising-campaign in the
history of newspaper, radio and television and it cost the promoters
of the Aquarian-conspiracy, NATO and the Club of Rome not one red
cent. It was all absolutely-free-advertising for LSD, only
thinly-disguised as "art" and "culture".
One of Ginsberg's closest
friends, Kenny Love, published a Five-page report in the New York
Times. This is in-accordance with the methodology used by Tavistock
and Stanford Research: If something is to be promoted which the
public has not yet been fully brainwashed to accept, then have
someone write an article, covering all sides of the subject-matter.
The other method is to have live-television-talk-shows in which a
panel of experts promotes the product and or idea under the pretext
of "discussing" it. There are point and counter-point, both pro and
con participants airing their support or opposition. When it is all
over, the subject to be promoted has been dinned into the
public-mind. While this was new in the early 1970's, today it is
standard-practice on which talk-shows thrive.
Love's Five-page pro-LSD
pro-Ginsberg article was duly printed by the New York Times. Had
Ginsberg tried to buy the same amount of space in an advertisement,
it would have cost him at least $50,000. But Ginsberg didn't have to
worry; thanks to his Friend Kenny Love, Ginsberg got the massive
advertising all for free. With newspapers like the New York Times
and the Washington Post under the control of the The Committee of
300, this kind of free advertising is given to any subject-matter,
and more especially to those promoting decadent life-styles -
drugs-hedonism - anything that will confuse the American people.
After the trial run with Ginsberg and LSD, it became standard Club
of Rome practice to call upon major newspapers in America to give
free advertising on demand to people and ideas they were promoting.
Worse yet - or better yet,
depending upon the viewpoint - United Press (UP) picked up Kenny
Love's free advertising for Ginsberg and LSD and telexed it to
HUNDREDS of newspapers and magazines around the country under the
guise of a "news" story. Even such highly-respectable establishment
magazines as "Harpers Bazaar" and "TIME" made Mr. Ginsberg
respectable. If a nation-wide campaign of this magnitude were
presented to Ginsberg and the promoters of LSD by an advertising
agency, the price-tag would have run into at least $1 million in
terms of 1970 dollars. Today the price-tag would be nothing less
than $15-$16 million dollars. It is no wonder that I refer to the
news-media as "jackals".
I suggest that we try to
find any media-outlet to do an exposé on the Federal Reserve Board,
which is what I did. I took my article, which was a good exposé of
the greatest swindle on earth, to every major newspaper, radio and
television station, magazine-house and several talk-show hosts. A
few made promises that sounded good - they would definitely air the
article and have me discuss it - give them about a week and they
would get back to me. Not one of them ever did, nor did my article
ever appear in the pages of their newspapers and journals. It was as
if a blanket of silence had been thrown over me and the subject I
was endeavouring to promote, and indeed that was precisely what had
Without massive media-hype,
and without almost around the clock coverage, the hippie-beatnik
rock, drug-cult would never have gotten off the ground; it would
have remained a localised oddity. The Beatles, with their twanging
guitars, silly expressions, drug-language and weird clothes, would
not have amounted to a hill of beans. Instead, because the Beatles
were given saturation-coverage by the media, the United States has
suffered one cultural-shock after another.
The men buried in the
think-tanks and research-institutions, whose names and faces are
still not known to but a few people, made sure that the press played
its part. Conversely, the media's important role in not-exposing the
power behind the future-cultural-shocks made certain that the source
of the crisis was never identified. Thus was our society driven mad
through psychological shocks and stress. "Driven mad" is taken from
Tavistock's training-manual. From its modest beginnings in 1921,
Tavistock was ready in 1966 to launch a major irreversible
cultural-revolution in America, which has not yet ended. The
Aquarian Conspiracy is part of it.
Thus softened-up, our nation
was now deemed ripe for the introduction of drugs which was to rival
the prohibition-era in scope and the huge amounts of money to be
made. This too was an integral-part of the Aquarian Conspiracy. The
proliferation of drug-usage was one of the subjects under study at
the Science Policy Research Unit (SPRU) at Tavistock's Sussex
University facility. It was known as the "future shocks" centre, a
title given to so-called future oriented psychology designed to
manipulate whole population-groups to induce "future shocks". It was
the first of several such institutions set up by Tavistock.
"Future shocks" is described
as a series of events which come so fast that the human brain cannot
absorb the information. As I said earlier, science has shown that
there are clearly-marked limits to the amount of changes and the
nature of them that the mind can deal with. After continuous shocks,
the large targeted-population-group discovers that it does not want
to make choices any more. Apathy takes over, often preceded by
mindless violence such as is characteristic of the Los Angeles
street-gangs, serial-killers, rapists and child-kidnappers.
Such a group becomes easy to
control and will docilely follow orders without rebelling, which is
the object of the exercise. "Future shocks," says SPRU, "is defined
as physical and psychological distress arising from the excess-load
on the decision-making mechanism of the human-mind." That is
Tavistock jargon lifted straight from Tavistock manuals - which they
don't know I have.
Just as an overloaded
electrical-circuit will activate a trip-switch, so do humans
"trip-out", which is a syndrome that medical-science is only now
beginning to understand, although John Rawlings Reese conducted
experiments in this field as far back as the 1920's. As can be
appreciated, such a targeted-group is ready to "trip-out" and take
to drugs as a means of escape from the pressures of so many choices
having to be made. This is how Drug-usage was spread so rapidly
through America's "beat generation". What started with the Beatles
and sample-packages of LSD has grown into a flood-tide of drug-usage
which is swamping America.
The drug-trade is controlled
by the The Committee of 300 from the Top down. The drug-trade
started with the British East India Company and was closely followed
by the Dutch East India Company. Both were controlled by a "Council
of 300". The list of names of members and stockholders of the BEIC
read like something out of Debretts Peerage. BEIC established the
"China Inland Mission", whose job it was to get The Chinese
peasants, or coolies, as they were called, addicted to opium. This
created the market for opium which the BEIC then filled.
In much the same way the The
Committee of 300 used "The Beatles" to popularise "social-drugs"
with the youth of America and The Hollywood "in-crowd". Ed Sullivan
was sent to England to become acquainted with THE first Tavistock
Institute "rock group" to hit the shores of the United States.
Sullivan then returned to the United States to draft the strategy
for the electronic-media on how to package and sell the group.
Without the full co-operation of the electronic-media and Ed
Sullivan, in particular, "The Beatles" and their "music" would have
died on the vine. Instead, our national life and the character of
the United States was forever changed.
Now that we know, it is all
too clear how successful the "Beatles" campaign to proliferate the
use of drugs became. The fact that "The Beatles" had their music and
lyrics written for them by Theo Adorno was concealed from public
view. The prime function to "The Beatles" was to be discovered by
teenagers, who where then subjected to a non-stop barrage of "Beatle
music", until they became convinced that they liked the sound and
adopted it, along with all that accompanied it. The Liverpool group
performed up to expectations, and with "a little help from their
friends", i.e., illegal substances we call drugs, created a whole
new class to young Americans in the precise mould ordained by the
Tavistock had created a
highly-visible "new type" to act as their drug-runners. The China
Inland Mission "Christian missionaries" would not have
fitted-in with the 1960's. "New type" is social-science scientist
jargon; what it meant was that the Beatles created new
social-patterns, first and foremost being to normalise and
popularise the use of drugs, new tastes in clothes and hair styles
which really distinguished them from the older-generation as was
intended by Tavistock.
It is important to note the
deliberate fragmentation-inducing language used by Tavistock. The
"teenagers" never once dreamed that all the "different" things they
aspired to were the product of older scientists working in
think-tanks in England and Stanford Research. How mortified they
would have been if they had discovered that most of their "cool"
habits and expressions were deliberately-created for their use by a
group of older social-science scientists!
The role of the media was,
and remains, very important in promoting the use of drugs on a
nation-wide scale. When coverage of the street-warfare gangs was
abruptly terminated by the media, they became "burned-out" as a
social-phenomena; the "new age" of drugs followed. The media has
always served as a catalyst and has always pushed "new causes" and
now media-attention was focused on drug-usage and its supporters,
the "beat generation", yet another phrase fashioned at Tavistock, in
its determined-efforts to bring about social-changes in The United
Drug-usage now became an
accepted part of everyday-life in America. This Tavistock-designed
program took in millions of American-youth, and the older-generation
began to believe that America was undergoing a natural social
revolution, failing all the while to realise that what was happening
to their children was not a spontaneous movement, but a
highly-artificial creation designed to force changes in America's
social and political life.
The descendants of the
British East India Company were delighted with the success of their
drug-pushing-program. Their disciples became adept in the use of
lysergic acid (LSD) so conveniently made available by patrons of the
courtesy of the highly-respected Sandoz company of Switzerland and
financed by the great Warburg banking-dynasty. The new "wonder drug"
was promptly distributed at all rock concerts and on college
campuses in free-sample packages. The question that begs to be asked
is, "What was the FBI doing while all this was going on?"
The purpose of the Beatles
had become abundantly clear. The British East India Company's
descendants in the upper-class society in London must have felt very
good about the billions of dollars that began rolling in. With the
coming of "rock" which shall henceforth be used as shorthand to
describe Adorno's fiendish satanic music, a tremendous increase in
the use of social-drugs, especially marijuana, was observed. The
entire dope-business was expanded under the control and direction of
the Science Policy Research Unit (SPRU). SPRU was run by Leland
Bradford, Kenneth Damm and Ronald Lippert, under whose expert
guidance a large number of new-science scientists were trained to
promote "future shocks", one of the chief being the dramatic
increase in the use of drugs by America's teenagers. SPRU's
policy-papers, planted in various government-agencies, including the
Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA), dictated the course of the disastrous
"drug war" allegedly waged by the Reagan and Bush Administrations.
This was the forerunner of
how the United States is run today, by one committee and/or council
after another, by an inner-government fed on Tavistock papers which
they firmly believe are their own opinions. These virtual-unknowns
are making decisions that will forever change our form of government
and the quality of life here in the United States. Through "crisis
adaptation" we have already been changed so much as to barely
compare with what we were in the 1950's. Also, our environment has
There is much talk about
environment these days and, while it mostly refers to green
surroundings, pure rivers and fresh air, there is another, equally
important environment, namely, the drug-environment. The environment
of our life-style has become polluted; our thinking has become
polluted. Our ability to control our destiny has become polluted. We
are confronted by changes that pollute our thinking to the extent
that we do not know what to make of it all. The "Environment of
Change" is crippling the nation; we appear to have so little control
that it has produced anxiety and confusion.
We now look to
group-solutions instead of individual-solutions to our problems. We
do not make use of our own resources to solve problems. In this the
prolific rise in drug-usage is playing a leading-role. The strategy
is a deliberate one, devised by the new-science scientists, the
social-engineers and tinkerers, aimed at the most vulnerable of all
areas, our self-image, or how we perceive ourselves, which leads us
eventually to become like sheep (We the sheeple.) being led
to the slaughter. We have become confused by the many choices we
have to make, and we have become apathetic.
We are manipulated by
unscrupulous men without ever being aware of it. This is
particularly true of the drug-trade and we are now in the
transition-stage where we can be set up for a change from the
present constitutional form of government, which has taken a giant
step forward under the Bush Administration. While there are those
who still persist, in the face of all of the evidence to the
contrary in saying, "It can't happen in America," the fact is: IT
HAS ALREADY HAPPENED. Our will to resist events not to our liking
has been steadily eroded and undermined. We will resist, some of us
say, but not so many of us will do that, and we will be in the
The drug trade has
insidiously changed our environment. The alleged "war on drugs" is a
farce; it does not exist in qualitative measure to make the
slightest difference to the descendants of the British East India
Company. Combined with computerisation, we are almost fully
brainwashed, robbed of our ability to resist forced-changes. Which
brings us to another environment, PEOPLE CONTROL, also known as
personal-information-control, without which governments cannot play
their numbers-game. As matters stand, we the people have absolutely
no way of knowing just what government does or does not know about
us. Government computer-files are not subject to scrutiny by the
public at large. Do we foolishly believe that personal-information
is sacrosanct? Remember, in every society there are rich and
powerful families who control law-enforcement agencies. I have
proved the existence of such families. Do not think that if these
families wanted to find-out about us, they could not do so. These
are the families who often have a member in the The Committee of
Take Kissinger, for
instance, who has his own private dossiers on hundreds of thousands
of people, not only in the U.S. but all over the world. Are we on
Kissinger's enemy-list? Is this far-fetched? Not at all. Take P2
Masonic and Committee Monte Carlo who have such lists which run into
tens of thousands of names. Incidentally, Kissinger is one of them.
There are other "private" intelligence-agencies, such as INTEL,
whom we shall meet later.
One of the ways heroin is
moved into Europe is through the Principality of Monaco. The heroin
comes from Corsica carried in ferries that ply a busy trade between
Corsica and Monte Carlo during the Summer. There is no check of what
goes on or comes off these ferries. As there is no border between
France and Monaco, drugs, and more especially heroin (partly
processed opium), flows through the open border of Monaco into
laboratories in France, or else if it has already been processed
into heroin, it goes directly to the distributors.
The Grimaldi family has been
in the drug-smuggling-business for centuries. Because Prince Rainier
got greedy and began skimming heavily and would not desist after
three warnings, his wife, Princess Grace, was murdered in a car
"accident". Rainier underestimated the power of the Committee of
which he is a member. The Rover car in which she was travelling had
the brake-fluid chambers tampered-with in such a way that each time
the brakes were depressed, fluid was released in measured amount,
until by the time the car reached the most dangerous of several
hairpin-bends, there was no stopping power, and it sailed over a
stone wall, hitting the ground fifty feet below in a sickening
Everything possible was done
by the The Committee of 300 operatives to conceal the truth about
the murder of Princess Grace. To this day the Rover car remains in
the custody of French police, shrouded under a cover on a trailer
which no-one is allowed to approach, let alone examine. The signal
for the execution of Princess Grace was picked up by the British
Army listening-post in Cyprus and it is believed by a well-placed
source that the Committee Monte Carlo and P2 gave the order.
controlled by the The Committee of 300, is a crime against humanity,
but having been conditioned and softened-up by years of incessant
bombardment by Tavistock Institute, we have more or less accepted
our changed environment, regarding the drug-trade as a problem that
is "too big" to handle. This is not the case. If we could marshal an
entire nation, equip and send millions of American soldiers to fight
in a war in Europe in which we had no business intervening, if we
could defeat a major power, then we can smash the drug-trade, using
tactics. The logistical problems that had to be solved when we
entered the Second World War are even today still mind-boggling.
Yet we successfully overcame
all problems. Why then is it impossible to defeat a well-defined
enemy, far smaller and weaker than Germany, given the immensely
improved weapons and surveillance-equipment we have today? The
real-reason that the drug-problem is not eradicated is because it is
being run by the highest families in the entire world as part of a
co-ordinated gigantic money-making machine.
In 1930, British capital
invested in South America greatly exceeded capital investment in
British "dominions". Graham, an authority on British investments
abroad, stated that British investment in South America "exceeded
one trillion pounds". Remember, this was 1930, and one trillion
pounds was a staggering sum of money in those days. What was the
reason for such heavy investment in South America? In a word it was
The plutocracy controlling
British banks held the purse-strings and then, as now, put up a most
respectable facade to cover their true business. No one ever caught
them with dirtied hands. They always had front-men, even as they do
today, willing to take the blame if things went awry. Then, as now,
the connections with the drug trade were tenuous at best. No-one was
ever able to lay a finger on the respectable and "noble"
banking-families of Britain, whose members are on the Committee of
There is great significance
in that only 15 members of Parliament were the controllers of that
vast empire, of which the most prominent were Sir Charles Barry and
the Chamberlain family. These overlords of finance were busy in
places like Argentina, Jamaica and Trinidad, which became big
money-spinners for them through the drug-trade. In these countries,
British plutocrats kept "the locals" as they were contemptuously
called, at bare-subsistence-levels, hardly above slavery. The
fortunes extracted from the drug-trade in the Caribbean were vast.
The plutocrats hid behind
faces like Trinidad Leaseholds Limited, but the REAL MEAT, then, as
now, was drugs. This is true of today where we find that Jamaica's
Gross National Product (GNP) is made up almost entirely of sales of
ganja, a very potent form of marijuana. The mechanism for handling
the ganja-trade was set up by David Rockefeller and Henry Kissinger
under the title "Caribbean Basin Initiative."
Up until a relatively short
time ago, the true history of the China opium-trade was quite
unknown, having been as well-covered-up as it is possible to do.
Many of my former students in the days when I was lecturing, would
come and ask me why the Chinese were so fond of smoking opium? They
were puzzled as are many still today, over contradictory accounts of
what had actually taken place in China. Most thought it was merely a
case of the Chinese workers buying opium on an open-market and
smoking it, or going to some of the thousands of opium-dens and
forgetting their terrible existence for a while. The truth is that
the supply of opium to China was a British monopoly, an OFFIciaL
monopoly of the British government and official British policy. The
Indo-British opium-trade in China was one of the best kept secrets,
around which many misleading legends grew up, such as "Clive of
India" and the tales of derring-do (valour) by the British Army in
India for the glory of "the Empire", so well written by Rudyard
Kipling, and tales of "Tea Clippers" racing across the oceans with
their cargoes of China-tea for the high-society drawing-rooms of
Victorian England. In reality, the history of British occupation of
India and Britain's Opium Wars are some of the most dastardly blots
on Western civilisation.
Almost 13% of the income of
India under British rule was derived from the sale of good quality
Bengal opium to the British-run opium-distributors in China. "The
Beatles" of the day, the China Inland Mission ("Christian
missionaries"), had done a great job in proliferating the use of
opium among the poor Chinese labourers (coolies, as they were
called). These addicts did not suddenly materialise out of thin-air,
any more than did teenager addicts in the U.S. THE POINT TO REMEMBER
IS THAT BOTH WERE CREATED. In China a market for opium was first
created and then filled by opium from Bengal. In the same way, a
market for marijuana and LSD was first created in the United States
by methods already described, and then filled by British plutocrats
and their American cousins with the help of the overlords of the
The lucrative drug-trade is
one of the worst examples of making money out of human misery; the
other being the legal-drug-trade run by the pharmaceutical
drug-houses under Rockefeller ownership, in the U.S. for the most
part, but with substantial companies operating in Switzerland,
France and Britain and fully backed by the American Medical
Association (AMA). The dirty dope-transactions and the money it
generates flows through the City of London, together with Hong Kong,
Dubai and latterly, Lebanon, thanks to the invasion of that country
There will be those who
doubt this statement. "Look at the business columns of the Financial
Times", they will tell us. "Don't tell me that this is all related
to drug-money?" OF COURSE IT IS, but don't imagine for one minute
that the noble lords and ladies of England are going to advertise
the fact. Remember the British East India Company? Officially, its
business was trading in tea!
The London "Times" never
dared tell the British public that it was impossible to make VAST
PROFITS from tea, nor did the illustrious paper even hint at a trade
in opium being plied by those who spent their time in London's
fashionable clubs or playing a chukka of polo at the Royal Windsor
Club, or that the gentlemen-officers who went out to India in the
service of the Empire were financed SOLELY by the enormous income
derived from the misery of the millions of Chinese coolies addicted
The trade was conducted by
the illustrious British East India Company, whose meddling in
political, religious and economic affairs of the United States has
cost us very dearly for over 200 years. The 300 members of the
British East India Company's board were a-cut-above the common herd.
They were so mighty, as Lord Bertrand Russell once observed, "They
could even give God advice when He had trouble in Heaven." Nor
should we imagine that anything has changed in the intervening
years. EXACTLY the same attitude prevails today among members of the
Committee of 300, which is why they often refer to themselves as the
Later the British Crown,
i.e., the Royal Family, joined the British East India Company's
trade, and used it as a vehicle to produce opium in Bengal, and
elsewhere in India, controlling exports through what was called
"transit duties", that is, the Crown levied a tax on all producers
of opium duly registered with the state-authority, who were sending
their opium to China.
Prior to 1896, when the
trade was still "illegal" - a word used to extract greater tribute
from the producers of opium - there never having been the slightest
attempt to stop the trade, colossal amounts of opium were shipped
out of India on board "China Tea Clippers", those sailing-ships
around which legend and lore were built, which supposedly carried
chests of tea from India and China to the London-exchanges.
So audacious did the British
East India Company lords and ladies become that they tried to sell
this lethal-substance to the Union and Confederate Armies in
pill-form as a pain-killer. Is it difficult to imagine just what
would have happened had their plan succeeded? All those hundreds of
thousands of soldiers would have left the battlefields totally
hooked on opium. "The Beatles" were much more successful in turning
out millions of teenage addicts in later years. (They were all given
O.B.E.'s by queen Elizabeth the Second and Paul McCartney was even
given a Knighthood).
The Bengal merchants and
their British controllers and bankers grew fat and intolerant on the
enormous amounts of money that poured into the coffers of the
British East India Company from the wretched Chinese coolies
opium-trade. BEIC profits, even in those years, far-exceeded the
combined profits made in a single year by General Motors, Ford and
Chrysler in their heydays. The trend in making huge profits out of
drugs was carried over into the 1960's by such "legal" drug
death-merchants as Sandoz, the makers of LSD and Hoffman la Roche,
manufacturers of VALIUM. The cost of the raw material and
manufacturing of Valium to Hoffman la Roche is $3 per kilo (2.2
pounds). It is sold to their distributors for $20,000 per kilo. By
the time it reaches the consumer, the price of Valium has risen to
$50,000 per kilo. Valium is used in huge quantities in Europe and
the United States. It is possibly the most used (addictive)
drug of its kind in the world.
Hoffman la Roche does the
same thing with Vitamin C, which costs them less than 1 cent a kilo
to produce. It is sold for a profit of 10,000 percent. When a friend
of mine blew the whistle on this criminal company, which had entered
into a monopoly agreement with other producers, in contravention of
European Economic Community laws, he was arrested on the
Swiss-Italian border and hustled into prison; his wife was
threatened by the Swiss police until she committed suicide. As a
British national he was rescued by the British consul in Berne as
soon as word of his plight was received, removed from prison and
flown out of the country. He lost his wife, his job and his pension
because he dared to disclose Hoffman La Roche secrets. The Swiss
take their Industrial Espionage law very seriously.
Remember this the next time
you see those lovely advertisements of Swiss ski slopes, beautiful
watches, pristine mountains and cuckoo-clocks. That is not what
Switzerland is about. It is about dirty multi-billion dollar
money-laundering which is carried out by major Swiss banking-houses.
It is about the The Committee of 300 "legal" (addictive)
drug-manufacturers. Switzerland is the Committee's ultimate
"safe-haven" for money and protection of their bodies in time of
Now mind you, one could get
into serious trouble with the Swiss authorities for giving out any
information on these nefarious activities. The Swiss regard it as
"industrial espionage" which usually carries a 5-year term in
prison. It is safer to pretend that Switzerland is a nice clean
country rather than look under the covers or inside its garbage-can
In 1931 the
managing-directors of the so-called "big Five" British companies
were rewarded by being made Peers of the Realm for their activities
in drug money-laundering. Who decided such matters and bestows such
honours? It is the Queen of England who bestows honours upon the men
in the top positions in the drug-trade.
British banks engaged in
this terrible trade are too numerous to mention, but a few of the
top ones are:
The British Bank of
the Middle East.
Royal Bank of
Hong Kong and
Shanghai Bank. (HSBC)
Many of the merchant-banks
are up to their hocks in pig-swill drug-trade profits, banks such as
Hambros for example, run by Sir Jocelyn Hambro. For a really
interesting major study of the Chinese opium-trade, one would need
access to India Office in London. I was able to get in there because
of my intelligence service and received great assistance from the
trustee of the papers of the late Professor Frederick Wells
Williamson, which provided much information on the opium-trade
carried on by the British East India Company in India and China in
the 18th and 19th centuries. If only those papers could be made
public, what a storm would burst over the heads of the crowned
vipers* of Europe. Today the trade has shifted somewhat in that less
expensive cocaine has taken over a good part of the North American
market. In the 1960's the flood of heroin coming from Hong Kong,
Lebanon and Dubai threatened to engulf the United States and Western
Europe. When demand outpaced supply there was a switch to cocaine.
But now, at the end of 1991, that trend has been reversed; today it
is heroin that is back in favour, although it is true that cocaine
still enjoys great favour among the poorer-classes.
ye up then the measure of your fathers. [Ye] serpents, [ye]
generation of vipers, how can ye escape the damnation of hell-fire?"
- Christ, Matthew 23:32-33.
Heroin, we are told, is more
satisfying to addicts; the effects are far more intense and last
longer than the effects of cocaine and there is less international
attention on heroin producers than there is on Colombian
cocaine-shippers. Besides which, it is hardly likely that the U.S.
would make any real effort to stop the production of opium in the
Golden Triangle which is under the control of the Chinese military,
a serious war would erupt if any country tried to interdict the
trade. A serious attack on the opium-trade would bring Chinese
The British know this; they
have no quarrel with China*, except for an occasional squabble over
who gets the larger share of the pie. Britain has been involved in
the China opium-trade for over two centuries. No-one is going to be
so foolish as to rock the boat when millions upon millions of
dollars flow into the bank-accounts of the British oligarchists and
more gold is traded on the Hong Kong gold-market than the combined
total traded in London and New York.
* On 21/10/1999 the Chinese
President was given the "Red Carpet Treatment" by Buckingham Palace
and he was transported in style, with the queen, in her Guilded
Royal Horse-drawn Coach and Rolls Royce Limousine, with very lavish
arrangements made to impress and entertain him. Whilst at the same
time the British police forcefully-restrained anyone from
demonstrating against China's human rights record, so as not to
Those individuals who fondly
imagine they can do some kind of a deal with a minor Chinese or
Burmese overlord in the hills of the Golden Triangle apparently have
no idea of what is involved. If they had known, they would never
have talked about stopping the opium-trade. Such talk reveals little
knowledge of the immensity and complexity of China's opium-trade.
British plutocrats, the
Russian KGB, the CIA, and U.S. bankers are all in league with China.
Could one man stop or even make a small dent in the trade? It would
be absurd to imagine it. What is heroin and why is it favoured over
cocaine these days? According to the noted authority on the subject
Professor Galen, heroin is a derivative of opium, a drug that
stupefies the senses and induces long periods of sleep. This is what
most addicts like, it is called "being in the arms of Morpheus."
Opium is the most habit-forming drug known to man. Many
pharmaceutical-drugs contain opium in various degrees, and it is
believed that paper used in the manufacture of cigarettes is first
impregnated with opium, which is why smokers become so addicted to
The poppy seed from which it
is derived was long known to the Moguls of India, who used the seeds
mixed in tea offered to a difficult opponent. It is also used as a
pain-killing drug which largely replaced chloroform and other older
anaesthetics of a bygone era. Opium was popular in all of the
fashionable clubs of Victorian London and it was no secret that men
like the Huxley brothers used it extensively. Members of the
Orphic-Dionysus cults of Hellenic Greece and the Osiris-Horus cults
of Ptolemaic Egypt which Victorian society embraced, all smoked
opium; it was the "in" thing to do. So did some of those who met at
St. Ermins Hotel in 1903 to decide what sort of a world we would
have. The descendants of the St. Ermins crowd are found today in the
Committee of 300. It is these so-called world-leaders who brought
about such a change in our environment that enabled drug-usage to
proliferate to the point where it can no longer be stopped by
regular law-enforcement tactics and policies. This is
especially-true in big cities where big populations can conceal a
great deal of what transpires.
Many in the circles of
royalty were regular opium-users. One of their favourites was the
writer Coudenhove-Kalergi who wrote a book in 1932 entitled
"REVOLUTION THROUGH TECHNOLOGY" which was a blueprint for the return
of the world to a medieval society. The book, in fact, became a
working-paper for the The Committee of 300's plan to de-industrialise
the world, starting with the United States. Claiming that pressures
of over-population are a serious problem, Kalergi advised a return
to what he called "open spaces". Does this sound like the Khmer
Rouge and Pol Pot?
Here are some extracts from
"In its facilities, the city
of the future will resemble the city of the Middle Ages...and he who
is not condemned to live in a city because of his occupation, will
go to the countryside. Our civilisation is a culture of the major
cities; therefore it is a marsh-plant, born by degenerated, sickly
and decadent people, who have voluntarily, or involuntarily, ended
up in this dead-end street of life."
Isn't that very close to
what "AnkarWat" gave as "his" reasons for depopulating Phnom Penh?
The first opium-shipments
reached England from Bengal in 1683, carried in British East India
Company "Tea Clippers". Opium was brought to England as a test, an
experiment, to see whether the common-folk of England, the yeomen
and the lower-classes, could be induced into taking the drug. It was
what we would call today "test marketing" of a new product. But the
sturdy yeomen and the much derided "lower classes" were made of
stern stuff, and the test marketing-experiment was a total flop. The
"lower classes" of British society firmly rejected opium-smoking.
The plutocrats and
oligarchists in high-society in London began casting about for a
market that would not be so resistant, so unbending. They found such
a market in China. In the papers I studied at the India Office under
the heading "Miscellaneous Old Records", I found all the
confirmation I could have wished for in proving that the opium-trade
in China really took-off following the founding of the British East
India Company-funded "China Inland Mission", ostensibly a
Christian missionary society but in reality the "promotion" men
and women for the new product being introduced into the market, that
new product being OPIUM.
This was later confirmed
when I was given access to the papers of Sir George Birdwood in
India Office records. Soon after the China Inland Mission
missionaries set out to give away their sample packages and show the
coolies how to smoke opium, vast quantities of opium began to arrive
in China. "The Beatles" could not have done a better job. (In both
cases the trade was sanctioned by the British royal family, who
openly supported the Beatles.) Where the British East India Company
had failed in England, it now succeeded beyond its wildest
expectations in China, whose teeming millions of poor looked upon
smoking opium as an escape from their life of misery.
proliferating all across China, and in the big cities like Shanghai
and Canton, hundreds of thousands of miserable Chinese found that a
pipe of opium seemingly made life bearable. The British East India
Company had a clear run for over a 100 years before the Chinese
government woke-up to what was happening. It was only in 1729 that
the first laws against opium-smoking were passed. The 300
board-members of BEIC did not like it one bit and, never one to back
down, the company was soon engaged in a running battle with the
The BEIC had developed
poppy-seeds that brought the finest quality opium from the
poppy-fields of Benares and Bihar in the Ganges Basin in India; a
country they fully controlled; this fetched top price, while the
lower grades of opium from other areas of India were sold for less.
Not about to lose their lucrative market, the British Crown engaged
in running battles with Chinese forces, and defeated them. In the
same manner, the U.S. government is supposedly fighting a running
battle against today's drug barons* and, like the Chinese, are
losing heavily. There is however one big difference: The Chinese
government fought to win whereas the United States government is
under no compunction to win the battle which explains why
staff-turnover in the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) is so high.
* Ever wondered why these
people are referred to as drug barons, rather than drug kings. If
these people are only barons, who are the drug kings?
Latterly, high grade quality
opium has come out of Pakistan via Makra on the desolate coastline
of the country from whence ships take the cargo to Dubai where it is
exchanged for gold. This is said to account in part for heroin being
favoured over cocaine today. The heroin trade is more discreet,
there is no murder of prominent officials such as became an almost
daily occurrence in Colombia. Pakistani opium does not sell for as
much as Golden Triangle or Golden Crescent (Iranian) opium. This has
greatly spurred heroin-production and sales which threaten to
overtake cocaine as the number one seller.
The vile opium-trade was
talked about in the upper-crust circles of English society for many
years as "the spoils of the Empire". The tall-tales of valor in the
Khyber Pass covered a vast trade in opium. The British Army was
stationed in the Khyber Pass to protect caravans carrying raw opium
from being pillaged by hill tribesmen. Did the British royal family
know this? They must have, what else would induce the Crown to keep
an army in this region where there was nothing of much worth other
than the lucrative opium-trade? It was very expensive to keep men
under arms in a far away country. Her Majesty must have asked why
these military-units were there? Certainly not to play polo or
billiards in the officers' mess. The BEIC was jealous of its
monopoly in opium. Would-be competitors received short shrift. In a
noted trial in 1791, a certain Warren Hastings was put on charges
that he helped a friend to get into the opium-trade at the expense
of the BEIC. The actual wording which I found in the records of the
case housed in India Office gives some insight into the vast
opium-trade: "The charge is that Hastings has granted a contract for
the Provision of Opium for four years to Stephen Sullivan, without
advertising for the same, on terms glaringly-obvious and wantonly
profuse, for the purpose of creating an INSTANT FORTUNE for the said
William Sullivan Esq." (Emphasis added.)
As the BEIC-British
government held the monopoly in opium-trading, the only people
allowed to make instant fortunes were the "nobility", the
"aristocracy", the plutocrats and oligarchical families of England,
many of whose descendants sit on the The Committee of 300 just as
their forbears sat on the Council of 300 who ran the BEIC. Outsiders
like Mr. Sullivan soon found themselves in trouble with the Crown if
they were so bold as to try and help themselves get into the
multi-billion pound Sterling opium-business.
The honourable men of the
BEIC with its list of 300 counsellors were members of all the famous
gentlemen's clubs in London and they were, for the most part,
members of parliament, while others, both in India and at home, were
magistrates. Company-passports were required to land in China. When
a few busybodies arrived in China to investigate the British Crown's
involvement in the lucrative trade, BEIC magistrates promptly
revoked their passports, thus effectively denying them entry into
China. Friction with the Chinese government was common. The Chinese
had passed a law, the Yung Cheny Edict of 1729, forbidding the
importation of opium, yet the BEIC managed to keep opium as an entry
in the Chinese Customs Tariff-books until 1753, the duty being three
taels per chest of opium. Even when British special-secret-service
(the 007 of the day) saw to it that troublesome Chinese officials
were bought off, and in cases where that was not possible, they were
Every British monarch since
1729 has benefited immensely from the drug-trade and this holds good
for the present occupant of the throne. Their ministers saw to it
that wealth flowed into their family-coffers. One such minister of
Victoria's was Lord Palmerston. He clung obstinately to the belief
that nothing should be allowed to stop Britain's opium-trade with
China. Palmerston's plan was to supply the Chinese government with
enough opium to make individual members become greedy. Then the
British would withhold supplies and when the Chinese government was
on its knees, supplies would be resumed - but at a much higher
price, thus retaining a monopoly through the Chinese government
itself, but the plan failed.
The Chinese government
responded by destroying large cargoes of opium stored in warehouses,
and British merchants were required to sign INDIVIDUAL agreements
not to import any more opium into Canton. BEIC responded by sending
scores of fully-loaded opium-carrying ships to lie in the roads of
Macao. Companies beholden to BEIC, rather than individuals, then
sold these cargoes. Chinese Commissioner Lin said, "There is so much
opium on board English vessels now lying in the roads of this place
(Macao) which will never be returned to the country from which it
came, and I shall not be surprised to hear of its being smuggled in
under American colours." Lin's prophecy proved to be remarkably
The Opium Wars against China
were designed to "put the Chinese in their place" as Lord Palmerston
once said, and the British Army did that. There was simply no
stopping the vast, lucrative trade which provided the British
oligarchical feudal lords with untold billions, while leaving China
with millions of opium-addicts. In later years the Chinese appealed
to Britain for help with their immense problem and received it.
Thereafter respective Chinese governments realised the value in
co-operating instead of fighting with Britain - and this held good
during the bloody rule of Mao Tse Tung - so that today, as I have
already mentioned, any quarrels that come about are only over the
share of the opium-trade each is entitled to.
To advance to more modern
history, the Chinese-British partnership was solidified by the Hong
Kong agreement which established an equal-partnership in the
opium-trade. This has proceeded smoothly, with an occasional ripple
here and there, but while violence and death, robbery and murder
marked the progression of the Colombian cocaine-trade, no such
baseness was allowed to disturb the heroin-trade, which, as I said
earlier, is once-again coming into the ascendancy as we near the end
The major problem that arose
in Sino-British relations during the past 60 years concerned China's
demand for a larger slice of the opium-heroin pie. This was settled
when Britain agreed to hand Hong Kong over to full Chinese
government control; which will come into effect in 1997. Other than
that, the partners retain their former equal-shares of the lucrative
opium-trade based in Hong Kong.
The British oligarchical
families of the Committee of 300 who were entrenched in Canton at
the height of the opium-trade left their descendants in position.
Look at a list of prominent British residents in China and you will
see the names of members of the Committee of 300 among them. The
same holds good for Hong Kong. These plutocrats of a feudal-era,
that they seek to return to the world, control the gold and
opium-trade of which Hong Kong is THE centre. Burmese and Chinese
opium poppy-growers get paid in gold; they do not trust the U.S.
paper $100 bill. This explains the very large volume of gold-trade
in the Hong Kong exchange.
The Golden Triangle is no
longer the largest producer of opium. That dubious title has, since
1987, been shared by the Golden Crescent (Iran), Pakistan and
Lebanon. These are the principle opium-producers, although smaller
quantities are once again coming out of Afghanistan and Turkey. The
drug-trade, and more especially the opium-trade, could not function
without the help of banks as we shall demonstrate as we proceed.
Banks & Drugs.
How do banks with their
great air of respectability fit into the drug-trade with all of its
attendant filth? It is a very long and complicated story, which
could be the subject of a book on its own. One way in which banks
participate is by financing front-companies importing the chemicals
needed to process raw-opium into heroin. The Hong Kong and Shanghai
Bank with a branch-office in London is right in the middle of such
trade through a company called TEJAPAIBUL, which banks with Hong
Kong and Shanghai Bank. What does this company do? It imports into
Hong Kong most of the chemicals needed in the
It is also a major supplier
of acetic anhydride For the Golden Crescent and the Golden Triangle,
Pakistan, Turkey and Lebanon. The actual financing for this trading
is hived off to the Bangkok Metropolitan Bank. Thus, the
secondary-activities connected with processing opium, while not in
the same category as the opium-trade, nevertheless generates
substantial income for banks. But the real income of the Hong Kong
and Shanghai Bank and indeed all banks in the region is financing
the actual opium-trade.
It took a lot of research on
my part to link the price of gold to the price of opium. I used to
tell anyone who would listen, "If you want to know the price of
gold, find out what the price of a pound or a kilo of opium is in
Hong Kong." To my critics I answered, "Take a look at what happened
in 1977, a critical year for gold." The Bank of China shocked the
gold-pundits, and those clever forecasters who are to be found in
great numbers in America, by suddenly and without warning, dumping
80 tons of gold on the market.
That depressed the price of
gold in a big hurry. All the experts could say was, "We never knew
China had that much gold; where could it have come from?" It came
from the gold which is paid to China in the Hong Kong Gold Market
for large purchases of opium. The current policy of the Chinese
government toward England is the same as it was in the 18th and 19th
centuries. The Chinese economy, tied to the economy of Hong Kong -
and I don't mean television sets, textiles, radios, watches, pirated
cassette and video tapes - I mean opium/heroin would take a terrible
beating if it were not for the opium-trade it shares with Britain.
The BEIC is gone but the descendants of the Council of 300 linger-on
in the membership of the The Committee of 300.
The oldest of the
oligarchical British families who were leaders in the opium-trade
for the past 200 years are still in it today. Take the Mathesons,
for instance. This "noble" family is one of the pillars of the
opium-trade. When things looked a bit shaky a few years ago, the
Mathesons stepped in and gave China a loan of $300 million for
real-estate investment. Actually it was billed as a "joint-venture
between the People's Republic of China and the Matheson Bank". When
researching India Office papers of the 1700's I came across the name
of Matheson, and it kept on cropping-up everywhere - London, Peking,
Dubai, Hong Kong, wherever heroin and opium are mentioned.
The problem with the
drug-trade is that it has become a threat to national sovereignty.
Here is what the Venezuelan Ambassador to the United Nations said
about this world-wide threat:
"The problem of drugs has
already ceased to be dealt with simply as one of public-health or a
social-problem. It has turned into something far more serious and
far-reaching which affects our national sovereignty; a problem of
national security, because it strikes at the independence of a
nation. Drugs in all their manifestations of production,
commercialisation and consumption, denaturalises us by injuring our
ethical, religious and political life, our historic, economic, and
This is precisely the way
the Bank of International Settlements and the IMF are operating. Let
me say without hesitation that both these banks are nothing more
than bully-boy clearing-houses for the drug-trade. The BIS
undermines any country that the IMF wants to sink by setting up ways
and means for the easy outflow of flight-capital. Nor does BIS
recognise nor make any distinction when it comes down to what is
flight-capital and what is laundered-drug-money.
The BIS operates on gangster
lines. If a country will not submit to asset-stripping by the IMF,
then it says in effect, "Right, then we will break you by means of
the huge cache of narco-dollars we are holding." It is easy to
understand why gold was demonetised and substituted with the paper
"dollar" as the world's reserve-currency. It is not as easy to
blackmail a country holding gold reserves as it is one having its
reserves in paper-dollars.
The IMF held a meeting in
Hong Kong a few years ago which was attended by a colleague of mine
and he told me the seminar dealt with this very question. He
informed me that the IMF agents told the meeting that they could
literally cause a run on any country's currency, using
narco-dollars, which would precipitate a flight of capital.
Rainer-Gut, a Credit Suisse delegate and member of the The Committee
of 300, said he foresaw a situation where national credit and
national financing would be under one umbrella-organisation by the
turn of the century. While Rainer-Gut did not spell it out,
everybody at the seminar knew exactly what he was talking about.
From Colombia to Miami, from
the Golden Triangle to the Golden Gate, from Hong Kong to New York,
from Bogota to Frankfurt, the drug-trade, and more especially the
heroin-trade, is BIG BUSINESS and it is run from the top down by
some of the most "untouchable"* families in the world, and each of
those families have at least one member who is on the The Committee
of 300. It is not a street-corner business, and it takes a great
deal of money and expertise to keep it flowing smoothly. The
machinery under control of the The Committee of 300 ensures this.
* The British royal
family has set up the British Courts; established their own laws and
legal-system in such a way that legal-action cannot be taken against
the Monarch; by anyone.
Such talents are not found
on the street-corners and subways of New York. To be sure the
pushers and peddlers are an integral part of the trade, but only as
very small part-time salesmen. I say part-time because they are
caught and rivalry gets some of them shot. But what does that
matter? There are plenty of replacements available.
No, it is not anything the
Small Business Administration would be interested in. IT IS BIG
BUSINESS, a vast empire, this dirty drug-business. Of necessity, it
is operated from the top down in every single country in the world.
It is, in fact, the largest single enterprise in the world today,
transcending all others. That it is protected from the top down is
borne out by the fact that, like international terrorism, it cannot
be stamped-out which should indicate to a reasonable person that
some of the biggest names in royal circles, the oligarchy, the
plutocracy are running it, even if it is done through
The main countries involved
in growing poppies and the coca-bush are Burma; Northern China;
Afghanistan; Iran; Pakistan; Thailand; Lebanon; Turkey; Peru;
Ecuador; Bolivia. Colombia does not grow the coca-bush but, next to
Bolivia, is the main refiner of cocaine and the chief
financial-centre of the cocaine-trade which, since General Noriega
was kidnapped and imprisoned by President Bush, is being challenged
by Panama for first place in money-laundering and capital-financing
of the cocaine-trade.
The heroin-trade is financed
by Hong Kong banks, London banks and some Middle East banks such as
the British Bank of the Middle East. Lebanon is fast becoming the
"Switzerland of the Middle East". Countries involved in the
distribution and routing of heroin are Hong Kong; Turkey; Bulgaria;
Italy; Monaco; France (Corsica and Marseilles); Lebanon and
Pakistan. The United States is the largest consumer of narcotics,
first-place going to cocaine, which is being challenged by heroin.
Western Europe and Southwest Asian countries are the biggest users
of heroin. Iran has a huge heroin-addict population - in excess of 2
million as of 1991.
There is not a single
government that does not know precisely what is going-on with regard
to the drug-trade, but individual members holding powerful positions
are taken care of, by the Committee of 300 through its world-wide
network of subsidiaries. If any government member is "difficult", he
or she is removed, as in the case of Pakistan's Ali Bhutto and
Italy's Aldo Moro. No-one is beyond the reach of this all-powerful
Committee, even though Malaysia has been successful in holding-out
up until now. Malaysia has the strictest anti-drug laws in the
world. Possession of even small amounts is punishable by the death
Like the Kintex Company of
Bulgaria, most smaller countries have a direct hand in these
criminal enterprises. Kintex trucks regularly ferried heroin through
Western Europe in its own fleet of trucks bearing the EEC marker
Triangle Internationale Routier (TIR). Trucks bearing this marker
and the EEC recognition-number are not supposed to be stopped at
customs border posts. TIR trucks are allowed to carry only
perishable items. They are supposed to be inspected in the country
from whence they originated and documentation to this effect is
supposed to be carried by each truck-driver.
international-treaty-obligations this is what happens; thus Kintex
trucks were able to load their cargoes of heroin and certify it as
"fresh fruit and vegetables"; and then make their way through
Western Europe, even entering high-security NATO-bases in Northern
Italy. In this manner, Bulgaria became one of the principal
countries through which heroin was routed.
The only way to stop the
huge amounts of heroin and cocaine presently finding their way to
markets in Europe is to end the TIR system. That will never
happen. The international-treaty-obligations I have just mentioned
were set up by the The Committee of 300, using its amazing networks
and control-mechanisms, to facilitate passage of all manner of drugs
to Western Europe. Forget perishable goods! A former DEA-agent
stationed in Italy told me, "TIR=DOPE."
Remember this the next time
you read in the newspapers that a big haul of heroin was found in a
false-bottom-suitcase at Kennedy Airport, and some unlucky "mule"
pays the price for his criminal activity. This kind of action is
only "small potatoes", sand in the eyes of the public, to make us
think our government is really doing something about the
drug-menace. Take for example, "The French Connection", a Nixon
program embarked-upon without the knowledge and consent of the
committee of 300.
The entire amount of
opium/heroin seized in that massive effort is somewhat less than one
quarter of what a single TIR truck carries. The The Committee of 300
saw to it that Nixon paid a heavy price for a relatively small
seizure of heroin. It was not the amount of heroin involved, but a
matter of one whom they had helped up the ladder, to the White
House, believing that he could now do without their help and
backing, and even go against direct-orders from above.
The mechanics of the
heroin-trade go like this: wild Thai and Burmese Hill tribesmen grow
the opium-poppy. At harvest-time, the seed-bearing pod is cut with a
razor or sharp knife. A resinous substance leaks through the cut and
starts to congeal. This is raw opium. The crop of raw opium is made
up into sticky roundish balls. The tribesmen are paid in 1 kilo gold
bars - known as 4/10ths - which are minted by Credit Suisse. These
small bars are used ONLY to pay the tribesmen - the normal-weight
gold bars are traded on the Hong Kong market by the big-buyers of
raw opium or partly processed heroin. The same methods are used to
pay hill tribesman in India - the Baluchis - who have been in this
business since the days of the Moguls. The "Dope Season", as it is
called, sees a flood of gold traded on the Hong Kong market. Mexico
has started producing relatively small amounts of heroin called
"Mexican Brown" which is much in demand by the Hollywood crowd. Here
again the heroin-trade is run by top government officials who have
the military on their side. Some producers of "Mexican Brown" are
making a million dollars a month by supplying their U.S. clients. On
occasions when a few Mexican Federal police are prodded into taking
action against the heroin-producers, they are "taken out" by
military-units who seem to appear as if from nowhere.
Such an incident occurred in
November 1991 at an isolated airstrip in Mexico's opium producing
region. Federal narcotics-agents surrounded the strip and were about
to arrest people who were in the act of loading heroin when a squad
of soldiers arrived. The soldiers rounded up the Federal narcotics
police-agents and systematically killed all of them. This action
posed a serious threat to Mexican President Goltarin, who is faced
with loud demands for a full-scale investigation into the murders.
Goltarin is over a barrel; he can't back-off from calling for an
inquiry, and neither can he afford to offend the military. It is the
first such crack in the tight chain of command in Mexico, that
stretches all the way back to the The Committee of 300. Raw opium
from the Golden Triangle is pipelined to the Sicilian Mafia and the
French-end of the business for refining in the laboratories that
infest the French coastline from Marseilles to Monte Carlo.
Nowadays, Lebanon and Turkey are turning-out increasing amounts of
refined heroin and a large number of laboratories have sprung-up in
these two countries in the past four years. Pakistan also has a
number of laboratories but it is not in the same league as France,
The route taken by the
raw-opium-carriers of the Golden Crescent goes through Iran, Turkey
and Lebanon. When the Shah of Iran was in control of the country, he
refused to allow the heroin-trade to continue and it was forcibly
discontinued up until the time that he was "dealt with" by the The
Committee of 300. Raw opium from Turkey and Lebanon finds its way to
Corsica, from where it is shipped to Monte Carlo with the connivance
of the Grimaldi family. Pakistani laboratories, under the guise of
"military defence laboratories" are doing a bigger share of refining
than they were two years ago, but the best refining is still done
along the French Mediterranean coastline and in Turkey. Here again,
banks play a vital role in financing these operations.
Let us stop here for a
moment. Are we to believe that with all the modern and
vastly-improved surveillance-techniques, including
satellite-reconnaissance, available to law-enforcement agencies in
these countries, that this vile trade cannot be pinpointed and
stopped? How is it that law-enforcement agencies cannot go in and
destroy these laboratories once they are discovered? If this IS the
case, and we still cannot interdict the heroin-trade, then our
anti-narcotics services ought to be known as "The Geriatrics" and
not drug-enforcement agencies.
Even a child could tell our
alleged "drug watchers" what to do. Simply keep a check on all
factories making acetic anhydride, THE most essential chemical
component needed by laboratories to refine heroin from raw opium.
THEN FOLLOW THE TRAIL! It is as simple as that! I am reminded of
Peter Sellers in the "Pink Panther" series when I think of
law-enforcement efforts to locate heroin-refining laboratories. Even
someone as bumbling as the imaginary inspector would have had no
trouble in following the route taken by acetic anhydride shipments
to their final destination.
Governments could make laws
that would oblige manufacturers of acetic anhydride to keep
scrupulous records showing who buys the chemical and for what
purposes it is to be used. But do not hold your breath on this one,
remember Dope=Big Business and Big Business is done by the
oligarchical families of Europe and the United States Eastern
Liberal Establishment. The drug-business is not a Mafia-operation,
nor one run by the Colombian cocaine-cartels. The noble families of
Britain and America's top people are not going to advertise their
role in the shop windows; they always have a layer of front-men to
do the dirty-work.
Remember British and
AMERICAN "nobility" never dirtied their hands in the China
opium-trade. The lords and ladies were much too clever for that, as
were the American elite: the Delanos, Forbes, Appletons, Bacons,
Boylestons, Perkins, Russells, Cunninghams, Shaws, Coolidges,
Parkmans, Runnewells, Cabots and Codmans; by no means a
complete-list of families in America who grew immensely-wealthy from
the China opium-trade.
Since this is not a book
about the drug-trade, I cannot, of necessity, cover the subject in
an in-depth manner. But its importance to the The Committee of 300
must be emphasised. America is run not by 60 families but by 300
families and England is run by 100 families and, as we shall see,
these families are intertwined through marriage, companies, banks,
not to mention ties to the Black Nobility, Freemasonry, the Order of
St. John of Jerusalem and so on. These are the people who, through
their surrogates, find ways to protect huge shipments of heroin from
Hong Kong, Turkey, Iran and Pakistan and ensure they reach the
market-places in the U.S. and Western Europe with the minimum cost
of doing business.
Shipments of cocaine are
sometimes interdicted and seized That is mere window-dressing. Often
times the shipments seized belong to a new organisation trying to
break into the trade. Such competition is put out of business by
informing the authorities exactly where it is going to enter the
U.S. and who the owners are. The big-stuff is never touched; heroin
is too expensive. It is worthy of note that U.S. Drug Enforcement
Agency operatives are not allowed into Hong Kong. They cannot
examine any ship's manifest before it leaves the port. One wonders
why, if there is so much "international co-operation" going on -
what the media likes to characterise as "smashing the dope-trade".
Clearly the trade-routes for heroin are protected by "a higher
authority". In South America, apart from Mexico, cocaine is king.
The production of cocaine is very simple, unlike heroin, and great
fortunes are to be made by those willing to take risks for and on
behalf of the "higher-ups". As in the heroin-trade, interlopers are
not welcome and often finish up as casualties, or victims of
family-feuds. In Colombia the drug-mafia is a closely-knit family.
But such has been the bad publicity generated by the M19
guerrilla-attack on the Justice Building in Bogota (M19 is the
private army of the cocaine barons) and the murder of Rodrigo Lara
Bonilla, a prominent prosecutor and a judge, that the "higher
authority" had to rearrange matters in Colombia.
Accordingly, the Ochoas of
the Medellin Cartel turned themselves in after being assured that
they would not suffer any loss of fortune, harm of any kind, nor
would they be extradited to the United States. A deal was struck
that, provided they repatriated the bulk of their huge narco-dollar
fortunes to Colombian banks, no punitive-action would be taken
against them. The Ochoas - Jorge, Fabio, and their top man, Pablo
Escobar, would be held in private-jails that resemble a luxury-class
motel-room, and then be sentenced to a maximum term of two years -
to be served in the same motel jail. This deal is ongoing. The
Ochoas have also been guaranteed the right to continue to manage
their "business" from their motel-prison.
But that does not mean that
the cocaine-trade has come to a screeching halt. On the contrary, it
has simply been transferred to the second-string Cali cartel, and it
is business-as-usual. For some strange reason the Cali cartel, which
is equal in size to the Medellin cartel, has been - at least up
until now - largely ignored by the DEA. Cali differs from the
Medellin cartel in that it is run by BUSINESSMEN, who eschew all
forms of violence and never break agreements.
Even more significant is
that Cali does virtually no business in Florida. My source told me
that the Cali cartel is run by shrewd businessmen unlike any seen in
the cocaine-business. He believes that they were "specially
appointed", but does not know by whom. "They never call attention to
themselves," he said. "They do not go around importing red Ferraris
like Jorge Ochoa did, attracting immediate attention, because it is
forbidden to import such cars into Colombia."
Cali cartel markets are in
Los Angeles, New York and Houston, which closely parallel the
heroin-markets. Cali has not shown any signs of moving into Florida.
A former DEA-operative who is a colleague of mine said recently,
"These Cali people are sure smart. They are a different breed to the
Ochoa brothers. They act like professional-businessmen. They are now
larger than the Medellin cartel and I think we are going to see a
lot more cocaine get into the United States than ever before. The
kidnapping of Manuel Noriega will facilitate an easier flow through
Panama of cocaine and money, what with so many banks there. So much
for President George Bush's 'Operation Just Cause'. All it did was
make life a great deal easier for Nicolas Ardito Barletta who used
to be run by the Ochoa brothers and who is fixing to front for the
Cali cartel." Based on my experience with the heroin-trade I believe
that the Committee of 300 has stepped-in and taken-over full control
of the South American cocaine-trade. There is no other explanation
for the rise of the Cali cartel which is coupled with the kidnapping
of Noriega. Did Bush take his orders from London regarding Noriega?
There is every indication that he was literally PUSHED into invading
Panama and kidnapping Noriega, who had become a serious impediment
to "trade" in Panama, especially in the banking-business.
intelligence-agents have given me their opinions which coincide with
my own. Like the Gulf War that followed in the wake of Panama, it
was only after several calls from the British Ambassador in
Washington that Bush finally plucked-up enough courage to make his
totally illegal move on General Noriega. That he was supported by
the British press and the New York Times, a British intelligence-run
newspaper, speaks volumes.
Noriega was formerly
the darling of the Washington establishment. He frequently
and Oliver North and even met with President George Bush on at least
two occasions. Noriega was often seen at the Pentagon where he was
treated like one of those Arab potentates, and the red carpet was
always laid out for him at
headquarters in Langley Virginia. U.S. Army Intelligence and the
CIA are on
record as having paid him $320,000.
began to appear on the horizon at about the same time the Cali
cartel was taking-over the cocaine-trade from the Ochoa brothers and
Pablo Escobar. Led by Senator Jesse Helms, who sold-out to Ariel
Sharon and the Israeli Histradut Party in 1985, there suddenly began
an agitation for the removal of Noriega. Jesse Helms and those of a
like-mind were backed-up by Simon Hersh, a British
intelligence-agent working for the New York Times, which has been a
British intelligence mouthpiece in the U.S. since the time that
MI6 boss, Sir
William Stephenson, occupied the
in New York.
It is very significant that
Helms should have chosen to lead the charge against Noriega. Helms
is the darling of the Sharon faction in Washington and Sharon was
the principal gun-runner in Central America and Colombia. Moreover,
Helms has the respect of the Christian fundamentalists who believe
in the maxim: "Israel, my country, right or wrong." Thus a powerful
momentum was created to "get Noriega". It is evident that Noriega
could well prove a serious impediment to the international
drug-merchants and their The Committee of 300 bankers, so he had to
be removed before he could do some significant damage.
Bush was pressured by his
British masters to conduct an illegal search and seizure operation
in Panama that resulted in the deaths of no less than 7,000
Panamanians and wanton destruction of property. Nothing to implicate
Noriega as a "drug dealer" was ever found, so he was kidnapped and
brought to the U.S. in one of the most blatant examples of
international brigandry in history. This illegal action probably
best meets the Bush philosophy: "The moral dimensions of American
(read British royal family-The Committee of 300) foreign-policy
require us to chart a moral course through a world of lesser evils.
That's the real world, not black and white. Very few absolutes."
It was a "lesser evil" to
kidnap Noriega, rather than have him up-end the banks in Panama
[that are] working for the Committee of 300. The Noriega case is a
prototype of monstrous One World government actions waiting in the
wings. An emboldened Bush came right out in the open, unafraid,
because we, the people have put on a spiritual mantle that
accommodates LIES and wants no part of TRUTH*. This is the world we
have decided to accept. If it were not so, a firestorm of anger
would have swept the country over the invasion of Panama, which
would not have stopped until Bush was hounded from office. Nixon's
Watergate-transgressions pale into insignificance next to the many
impeachable-offences committed by President Bush when he ordered the
invasion of Panama to kidnap General Noriega.
* Isaiah 30:10
Which say to the Seers, See not; and to the
Prophets, Prophesy not unto us right things, speak unto us smooth
things, prophesy deceits (lies):
The government case against
Noriega is based upon perjured-testimony by a group of big men, for
the most part, already convicted and lying through their individual
and collective teeth to get their own sentences lightened. Their
performance would have pleased Gilbert and Sullivan immensely, were
they alive today. "They made them the rulers of DEA", might be
apropos instead of, "They made them the rulers of Queen's Navy",
from "HMS Pinafore." It is an altogether grotesque scene to see how
these con-artists are performing like not-so-well-trained seals for
the U.S. Justice Department; that is if we care to insult such a
nice clean animal by such an unworthy comparison.
Key dates conflict wildly,
key details are altogether conspicuous by their absence, lapses of
memory on crucial points all add up to the obvious fact that the
government has no case against Noriega, but that does not matter;
the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA) says "convict
him anyway" and that is what poor Noriega can expect. One of the
Justice Department's star-witnesses is one Floyd Carlton Caceres, a
former pilot for the Ochoa brothers. Following his arrest in 1986,
Carlton tried to ease his position at the expense of Noriega.
He told his DEA
interrogators that the Ochoa brothers had paid Noriega $600,000 to
allow three planes loaded with cocaine to land and refuel in Panama.
But once in court in Miami, it soon became apparent that what was
billed as the "star witness" for the prosecution was, at best, a
damp squib. Under cross-examination the true story emerged: Far from
being paid to allow the flights, Noriega wasn't even approached by
the Ochoas. Worse yet, in December of 1983, Noriega had ordered that
all flights to Panama from Medellin be refused permission to land in
Panama. Carlton is not the only discredited witness. One who is even
a sorrier liar than Carlton is Carlos Lehder, who was a kingpin in
the Medellin Cartel until he was arrested in Spain and sent to the
U.S. Who gave the DEA the most vital information that Lehder was in
Madrid? The DEA reluctantly concedes that they owe this important
catch to Noriega. Now, however, the Justice Department is using
Lehder as a witness against Noriega. If nothing else, this single
witness demonstrates the wretchedness of the United States
government's case against Manuel Noriega.
In return for services
rendered, Lehder has been granted an easing of his sentence and far
nicer quarters - a room with a view and television - and his family
was given permanent residence in the U.S. Robert Merkel, a former
U.S. attorney who prosecuted Lehder in 1988 told the Washington Post
"I don't think the government should be in the business of dealing
with Carlos Lehder, period. This guy is a liar from beginning to
The Justice Department,
purely a name which bears no resemblance to what it is supposed to
stand for, has pulled out all its dirty tricks against Noriega:
illegally wire-tapping his conversations with his lawyer; appointing
a government-lawyer to pretend he was serving Noriega but who quit
in the middle of everything; freezing his bank-accounts so that
Noriega is unable to conduct a proper defence; kidnapping, illegal
search and seizure. You name it, the government has broken more laws
than Noriega has ever done - if indeed he has broken any laws at
It is the U.S. Justice
Department that is on trial tenfold more than General Noriega. The
Noriega case shows the glaringly evil system that passes for
"justice" in this country. The U.S. "war on drugs" is on trial as is
the Bush Administration's so-called drug-policy. The Noriega trial,
although it will end in a violent and flagrant rape of justice, will
nevertheless offer some compensation to those who are not blind,
deaf and dumb. It proves for once and for all that Britain is in
charge of our government and it will reveal the utterly bankrupt
ideology of the Bush Administration which ought to have as its
motto, "No Matter What, The End Always Justifies The Means. There
Are Very Few Moral Absolutes". Like the majority of politicians, for
Bush to have a standard of ABSOLUTE MORALITY WOULD BE SUICIDAL. Only
in this climate could we have allowed President Bush to violate at
least six United States laws and DOZENS OF INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS
in going to war against Iraq.
What we are witnessing in
Colombia and Washington is a complete revision of how the
cocaine-trade is to be run; no more wild-stuff, no more
blazing-guns. Let the gentlemen of the Cali cartel in pin-stripe
suits conduct the business in a gentlemanly way. In short, the
Committee of 300 has taken a direct hand in the cocaine-trade which
henceforth will go as smoothly as the heroin-trade. The new
government of Colombia is geared to the change in tactics and
direction. It is on-notice to perform according to the Committee's
There is need to mention
U.S. participation in the China opium-trade which began in the
southern United States prior to the War Between The States. How can
we tie the opium-trade in with the great cotton-plantations of the
South? To do that, we have to start in Bengal, India, producers of
the finest (if one can call such a foul substance fine) opium which
was much in demand. Cotton was THE biggest trade in England, after
opium-sales through the BEIC. Most of the cotton from
Southern-plantations was worked in the slave-mills of Northern
England, where women and children earned a pittance for a 16-hour
day's work. The cloth-mills were owned by the wealthy socialites in
London, the Barings, Palmerstons, Keswicks and most of all the
Jardine Mathesons who owned the Blue Star Shipping Line, on which
the finished cotton-cloth goods were shipped to India. They could
not care less about the hapless conditions endured by Her Majesty's
subjects. After all, that is what they were for, and their husbands
and sons were useful for fighting wars to preserve Her Majesty's
far-flung empire as they had done for centuries, and latterly, in
the bloody Boer War. That was British tradition, wasn't it?
exported to India undercut and destroyed the long-standing Indian
producers of the cotton finished-goods trade. Terrible privation was
endured by thousands of Indians thrown out of work as a result of
cheaper British goods taking over their markets. India then became
utterly dependent upon Britain to earn enough currency to pay for
its railroads and finished cotton-goods imports. There was only one
solution to India's economic-woes. Produce more opium and sell it
for less to the British East India Company. This was the rock upon
which British trade grew and flourished. Without its opium-trade,
Britain would have been as bankrupt.
Did the Southern
plantation-owners know about the ugly secret of opium-for-cotton
goods? It is unlikely that some of them didn't know what was going
on. Take, for instance, the Sutherland family, one of the largest
cotton plantation-owners in the South. The Sutherlands were closely
related to the Matheson family - Jardine Matheson - who in turn had
as their business-partners the Baring Brothers, founders of the
famous Peninsular and Orient Navigation Line (P&O), the largest of
Britain's many merchant shipping lines.
The Barings were big
investors in Southern plantations as they were in the U.S.
Clipper-ships which plowed through the seas between Chinese ports
and all the important ports along the eastern-seaboard of the United
States. Today the Barings run a number of very substantial
financial-operations in the United States. All of those names
mentioned were, and their descendants still are, members of the The
Committee of 300.
The majority of families who
go to make up the Eastern Liberal Establishment, among whom are the
wealthiest to be found in this country, derived their fortunes from
either the cotton-trade or the opium-trade and in some instances
from both. Of these the Lehmans are an outstanding example. When it
comes to fortunes made solely from the China opium-trade, the first
names that come to mind are the Astors and the Delanos. President
Franklin D. Roosevelt's wife was a Delano. John Jacob Astor made a
huge-fortune out of the China opium-trade and then he went
respectable by buying-up large tracts of Manhattan real-estate with
his dirty money. During his lifetime Astor played a big role in the
The Committee of 300's deliberations. In fact, it was the Committee
of 300 who chose who would be allowed to participate in the
fabulously lucrative China opium-trade, through its monopolist BEIC,
and the beneficiaries of their largess remained forever wedded to
the The Committee of 300.
That is why, as we shall
discover, most real-estate in Manhattan belongs to various
Committee-members, even as it has since the days when Astor began
buying it up. With the benefit of access to records that would be
closed to others outside of British intelligence, I discovered that
Astor had long been an asset of British intelligence in the United
States. Astor's financing of Aaron Burr, the murderer of Alexander
Hamilton, proves the point beyond any reasonable doubt.
John Jacob Astor's son,
Waldorf Astor, had the additional honour bestowed upon him of being
appointed to the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA),
through which organisation the Committee of 300 controls every facet
of our lives in the United States. The Astor family is believed to
have selected Owen Lattimore to carry on their association with the
opium-trade which he did through the Laura Spelman-funded Institute
for Pacific Relations (IPR). It was the IPR that oversaw China's
entry into the opium-trade as an equal-partner and not merely as a
supplier. It was IPR that paved the way for the Japanese attack on
Pearl Harbour. Attempts to turn the Japanese into opium-addicts met
with dismal failure.
By the turn of the century
the oligarchical plutocrats of Britain were like over-gorged
vultures on the Serengeti Plain at the time of the annual Wildebeest
march. Their income from the China opium-trade exceeded David
Rockefeller's income by SEVERAL BILLION DOLLARS PER ANNUM. Historic
records made available to me in the British Museum in London and
from India Office and other sources - former colleagues in
well-placed positions, proves this completely.
By 1905, the Chinese
government, deeply concerned about the rise in the number of
opium-addicts in China, tried to get help from the international
community. Britain pretended to co-operate, but made no move
whatsoever to abide by the 1905 protocols it had signed. Later Her
Majesty's government did an about-face after showing China that it
was better to join them in the opium-business rather than to try and
Even The Hague Convention
was scoffed-at by the British. Delegates to the convention had
agreed that Britain must abide by the protocols it had signed, which
was to drastically reduce the amount of opium sold in China and
elsewhere. The British, while paying lip-service, had no intention
of giving up their trade in human-misery, which included the
so-called "pig trade".
Their servant, President
George Bush, in prosecution of the cruel war of genocide waged
against the Iraqi nation SOLELY for and on behalf of British
interests, likewise showed his contempt by flouting the Hague
Agreement on Aerial Bombardment, and a whole slew of international
conventions to which the U.S. is a signatory, including ALL of the
When evidence was produced
two years later, notably by the Japanese, who were growing very
concerned about British smuggling of opium into their country, that
opium-sales had increased instead of decreased, then Her Majesty's
delegate to the Fifth Hague Convention produced a set of statistics
which were at variance with those provided by Japan. The British
delegate turned the tables by saying that it made a very strong case
for legalising the sale of opium, which would have the effect of
doing-away with what he called "the black market".
He suggested on behalf of
Her Majesty's government that the Japanese government would then
have a monopoly and full control of the trade. THIS IS PRECISELY THE
SAME ARGUMENT BEING ADVANCED BY THE FRONT-MEN FOR THE BRONFMANS AND
OTHER BIG-TIME DOPE DEALERS - LEGALISE COCAINE, MARIJUANA AND
HEROIN, LET THE U.S. GOVERNMENT HAVE THE MONOPOLY AND THEREBY STOP
WASTING BILLIONS ON THE PHONY WAR-ON-DRUGS AND SAVE THE TAXPAYERS
BILLIONS OF DOLLARS.
In the period of 1791-1894,
the number of licensed opium-dens in the Shanghai International
Settlement rose from 87 to 663. Opium flowing into the United States
was also stepped-up. Sensing that they might have some problems in
China with the spotlight of world-concern shining upon them, the
plutocrats of the Knights of St. John and the Order of the Garter,
transferred some of their attention to Persia (Iran).
Lord Inchcape, who founded
the biggest steamship-company in the world at the turn of the 19th
century, the legendary Peninsula and Orient Steam Navigation
Company, was the principal mover and shaker in establishing the Hong
Kong and Shanghai Bank, which remains the largest and least
controlled clearinghouse-bank for the opium-trade, which also
financed the "pig trade" with the United States.
The British had set up a
scam whereby Chinese "coolies" were sent to the U.S. as so-called
indentured-labourers. The rapacious Harriman family's railroad
needed "coolies" to push the rail-connection westward to the
California coast, or so they said. Strangely enough, very few
Negroes were given the manual-labour jobs they were used to at that
time and could have done a better job than the emaciated
opium-addicts who arrived from China.
The problem was that there
was no market for opium among the Negroes and, moreover, Lord
Inchcape, son of the founder of P&O, needed the "coolies" to
smuggle-in thousands of pounds of raw opium into North America,
something the Negroes could not do. It was the same Lord Inchcape
who in 1923 warned that there must be no diminishing of
opium-poppy-cultivation in Bengal. "This most important source of
revenue must be safeguarded," he told the commission allegedly
investigating the production of opium-gum in India.
By 1846, some 120,000
"coolies" had already arrived in the U.S. to work on Harriman's
railroad, pushing westward. The "pig trade" was in full profitable
swing because, of this number, it was estimated by the U.S.
government 115,000 were opium-addicts. Once the railroad was
finished, the Chinese did not go back to where they came from, but
settled in San Francisco, Los Angeles, Vancouver and Portland. They
created a huge culture-problem that has never ceased to exist.
It is interesting to note
that Cecil John Rhodes, a The Committee of 300 member who fronted
for the Rothschilds in South Africa, followed the Inchcape pattern,
bringing hundreds of thousands of Indian "coolies" to work on the
sugar-cane plantations in Natal province. Among them was Mahatma
Ghandi, a Communist agitator and troublemaker. Like the Chinese
coolies, they were not returned to their country of origin once
their contracts expired. They, too, went on to create a massive
social-program, and their descendants became lawyers who spearheaded
the drive to infiltrate the government on behalf of the Africa
By 1875 the Chinese
"coolies" operating out of San Francisco had set up an opium
supply-ring that resulted in 129,000 American opium-addicts. What
with the known 115,000 Chinese addicts, Lord Inchcape and his family
were raking in hundreds of thousands of dollars a year from this
source alone, which, in terms of today's dollar, would represent at
least a $100 million dollar income every year.
The very same British and
American families who had combined to wreck the Indian
textile-industry in the promotion of the opium-trade, and who
brought African slaves to the U.S. combined to make the "pig trade"
a valuable source of revenue. Later they were to combine to cause
and promote the terrible War Between The States, also known as the
American Civil War.
The decadent American
families of the unholy-partnership, thoroughly corrupted and
wallowing in filthy lucre*, went on to become what we know today as
the Eastern Liberal Establishment whose members, under the careful
guidance and direction of the Crown and subsequently its
foreign-policy executive-arm, the Royal Institute of International
Affairs (RIIA), ran this country - and still does - from top to
bottom through their secret upper-level, parallel government, which
is tightly-meshed with the The Committee of 300, the ULTIMATE secret
society. By 1923, voices were being raised against this menace that
had been allowed to be imported into the United States. Believing
the United States to be a free and sovereign nation, Congressman
Stephen Porter, Chairman of the House of Representatives Foreign
Affairs Committee, introduced a bill which called for the British to
account for their opium export-import business on a
country-by-country basis. The resolution set up quotas for each
country, which if observed, would have reduced the opium-trade by
l0%. The resolution was passed into law and the bill accepted by the
Congress of the United States.
* 1 Peter 5:1
The elders (of the twelve) which are among you I
exhort, who am also an elder, and a witness of the sufferings of
Christ, and also a sharer of the glory that shall be revealed:
Feed the flock of God which is
among you, taking the oversight [thereof], not by constraint, but
willingly; not for filthy lucre, but of a ready mind;
But the Royal Institute of
International Affairs had other ideas. Founded in 1919 in the wake
of the Paris Peace Conference held at Versailles, this was one of
the earliest "foreign policy" executors of the The Committee of 300.
Research I have done on the Congressional Records' House, show that
Porter was totally unaware of the powerful forces he was up-against.
Porter was not even aware of the existence of the RIIA, much less
that its specific purpose was to control every facet of the United
Porter received some kind of an intimation from the Morgan Bank on
Wall Street that he should drop the whole affair. Instead, an
enraged Porter took his case to the League of Nations Opium
Committee. Porter's total unawareness of who he was up-against is
demonstrated in some of his correspondence to colleagues on the
House Foreign Affairs Committee in response to open British
opposition to his proposals.
Her Majesty's representative
chided Porter and then, acting like a father toward an errant son,
the British delegate - on instructions from the RIIA - presented Her
Majesty's proposals to INCREASE opium-quotas to account for an
increase in the consumption of opium for medicinal-purposes.
According to documents that I was able to find in The Hague, Porter
was at first confused, then amazed and then enraged. Joined by the
Chinese delegate, Porter stormed-out of the plenipotentiary session
of the Committee session, leaving the field to the British.
In his absence, the British
delegate got the League to rubber-stamp Her Majesty's government
proposals for a creation of a tame-tiger Central Narcotics Board,
whose chief function was information-gathering, the terms of which
were purposely vague. What was to be done with the "information" was
never made clear. Porter returned to the U.S. a shaken and much
Another British intelligence
asset was the fabulously rich William Bingham, into which family one
of the Barings married. It was stated in papers and documents that I
saw, that the Baring Brothers ran the Philadelphia Quakers and owned
half of the real-estate of that city, all made possible because of
the fortune the Baring Brothers had amassed from the China
opium-trade. Another beneficiary of the Committee of 300's largess
was Stephen Girard, whose descendants inherited the Girard Bank and
The names of the families,
whose history is intertwined with that of Boston and who would never
give us ordinary-folk the time of day, were wrapped in the arms of
the The Committee of 300 and its vastly lucrative BEIC China
opium-trade. Many of the famous families became associated with the
notorious Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank which is still the
clearing-house for billions of dollars that flow from the
opium-trade in China.
Such famous names as Forbes,
Perkins and Hathaway appear in the records of the British East India
Company. These genuine American "bluebloods" created Russell and
Company, whose main trade was in opium, but also ran other
shipping-enterprises from China to South America and all points in
between. As a reward for their services to the British Crown and the
BEIC, the The Committee of 300 granted them a monopoly in the
slave-trade in 1833.
Boston owes its celebrated
past to the cotton-opium-slave-trade granted to it by the The
Committee of 300 and it is stated in the records I was privileged to
see in London that Boston's merchant-families were the chief
supporters of the British Crown in the United States. John Murray
Forbes is mentioned as the majordomo of the "Boston Blue Bloods" in
India House records and in bank-records in Hong Kong.
Forbe's son was the first
American allowed by the The Committee of 300 to sit on the board of
the most prestigious drug bank in the world - even today - the Hong
Kong and Shanghai Bank. When I was in Hong Kong in the early 1960's
as "an historian interested in the British East India Company", I
was shown some old records, including past board members of this
notorious drug bank, and sure enough, Forbes' name was among them.
The Perkins family, so
illustrious that their name is still mentioned in awed whispers,
were deeply involved in the nefarious filthy China opium-trade. In
fact Perkins the elder was one of the first Americans to be elected
to the The Committee of 300. His son, Thomas Nelson, was Morgan's
man in Boston, and as such also an agent for British intelligence.
His unsavoury - I would say disgusting - past was not in question
when he richly endowed Harvard University. After all, Canton and
Tientsin are a long way from Boston, and who would have cared
What helped The Perkinses a
lot was that Morgan was a powerful member of the The Committee of
300, which enabled Thomas N. Perkins to rapidly further his career
in the China opium-trade. All the Morgans and Perkinses were
Freemasons, which was another tie that bound them together, for only
Freemasons of highest rank have any hope of being selected by the
The Committee of 300. Sir Robert Hart, who for almost three decades
was chief of the Imperial Chinese Customs Service and the British
Crown's number-one agent in the opium-trade in China was
subsequently appointed to the board of Morgan Guarantee Bank's
Through access to the
historical records in London and Hong Kong, I was able to establish
that Sir Robert developed an intimate relationship with Morgan
operations in the United States. It is worthy of note that Morgan
interests in the opium/heroin-trade have continued in an unbroken
line; witness the fact that David Newbigging is on the
advisory-board of Morgan's Hong Kong operation, run in conjunction
with Jardine Matheson.
To those who know Hong Kong,
the name of Newbigging will be familiar as the most powerful name in
Hong Kong. In addition to his membership of Morgan's elite bank,
Newbigging doubles as an advisor to the Chinese government. Opium
for missile-technology, opium for gold, opium for high-tech
computers - it is all the same to Newbigging. The way these banks;
financial-houses; trading-companies and the families who run them
are intertwined would perplex Sherlock Holmes, yet somehow they must
be unravelled and followed, if we are to understand their
connections with the drug-trade and their membership in the The
Committee of 300.
The two-track entry into the
United States of alcohol and drugs were products of the same stable
occupied by the same thoroughbreds. First, prohibition had to be
introduced into the United States. This was done by the British East
India Company heirs, who, acting upon experience gained through the
well-documented China Inland Mission records found in India House,
set up the Women's Christian Temperance Union (WCTU), supposedly to
oppose consumption of alcohol in America.
We say that history repeats
itself, and in a sense, this is true except that it repeats itself
in an ever-upward spiral. Today we find that some of the largest
companies, allegedly "polluting" the earth, are the largest
contributors of funds to the environmentalist movement. The "big
names" send forth their message. Prince Philip is one of their
heroes, yet his son Prince Charles owns a million acres of forested
land in Wales from which timber is regularly harvested and, in
addition, Prince Charles is one of the largest owners of
slum-housing in London, where pollution thrives.
In the case of those who
railed against the "evils of drink", we find they were financed by
the Astors, the Rockefellers, the Spelmans, the Vanderbilts and the
Warburgs who had a vested-interest in the liquor-trade. On the
instructions of the Crown, Lord Beaverbrook came over from England
to tell these wealthy American families that they were to invest in
the WCTU. (It was the same Lord Beaverbrook who came to Washington
in 1940 and ORDERED Roosevelt to get involved in Britain's war.)
Roosevelt complied by
stationing a U.S. Navy flotilla in Greenland that spent the 9 months
prior to Pearl Harbour hunting and attacking German U-boats. Like
his successor, George Bush, Roosevelt thought the Congress a
confounded nuisance so, acting like a king - a sense he felt
strongly since he is related to the British royal family - FDR never
sought the permission of Congress for his illegal action. This is
what the British are most fond of referring to as their
"special-relationship with America".
The drug-trade has a
connection with the murder of President John F. Kennedy, which foul
deed stains the national character and will continue to do so until
the perpetrators are found and brought to justice. There is proof
that the Mafia was involved in this through the CIA, which brings to
mind that it all started with the old Meyer Lansky network which
evolved into the Irgun terrorist-organisation, and Lansky proved to
be one of the best vehicles for peddling cultural-warfare against
Lansky was, through
more respectable fronts, associated with the British higher-ups in
bringing gambling and dope-distribution to Paradise Island in the
Bahamas under the cover of The Mary Carter Paint Company - a joint
Lord Sassoon was later murdered because he was skimming money and
was threatening to blow the whistle if he was punished. Ray Wolfe
was more presentable, representing the Bronfmans of Canada. While
the Bronfmans were not privy to Churchill's massive Nova Scotia
Project, they were and still are nevertheless an important asset of
the British royal family in the business of dope-peddling.
Sam Rothberg, close
associate of Meyer Lansky, also worked with Tibor Rosenbaum and
Pinchas Sapir, all kingpins in the Lansky drug-ring. Rosenbaum ran a
drug-money-laundering-operation out of Switzerland through a bank he
established for this purpose; Banque du Credite International. The
bank quickly expanded its activities and became the principal bank
used by Lansky and his mobster associates for laundering money
garnered from prostitution, drugs and other Mafia rackets.
It is worthy of note that
Tibor Rosenbaum's bank was used by the shadowy chief of British
Intelligence, Sir William Stephenson, whose right-hand-man, Major
John Mortimer Bloomfield, a Canadian citizen, ran Division Five of
the FBI throughout the Second World War. Stephenson was an early
member of the 20th century The Committee of 300, although Bloomfield
never made it that far. As I revealed in my series of monographs on
the Kennedy assassination, it was Stephenson who master-minded the
operation which was run as a hands-on project by Bloomfield.
Fronting for the Kennedy assassination was done through another
drug-related front, Permanent Industrial Expositions (PERMINDEX),
created in 1957 and centred in the World Trade Mart building in
downtown New Orleans.
happened to be the attorney for the Bronfman family. The World Trade
Mart was created by Colonel Clay Shaw and FBI Division Five
station-chief in New Orleans, Guy Bannister. Shaw and Bannister were
close associates of Lee Harvey Oswald, accused of shooting Kennedy,
who was murdered by
agent Jack Ruby before he could prove that he was not the assassin
who shot President Kennedy. In spite of the Warren Commission and
numerous official-reports, it has NEVER been established that Oswald
owned the Mannlicher rifle said to be the murder weapon (it was not)
nor that he had ever fired it. The connection between the
drug-trade, Shaw, Bannister and Bloomfield has been established
several times, and need not concern us here. In the immediate post-WW
II period, one of the most common
methods used by Resorts International and other drug-related
companies to clean money was by courier-service to a
money-laundering bank. Now all that has changed. Only the small-fry
still use such a risky method. The "big fish" conduit their money
via the CHIPS system, an acronym for Clearing House International
Payments System, run by a Burroughs computer-system centred at the
New York Clearing-House. Twelve of the largest banks use this
system. One of them is the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank. Another is
Credite Suisse, that oh so respectable paragon of virtue in banking
- until the lid is lifted. Combined with the SWIFT system based in
Virginia, dirty drug-money becomes invisible. Only wanton
carelessness results in the FBI getting lucky now and then, if and
when it is told not to look the other way.
drug-dealers get caught with drug-money in their hands. The elite,
Drexel Burnham, Credite Suisse, Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, escape
detection. But this, too, is changing with the collapse of Bank
of Credit and Commerce International (BCCI) which is likely to
expose a great deal about the drug-trade if ever a proper
investigation is carried out.
One of the largest assets in
the portfolio of the Committee of 300 companies is American Express
(AMEX). Its presidents regularly occupy positions on the The
Committee of 300. I first got interested in AMEX when I was
carrying-out an on-the-spot investigation that led me to the Trade
Development Bank in Geneva. Later, this got me into a lot of
trouble. I discovered that Trade Development Bank, then run by
Edmund Safra, key man in the gold for opium trade, was supplying
tons of gold to the Hong Kong market via Trade Development Bank.
Before going to Switzerland,
I went to Pretoria, South Africa, where I talked with Dr. Chris
Stals, at that time the deputy-governor of the South African Reserve
Bank which controls all bulk-dealings in South African-produced
gold. After several discussions over a period of a week, I was told
that the bank could not supply me with the ten tons of gold that I
was authorised to buy on behalf of clients I was supposed to be
representing. My friends in the right places knew how to produce the
documentation which passed without question.
The Reserve Bank referred me
to a Swiss company whom I cannot name, because it would blow cover.
I was also given the address of Trade Development Bank in Geneva.
The purpose of my exercise was to find-out the mechanics of how gold
is moved and traded, and secondly to test bogus-documents which had
been prepared for me by ex-intelligence friends of mine who
specialised in this kind of thing. Remember "M" in the "James Bond"
series? Let me assure you that "M" does exist, only his correct
initial is "C". The documents I had, consisted of "buying orders"
from Liechtenstein companies, with supporting-papers to match.
On approaching Trade
Development Bank I was at first greeted cordially but, as
discussions progressed with more and more suspicion until, when I
felt it was no longer safe for me to visit the bank, without telling
anyone at the bank, I left Geneva. Later the bank was sold to
American Express. American Express was briefly investigated by
former Attorney General Edwin Meese, after which he was quickly
removed from office and labelled "corrupt". What I found was that
American Express was and still is a conduit for laundering
drug-money and, thus far, no-one has been able to explain to me why
a private company has the right to print dollars - aren't American
Express travellers-checks, dollars? I subsequently exposed the Safra-AMEX
drug-connections which upset a lot of people, as can be imagined.
The Committee of 300 member,
Japhet, controls Charterhouse Japhet, which in turn controls Jardine
Matheson as a direct-link to the Hong Kong opium-trade. The Japhets
are reportedly English Quakers. The Matheson family, also members of
the The Committee of 300, were kingpins in the China opium-trade, at
least up until 1943. The Mathesons have appeared in the Queen of
England Honours List since the early 19th century.
The top controllers of
the drug-trade in the Committee of 300 have no conscience about the
millions of lives they ruin each year. They are Gnostics, Cathars,
members of the Cult of Dionysus, Osiris, or worse. To them,
"ordinary" people are there to be used for their purposes. Their
high-priests, Bulwer-Lytton and
preached the gospel of drugs as a beneficial substance.
To quote Huxley:
"And for private everyday
use, there have always been chemical intoxicants. All the vegetable
sedatives and narcotics, all the euphorics that grow on trees, the
hallucinogens that ripen in berries, have been used by humans since
time-immemorial. And to these modifiers of conscience,
modern-science has added its quota of synthetics. For unrestricted
use the West has permitted only alcohol and tobacco. All other
chemical Doors in the Wall are labelled DOPE."
To the oligarch's and
plutocrats of the Committee of 300, drugs have a two-fold purpose,
firstly to bring-in colossal sums of money and secondly, to
eventually turn a major part of the population into mindless
drug-zombies who will be easier to control than people who don't
need drugs, as punishment for rebellion will mean withholding of
supplies of heroin, cocaine, marijuana, etc. For this it is
necessary to legalise drugs so that a MONOPOLY SYSTEM, which has
been readied for introduction once severe economic conditions, of
which the 1991 depression is the forerunner, cause drug-usage to
proliferate as hundreds of thousands of permanently jobless workers
turn to drugs for solace.
In one of the Royal
Institute of International Affairs top-secret papers, the scenario
is laid-out as follows (in part): "...having been failed by
Christianity, and with unemployment on every hand, those who have
been without jobs for five years or more will turn away from the
church and seek solace in drugs. That is when full control of the
drug-trade must be completed in order that the governments of all
countries who are under our jurisdiction will have a MONOPOLY which
we will control through supply.... Drug-bars will take care of
the unruly and the discontent, would-be revolutionaries will be
turned into harmless addicts with no will of their own...."
There is ample
evidence that the
British intelligence, specially
already spent at least a decade working toward this goal.
The Royal Institute of
International Affairs used the life-time work of
and Bulwer-Lytton as its blueprint to bring about a state where
mankind will no longer have wills of their own in the One World
Government-New World Order of the fast-approaching New Dark Age.
Again, let us see what high priest
had to say about this:
"In many societies at many
levels of civilisation, attempts have been made to fuse
drug-intoxication with God-intoxication. In ancient Greece, for
example, ethyl-alcohol had its place in the established religions.
Dionysus, Bacchus, as he was often called, was a true divinity.
Complete prohibition of chemical changes can be decreed but cannot
(THE LANGUAGE OF THE
PRO-DRUG LOBBY ON CAPITOL HILL.)
"Now let us consider another
type of drug - still undiscovered, but probably just around the
corner - a drug making people happy in situations where they would
normally feel miserable. (Is there anyone more miserable than a
person who has sought and been unable to find work?) Such a drug
would be a blessing, but a blessing fraught with grave social and
political dangers. By making a harmless chemical-euphoria
freely-available, a dictator could reconcile an entire-population to
a state of affairs to which self-respecting human+beings ought not
to be reconciled."
Quite a dialectical
masterpiece. What Huxley was advocating and which is official-policy
of the The Committee of 300 and its surrogate, RIIA, can be quite
simply stated as mass mind-control. As I have often said, all wars
are wars for the souls of mankind. Thus far it has not dawned on us
that the drug-trade is irregular low-intensity warfare against the
whole human-race of free men. Irregular-warfare is the most terrible
form of warfare which, while it has a beginning, has no ending.
Some will question the
involvement of the British royal families, past and present, in the
drug-trade. To see it in print appears on the surface to be
preposterous, and it is being seen in print more often these days to
make it appear exactly that, preposterous. The oldest maxim in the
intelligence-business is, "If you want to hide something, put it
where everyone can see it." F. S. Turner's book, "BRITISH
OPIUM-POLICY", published in 1876, shows how the British monarchy and
its hangers-on family-relatives were deeply involved in the
opium-trade. Turner was the secretary of the Anglo-Oriental Society
of the Suppression of the Opium Trade. He declined to be silenced by
Crown spokesperson Sir R. Temple. Turner stated that the government,
and therefore the Crown, had to withdraw from the opium monopoly,
"and if it takes any revenues at all, take only that which accrues
from taxation honestly-meant to have a restrictive force".
Turner was answered by a
spokesman for the monarchy, Lord Lawrence, who fought against the
BEIC losing its monopoly. "It would be desirable to get rid of the
monopoly, but I myself am disinclined to be the agent of change. If
it is a question of moderate loss that we could afford, I would not
hesitate to undertake it." (Taken from the Calcutta Papers 1870.)
By 1874 the war against the
British monarchy and the aristocracy over its deep involvement in
the China opium-trade was getting heated. The Society for the
Suppression of the Opium Trade violently assailed the aristocracy of
the day and pressed-home its attacks in a fearless-manner we would
do well to emulate. The society said that the Treaty of Tientsin,
which Forced China to accept the importation of enormous amounts of
opium, was a dastardly crime against the Chinese people.
There arose a mighty
warrior, Joseph Grundy Alexander, a barrister by profession who, in
1866, led a strong attack on British Crown opium-policy in China in
which he openly mentioned the involvement of the royal family and
the aristocracy. For the first time Alexander brought India, "the
Jewel in the Crown", into the picture. He laid the blame squarely
where it belonged, on the monarchy, the so-called aristocracy and
its servants in the British government.
Under the direction of
Alexander, the society committed itself to the total destruction of
the cultivation of opium-poppies in Bengal, India. Alexander proved
to be a doughty opponent. Through his leadership, the
drug-aristocracy began to falter and, in the face of his open
denouncements of the royal family and its hangers-on, several
Members of Parliament began siding with him; Conservatives,
Unionists, Labour. Alexander made it clear that the drug-trade was
not a party-political-issue; it was for all parties to join together
in helping to eradicate the menace.
Lord Kimberly, spokesman for
the royal family and the entrenched oligarchists, threatened that
any attempts to interfere with what he called "the commerce of the
nation, will run into serious opposition from the cabinet".
Alexander and his society pressed-on in the face of innumerable
threats and finally parliament agreed to appoint a Royal Commission
to inquire into the opium-trade, with Lord Kimberly, who was
Secretary of India, as its chairman. A more inappropriate-person to
head the commission could not have been found. It was akin to Dulles
being appointed to the Warren Commission. In his first statement,
Lord Kimberly made it clear that he would rather resign from his
august position than consent to a resolution that would surrender
Indian Opium Revenues. It is worthy of note that "Indian Opium
Revenue" implied money shared by the nation. Like the idea that the
people of South Africa share in the enormous profits from the sale
of gold and diamonds, this was just not the case. Indian
opium-revenues went straight into the royal-coffers and the pockets
of the nobility and the oligarchists and plutocrats, and made them
Rowntree's book, "THE
IMPERIAL DRUG-TRADE" gives a fascinating account of how Prime
Minister Gladstone and his fellow plutocrats lied, cheated, twisted
and turned, to keep the astonishing truth of the involvement of the
British monarchy in the opium-trade from being exposed. Rowntree's
book is a treasure-house of information on the deep involvement of
the British royal family and the lords and ladies of England and the
huge-fortunes they accumulated from the misery of the Chinese
Lord Kimberly, secretary of
the commission of inquiry, was himself deeply involved in the
opium-trade so he did everything in his power to close the
proceedings to all who sought the truth. Finally, under a great deal
of pressure from the public, the Royal Commission was forced to open
the door to this inquiry just a crack, so that it became apparent
that the highest in the land were running the opium-trade and
receiving huge benefits from it. But the door was quickly slammed
shut again, and the Royal Commission called no expert witnesses,
thereafter sitting for an absurdly short period of time. The
commission was nothing but a farce and a cover-up, such as we have
become accustomed to in 20th century America.
The Eastern Liberal
Establishment families of the United States were just as deeply
involved in the China opium-trade as were the British, indeed they
still are. Witness recent history when James Earl Carter toppled the
Shah of Iran. Why was the Shah deposed and then murdered by the
United States government? in a word, because of DRUGS. The Shah had
clamped-down and virtually put-an-end to the immensely-lucrative
opium-trade being conducted out of Iran by the British. At the time
that the Shah took-over in Iran, there were already one million
This the British would not
tolerate, so they sent the United States to do their dirty-work for
them in terms of the "special relationship" between the two
countries. When Khomeini took over the U.S. Embassy in Teheran,
arms-sales by the United States, which had begun with the Shah, were
not discontinued. Why not? Had the United States done so, Khomeini
would have cancelled the British monopoly of the opium-trade in his
country. To prove the point, after 1984, Khomeini's liberal attitude
toward opium had increased the number of addicts to 2 million,
according to United Nations and World Health Organisation
Both President Carter and
his successor, Ronald Reagan, willingly and with full-knowledge of
what was at stake, went on supplying arms to Iran even while
American-hostages languished in captivity. In 1980 I wrote a
monograph under the title, "What Really Happened in Iran", which
set-out the facts. The arms-trade with Iran was sealed at a meeting
between Cyrus Vance, a servant of the The Committee of 300, and Dr.
Hashemi, which resulted in the U.S. Air Force beginning an immediate
airlift of arms to Iran, carried-on even at the height of the
hostage-crisis the arms came from U.S. Army stockpiles in Germany
and some were even flown directly from the United States with
refuelling-stops at the Azores.
With the advent of Khomeini,
who was put in power in Iran by the The Committee of 300,
opium-production skyrocketed. By 1984 Iran's opium-production
exceeded 650 metric tons of opium per annum. What Carter and Reagan
did was ensure that there was no further interference in the
opium-trade and they carried-out the mandate given to them by the
oligarchical families in Britain in this connection. Iran presently
rivals the Golden Triangle in the volume of opium produced.
The Shah was not the
only victim of the Committee of 300. William Buckley,
station-chief in Beirut, in all his lack of experience on who is
behind the opium-trade, began conducting investigations in Iran,
Lebanon and even spent time in Pakistan. From Islamabad, Buckley
began sending back damning reports to the
Langley about the burgeoning opium-trade in the Golden Crescent and
Pakistan. The U.S. Embassy in Islamabad was firebombed, but Buckley
escaped the mob-attack and returned to Washington because his cover
was blown by forces unknown.
Then a very strange
thing happened. Contrary to all procedures laid-down by the
CIA when an
agent's cover has been blown, Buckley was sent back to Beirut.
Buckley was in-effect sentenced to death by the
CIA in order
to silence him, and this time the sentence was carried-out. William
Buckley was kidnapped by agents of the Committee of 300. Under
brutal interrogation by General Mohammed el Khouili of
Syrian-intelligence to force him to disclose the names of all
field-officers of the DEA in these countries, he was
brutally-murdered. His efforts to expose the huge opium-trade
developing out of Pakistan, Lebanon and Iran cost Buckley his life.
If the remaining free men in
this world believe that single-handedly or in small groups they can
smash the drug-trade, they are sorely mistaken. They could cut off
the tentacles of the opium and cocaine trade here and there, but
never the head. The crowned cobras of Europe and their Eastern
Liberal Establishment family will not tolerate it. The war-on-drugs
which the Bush administration is allegedly fighting, but which it is
not, is for TOTAL legalisation of ALL types and classes of drugs.
Such drugs are not solely a social-aberration, but a full-scale
attempt to gain control of the minds of the people of this planet,
or as the "Aquarian Conspiracy" authors put it, "to bring about
radical changes in the United States". THIS IS THE PRINCIPAL TASK OF
THE COMMITTEE OF 300, THE ULTIMATE SECRET SOCIETY.
Nothing has changed in the
opium-heroin-cocaine-trade. It is still run by the same "upper
class" families in Britain and the United States. It is still a
fabulously profitable trade where what seem to be big losses through
seizures by the authorities are written-off in panelled-boardrooms
in New York, Hong Kong and London over port and cigars as "merely
the cost of doing business, old boy".
British colonial capitalism
has always been the mainstay of the oligarchical feudal-system of
privilege in England and remains so to the present-day. When the
poor, untutored pastoral people in South Africa who became known as
the Boers fell into the bloodstained-hands of the British
aristocracy in 1899, they had no idea that the revoltingly cruel war
so relentlessly pursued by Queen Victoria, was financed by the
incredible amounts of money which came from the "instant fortunes"
of the BEIC opium-trade in China into the pockets of the plutocrats.
The Committee of 300 members
Cecil John Rhodes, Barney Barnato and Alfred Beit instigated and
engineered the war. Rhodes was the principle-agent for the
Rothschilds, whose banks were awash in cash flowing from the
opium-trade. These robbers, thieves and liars - Rhodes, Barnato,
Oppenheimer, Joel and Beit - dispossessed the South African Boers of
their birthright, the gold and diamonds that lay beneath their soil.
The South African Boers received nothing out of the BILLIONS UPON
BILLIONS of dollars derived from the sale of THEIR gold and
The The Committee of 300
quickly took full control of these vast treasures, control which it
even now maintains through one of its members, Sir Harry
Oppenheimer. The average South African receives $100 per annum per
capita from the gold and diamond industry. The BILLIONS which flow
out annually go to the bankers of the The Committee of 300. It is
one of the most foul and vile stories of greed, theft and the murder
of a nation ever recorded in the annals of history.
How could the British Crown
have succeeded in pulling-off this stunning fraud of gigantic
proportion? To accomplish such a Herculean-task requires skilled-organising
with devoted agents-in-place to carry-out the daily instructions
passed down from the conspirators' hierarchy. The first step was a
press propaganda-campaign portraying the Boers as uncivilised
barbarians, only slightly-human, who were denying British citizens
the right to vote in the Boer Republic. Then, demands were made on
Paul Kruger, leader of the Transvaal Republic, which of course could
not be met. After that, a series of incidents were staged to provoke
the Boers into retaliation, but that didn't work either. Then came
the infamous Jameson Raid where a certain Jameson led a party of
several-hundred armed-men in an attack on the Transvaal. War
followed immediately thereafter.
Queen Victoria mounted the
largest and best-equipped army that the world had ever seen at that
time (1898). Victoria thought the war would be over in two weeks,
since the Boers had no standing-army and no trained-militia and
would be no-match for her 400,000 soldiers drawn from the ranks of
Britain's under-classes. The Boers never numbered more than 80,000
farmers and their sons - some were as young as fourteen - Rudyard
Kipling also thought the war would be over in less than a week.
Instead, with rifle in one
hand and the Bible in the other, the Boers held-out for three years.
"We went to South Africa thinking the war would be over in a week,"
said Kipling. "Instead, the Boers taught us no-end of a lesson."
That same "lesson" could be taught to the The Committee of 300 today
if we could but muster 10,000 leaders, good men and true to lead
this nation in battle against the gargantuan-monster threatening to
devour everything our Constitution stands for.
After the war ended in
1902, the British Crown had to consolidate its grip on the
unimaginable fortune of gold and diamonds that lay beneath the
barren veldt of the Boer Republics of Transvaal and Orange Free
State. This was done through the Round Table of the legend of King
Arthur and his Knights. The Round Table is strictly a British
intelligence-operation established by the The Committee of 300
which, together with the Rhodes Scholarship program, is a dagger in
the heartland of America.
The Round Table was
established in South Africa by Cecil Rhodes and funded by the
English Rothschild family. Its purpose was to train business-leaders
loyal to the British Crown who would secure the vast gold and
diamond treasures for the British Crown. South Africans had their
birthright stolen from them in a coup so massive and all-pervading
that it was apparent only a central unified-command could have
pulled it off. That unified-command was the The Committee of 300.
That this was accomplished
is not in dispute. By the early 1930's, the British Crown had a
stranglehold on the biggest supplies of gold and diamonds ever found
in the world. NOW THE The Committee of 300 HAD AT ITS DISPOSAL BOTH
THE VAST FORTUNE COMING FROM THE DRUG-TRADE AND THE EQUALLY VAST
FORTUNE OF THE MINERAL AND METAL WEALTH OF SOUTH AFRICA. Financial
control of the world was complete.
The Round Table played
a pivotal-role in the coup. The express purpose of the Round Table,
after swallowing up South Africa, was to blunt the benefits to the
United States of the American War of Independence, and once more
bring the United States under British-control. Organising-ability
was essential for such an enterprise and it was provided by Lord
Alfred Milner, protégé of the London Rothschild family. Using
Scottish Rite Freemason principles in selecting members of Round
Table, those chosen underwent a period of intense-training at
Cambridge and Oxford Universities under the watchful eyes of John
Ruskin, a self-confessed "old school communist", and T. H. Green, an
It was Green, the son of a
Christian evangelical-cleric, who spawned Rhodes, Milner, John
Wheeler Bennet, A. D. Lindsay, George Bernard Shaw and Hjalmar
Schacht, Hitler's finance-minister. I pause here to remind readers
that the Round Table is only ONE SECTOR of this vast and
all-encompassing The Committee of 300. Yet the Round Table itself
consists of a maze of companies, institutions, banks and
educational-establishments, which in itself would take qualified
insurance-actuaries a year to sort-out.
Round Tablers fanned-out
throughout the world to take control of fiscal and monetary-policies
and political-leadership in all countries where they operated. In
South Africa, General Smuts, who had fought against the British in
the Boer War, was "turned" and became a leading British
intelligence, military and political agent who espoused the cause of
the British Crown. In the United States, in later years, the task of
boring-away at the United States from the inside fell to William
Yandell Elliot, the man who spawned Henry Kissinger and who was
responsible for his meteoric rise to power as chief U.S. advisor to
the The Committee of 300.
William Yandell Elliot was
"an American at Oxford", (President William Jefferson Clinton was
also "an American at Oxford".) who had already served the The
Committee of 300 well, which is a prerequisite for higher office in
the service of the committee.
After graduating from
Vanderbilt University in 1917, Elliot was drafted by the
Rothschild-Warburg banking-network. He worked at the Federal Reserve
Bank in San Francisco and rose to be a director. From there he acted
as a Warburg-Rothschild intelligence-officer, reporting on the
important areas of the United States he was overseeing. Elliot's
"Freemason" talent-spotters recommended him for a Rhodes Scholarship
and, in 1923, he went to Balliol College at Oxford University whose
"dreaming spires" hid a network of intrigue and future traitors to
Balliol College was, and
still is, the centre of recruiting for the Round Table. After a
thorough-brainwashing conducted by the Tavistock Institute of Human
Relations representative, A.D. Lindsay, who had succeeded Master of
Balliol T. H. Green, Elliot was received into the Round Table and
sent to The Royal Institute of International Affairs to be given his
assignment, which was that he return to the United States to become
a leader in the academic-community.
The Round Table's
driving philosophy was to have Round Tablers in positions to
formulate and carry-out social-policies through social-institutions
whereby what Ruskin called "the masses" could be manipulated.
Members infiltrated the highest levels of banking after under-going
a course at the Tavistock Institute. The course was drawn up by Lord
Leconsfield, an intimate of the British royal family, and later run
by Robert Brand who went on to manage Lazard Freres. The Royal
Institute of International Affairs was and remains
totally-interfaced with the British monarchy. Some of the spin-offs
of the Round Table are the
set up and run by Duncan Sandys, a prominent politician and
son-in-law of the late Winston Churchill, the Ditchley Foundation, a
secret banker's club which I exposed in my 1983 work, "International
Banker's Conspiracy: The Ditchley Foundation", the Trilateral
Commission, the Atlantic Council of the United States and the Aspen
Institute for Humanistic Studies, whose well-hidden, behind the
scenes founder was Lord Bullock of the RIIA for whom Robert Anderson
The way in which Henry
Kissinger, the RIIA's chief asset in the United States, came to
power is a story of the triumph of the institution of the British
monarchy over the Republic of the United States of America. It is a
tale of horror, too long to be included here. Nevertheless, it would
be remiss of me if I did not mention just a few of the highlights of
Kissinger's rise to fame, fortune and power.
After a stint in the United
States Army, beginning with the job of driving General Fritz Kraemer
around war-torn Germany, thanks to the Oppenheimer-family Kissinger
was picked to attend Wilton Park for further training. At the time
he held the rank of private first class. In 1952 Kissinger was sent
to the Tavistock Institute where R. V. Dicks took him in hand and
turned him inside-out. Thereafter there was no holding Kissinger
back. He was later drafted to serve under George Franklin and
Hamilton Fish of the Council on Foreign Relations' New York office.
It is believed that
the official nuclear-policy adopted by the United States was
delivered to Kissinger during his stay at Tavistock and
further-shaped by his participation in "Nuclear Weapons and Foreign
Policy", a Round Table seminar which brought forth the doctrine
known as "flexible response", a total irrationality, which became
known by the acronym MAD. Thanks to William Yandell Elliot and under
the tutelage of John Wheeler Bennett, top intelligence-director of
the Round Table and chief of
field-operations in the United States, Kissinger became Elliot's
"favourite son" as he explained in his book, "The Pragmatic Revolt
in Politics". Kissinger was co-opted into the Round Table to push
monetarist-policies he studied at Harvard International Seminars.
absorbed Elliot's teachings and was no-longer recognisable as the
man General Kraemer once described as "my little Jew-boy driver".
Kissinger was inculcated with the spirit of the Master of Balliol,
becoming an ardent disciple of decadent British aristocracy.
Adopting the philosophies of Toynbee, chief intelligence-director
MI6 at the
Royal Institute of International Affairs, Kissinger used its papers
to write his undergraduate "dissertation". By the mid 1960's
Kissinger had proved his worth to the Round Table and the RIIA, and
thus to the British monarchy. As a reward and a test of what he had
learned, Kissinger was placed in charge of a small group consisting
of James Schlessinger, Alexander Haig and Daniel Ellsberg, that the
Round Table was using to conduct a series of experiments.
Co-operating with this group was the Institute of Policy Studies
chief-theoretician Noam Chomsky. Haig, like Kissinger, worked for
General Kraemer, albeit not as a driver, and the general found a
number of varied openings in the Department of Defence for his
protégé. Once Kissinger was installed as National Security Advisor,
Kraemer got Haig the job as his deputy. Ellsberg, Haig, and
Kissinger then set in motion the RIIA's Watergate-plan to oust
President Nixon for disobeying direct-instructions.
Haig played the lead-role in
brainwashing and confusing President Nixon, and in-effect it was
Kissinger who ran the White House during this softening-up of the
President. As I mentioned in 1984, Haig was the White House
go-between known as "Deep Throat", passing information to the
Washington Post team of Woodward and Bernstein.
The Watergating of Nixon was
the biggest coup yet pulled-off by the Round Table as an agency and
an arm of the RIIA. All the tangled threads led back to the Round
Table; from there to the RIIA, and right back to the Queen of
England. The humiliation of Nixon was an object-lesson and a warning
to future Presidents of the United States not to imagine they could
go against the The Committee of 300 and win. Kennedy was brutally
murdered in full-view of the American people for the same reason;
Nixon was not considered worthy-enough to suffer the same fate as
John F. Kennedy.
But whatever the method
used, the The Committee of 300 made sure that all would-be aspirants
for the White House got the message: "Nobody is beyond our
reach." That this message remains just as forceful as it was when
Kennedy was murdered and Nixon hounded out of office, is evidenced
by the character of President George Bush, whose eagerness to please
his masters should be cause for grave concern among those who worry
about the future of the United States.
The purpose of the exercise
was made clear in the Pentagon Papers episode and the drafting of
Schlessinger into the Nixon Administration to act as a spoiler in
the defence-establishment and a counterforce to the development of
atomic-energy, which role Schlessinger carried-out from the shelter
of his position in the Atomic Energy Commission, one of the key
factors in de-industrialising the United States in the planned Club
of Rome Post-Industrial-Zero-growth strategies. From this beginning
we can trace the roots of the 1991 recession/depression which has
thus far cost the jobs of 30 million Americans.
It is virtually-impossible
to penetrate the Committee of 300 and the oligarchical families that
go to make it up. The camouflage they pull over themselves as
protective-covering is very hard to rip off. This fact should be
noted by every freedom-loving American: The The Committee of 300
dictates what passes for United States foreign and domestic policies
and has done so for over 200 years. Nowhere was this more strikingly
portrayed than when a cocky President Truman had the wind knocked
out of him by Churchill ram-rodding the so-called "Truman Doctrine"
down the throat of the little man from Independence, Missouri.
Some of their
former-members, whose descendants filled vacancies caused by death,
and present-members include Sir Mark Turner, Gerald Villiers, Samuel
Montague, the Inchcapes, Keswicks, Peases, Schroeders, Airlies,
Churchills, Frasers, Lazars and Jardine Mathesons. The full list of
members is presented elsewhere in this book; these people on the
Committee ORDERED President Wilson to go to war against Germany in
the First World War; this Committee ordered Roosevelt to engineer
the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbour with the object of getting the
United States into the Second World War.
These people, this
Committee, ordered this nation to war in Korea, Vietnam and the
Persian Gulf. The plain truth is that the United States has fought
in 5 wars this century for and on behalf of the infamous The
Committee of 300. It seems that, apart from just a few, no-one has
stopped to ask, "WHY ARE WE FIGHTING THESE WARS?" The big drum of
"patriotism", martial-music and waving flags and yellow-ribbons, it
seems, caused a great nation to become bereft of its senses.
On the 50th anniversary of
Pearl Harbour, a new "hate Japan" campaign is being waged, not by
the Institute of Pacific Relations (IPR), but in the most direct and
brazen manner by the Bush Administration and the Congress. The
object is the same as it was when Roosevelt inspired the attack on
Pearl Harbour, paint the Japanese as aggressors and wage
economic-war, then ready our forces for the next phase - armed
aggression against Japan.
This is already in the
works; it is only a matter of time before more of our sons and
daughters are sent-off to be slaughtered in the service of the
feudal-lords of the The Committee of 300. We ought to shout from the
housetops, "It is not for freedom nor for love of country that we
are going to die, but for a system of tyranny that will shortly
envelop the entire world."
So tight is the grip of this
organisation on Britain that 95% of British citizens have, since the
1700's, been forced to accept as their share, less than 20% of the
national-wealth of the country. This is what the oligarchical
feudal-lords of England like to call "democracy". These nice, proper
English gentlemen are, in reality, utterly ruthless - what they did
in India, Sudan, Egypt, Iraq, Iran and Turkey will be repeated in
every country under the New World Order-One World Government. They
will use every nation and its wealth to protect their privileged way
of life. It is this class of British aristocracy whose fortunes are
inextricably-woven and intertwined with the drug-trade, the gold,
diamond and arms trades, banking, commerce and industry, oil, the
news-media and entertainment-industry.
Apart from the rank and file
of the Labour Party (but not its leaders), the majority of British
political-leaders are descendants of titled families, the titles
being hereditary and handed-down from father to eldest son. This
system ensures that no "outsiders" aspire to political-power in
England. Nevertheless, some aliens have been able to squeeze their
Take the case of Lord
Halifax, former British Ambassador to Washington and the man who
delivered The Committee of 300 orders to our government during the
Second World War. Halifax's son, Charles Wood, married a Miss
Primrose, a blood-relative of Lord Rothschild. Behind such names as
Lord Swaythling is hidden the name of Montague, director of the Bank
of England and adviser and confidant of the majority-stockholder of
the Shell Oil Company, Queen Elizabeth II. All are members of the
The Committee of 300. Some of the old barriers have been broken
down. Title is today not the only criteria for admission to the Club
It is appropriate to provide
an overview of what the The Committee of 300 hopes to achieve, what
its aims and objectives are before we proceed to its vast, far-flung
interlocking interfacing of banks, insurance-companies,
corporations, etc. The following information has taken years of
investigative-research to put together from hundreds of documents
and sources of mine who gave me access to some of the papers in
which the details are hidden.
The The Committee of 300
consists of certain individuals, specialists in their own fields,
including Cultus Diabolicus, mind-altering-drugs, and specialists in
murder by poison, intelligence; banking, and every facet of
commercial activity. It will be necessary to mention former-members
since deceased, because of their former roles and because their
places were given to family members of new members considered worthy
of the honour.
Included in the
membership are the old families of the European Black Nobility, the
American Eastern Liberal Establishment (in Freemason hierarchy and
the Order of Skull and Bone), the Illuminati, or as it is known by
the Committee "MORIAH CONQUERING WIND", the Mumma Group, The
National and World Council of Churches, the Circle of Initiates, the
Nine Unknown Men, Lucis Trust, Jesuit Liberation Theologists, The
Order of the Elders of Zion, the Nasi Princes, International
Monetary Fund (IMF), the Bank of International Settlements (BIS),
the United Nations (U.N
.), the Central, British Quator Coronati, Italian P2 Masonry -
especially those in the
hierarchy - the Central Intelligence Agency, Tavistock Institute
selected personnel, various members of leading foundations and
insurance-companies named in the lists that follow, the Hong Kong
and Shanghai Bank, the Milner Group-Round Table, Cini Foundation,
German Marshall Fund, Ditchley Foundation, NATO, Club of Rome,
Environmentalists, The Order of St. John of Jerusalem, One World
Government Church, Socialist International, Black Order, Thule
Society, Anenherbe-Rosicrucianists, The Great Superior Ones and
literally HUNDREDS of other organisations.
What then are we
looking at? A loosely-knit gathering of people with weird ideas?
Certainly not. In the Committee of 300, which has a 150-year
history, we have some of the most brilliant intellects assembled to
form a completely-totalitarian, absolutely-controlled "new" society
only it isn't new, having drawn most of its ideas from the Clubs of
Cultus Diabolicus. It strives toward a One World Government rather
well described by one of its late members, H. G. Wells, in his work
commissioned by the Committee which Wells boldly called:
"THE OPEN CONSPIRACY - PLANS FOR A WORLD
REVOLUTION." It was a bold
statement-of-intent, but not really so bold since nobody believed
Wells except the Great Superior Ones, the Anenherbes and those who
were what we would call "insiders" today.
Here is an extract of what
Open Conspiracy will appear first,
I believe as a conscious organisation of intelligent, and in some
cases wealthy men, as a movement having distinct social and
political aims, confessedly ignoring most of the existing-apparatus
of political-control, or using it only as an incidental implement in
the stages, a mere movement of a number of people in a certain
direction, who will presently discover, with a sort of a surprise,
the common-object toward which they are all moving. In all sorts of
ways, they will be influencing and controlling the ostensible
George Orwell's 1984
, Wells' account is a mass-appeal for a One World Government.
Summarised, the intent and purpose of the The Committee of 300 is to
bring to pass the following conditions:
A One World Government and
one-unit monetary-system under permanent non-elected hereditary
oligarchists who self-select from among their numbers in the form of
a feudal-system as it was in the Middle Ages. In this One World
entity, population will be limited by restrictions on the number of
children per family, diseases, wars, famines, until 1 billion
(1,000,000,000) people who are useful to the ruling class, in areas
which will be strictly and clearly defined, remain as the total
There will be no
middle-class, only rulers and servants. All laws will be uniform
under a legal-system of world-courts practising the same unified
code of laws, backed up by a One World Government police-force and a
One World unified-military to enforce laws in all former countries
where no national boundaries shall exist. The system will be on the
basis of a welfare-state; those who are obedient and subservient to
the One World Government will be rewarded with the means to live;
those who are rebellious will simply be starved to death or be
declared outlaws, thus a target for anyone who wishes to kill them.
Privately-owned firearms or weapons of any kind will be prohibited.
Only one religion will be
allowed and that will be in the form of a One World Government
Church, which has been in existence since 1920 as we shall see.
Satanism, Luciferianism and Witchcraft shall be recognised as
legitimate One World Government curricula with no private or church
schools. All Christian churches have already been
subverted and Christianity will be a thing of the past in the One
To induce a state where
there is no individual freedom or any concept of liberty surviving,
there shall be no such thing as republicanism, sovereignty or rights
residing with the people. National-pride and racial-identity shall
be stamped-out and in the transition-phase it shall be subject to
the severest penalties to even mention one's racial origin.
Each person shall be
fully-indoctrinated that he or she is a creature of the One World
Government with an identification-number clearly-marked on their
person so as to be readily-accessible, which identifying-number
shall be in the master-file of the NATO computer in Brussels,
Belgium, subject to instant-retrieval by any agency of the One World
Government at any time. The master-files of the CIA, FBI, state and
local police-agencies, IRS,
Security shall be vastly expanded and form the basis of
personal-records of all individuals in the United States.
Marriage shall be outlawed
and there shall be no family-life as we know it. Children will be
removed from their parents at an early-age and brought up by wards
as state-property. Such an experiment was carried out in East
Germany under Erich Honnecker when children were taken-away from
parents considered by the state to be disloyal-citizens. Women will
be degraded through the continued process of "women's liberation"
movements. Free sex shall be mandatory.
Failure to comply at least
once by the age of 20 shall be punishable by severe reprisals
against her person. Self-abortion shall be taught and practised
after two children are born to a woman; such records shall be
contained in the personal-file of each woman in the One World
Government's regional-computers. If a woman falls pregnant after she
has previously given birth to two children, she shall be forcibly
removed to an abortion-clinic for such an abortion and sterilisation
to be carried out.
Pornography shall be
promoted and be compulsory showing in every theatre of cinema,
homosexual and lesbian
pornography. The use of "recreational" drugs shall be compulsory,
with each person allotted drug-quotas which can be purchased at One
World Government stores throughout the world. Mind-control-drugs
will be expanded and usage become compulsory. Such
mind-control-drugs shall be given in food and/or water-supplies
without the knowledge and/or consent of the people. Drug-bars shall
be set up, run by One World Government employees, where the
slave-class shall be able to spend their free-time. In this manner
the non-elite masses will be reduced to the level and behaviour of
controlled animals with no will of their own and easily regimented
The economic-system shall be
based upon the ruling oligar-ethical class allowing just enough
foods and services to be produced to keep the mass slave-labour-camps
going. All wealth shall be aggregated in the hands of the elite
members of the The Committee of 300. Each individual shall be
indoctrinated to understand that he or she is totally-dependent upon
the state for survival. The world shall be ruled by Committee of 300
Executive Decrees which become instant law. Boris Yeltsin is using
The Committee of 300 decrees to impose the Committee's will on
Russia as a trial-run. Courts of punishment and not courts of
justice shall exist. Industry is to be totally destroyed along with
nuclear-powered energy-systems. Only the The Committee of 300
members and their elitists shall have the right to any of the
earth's resources. Agriculture shall be solely in the hands of the
The Committee of 300 with food-production strictly controlled. As
these measures begin to take effect, large populations in the cities
shall be forcibly-removed to remote areas and those who refuse to go
shall be exterminated in the manner of the One World Government
experiment carried-out by Pol Pot in Cambodia.
Euthanasia for the
terminally-ill and the aged shall be compulsory. No cities shall be
larger than a predetermined number as described in the work of
Kalgeri. Essential-workers will be moved to other cities if the one
they are in becomes overpopulated. Other non-essential workers will
be chosen at random and sent to under-populated cities to fill
At least 4 billion "useless
eaters" shall be eliminated by the year 2050 by means of limited
wars, organised epidemics of fatal rapid-acting diseases and
starvation. Energy, food and water shall be kept at
subsistence-levels for the non-elite, starting with the
White-populations of Western Europe and North America and then
spreading to other races. The population of Canada, Western Europe
and the United States will be decimated more rapidly than on other
continents, until the world's population reaches a manageable-level
of 1 billion, of which 500 million will consist of Chinese and
Japanese races, selected because they are people who have been
regimented for centuries and who are accustomed to obeying authority
From time to time there
shall be artificially-contrived food and water shortages and
medical-care to remind the masses that their very existence depends
on the goodwill of the The Committee of 300.
After the destruction of
housing, auto, steel and heavy-goods-industries, there shall be
limited housing, and industries of any kind allowed to remain shall
be under the direction of NATO's Club of Rome as shall all
scientific and space exploration development, limited to the elite
under the control of the The Committee of 300. Space-weapons of all
former nations shall be destroyed along with nuclear-weapons.
All essential and
non-essential pharmaceutical-products, doctors, dentists and
health-care workers will be registered in the central-computer
data-bank and no medicine or medical-care will be prescribed without
express permission of regional-controllers responsible for each
city, town and village.
The United States will be
flooded by peoples of alien cultures who will eventually overwhelm
White America; people with no concept of what the United States
Constitution stands for and who will, in consequence, do nothing to
defend it, and in whose minds the concept of liberty and justice is
so weak as to matter little. FOOD and shelter shall be the main
concern. No central bank except the Bank of International Settlement
and the World Bank shall be allowed to operate. Private banks will
be outlawed. Remuneration for work-performed shall be under a
uniform predetermined-scale throughout the One World Government.
There shall be no wage-disputes allowed, nor any diversion from the
standard uniform scales of pay laid-down by the One World
Government. Those who break the law will be instantly executed.
There shall be no cash or
coinage in the hands of the non-elite. All transactions shall be
carried out by means of a debit-card which shall bear the
identification-number of the holder. Any person who in any way
infringes the rules and regulations of the Committee of 300 shall
have the use of his or her card suspended for varying times
according to the nature and severity of the infringement.
Such persons will find, when
they go to make purchases, that their card is blacklisted and they
will not be able to obtain services of any kind. Attempts to trade
"old" coins, that is to say silver coins of previous and now defunct
nations, shall be treated as a capital-crime subject to the
death-penalty. All such coinage shall be required to be surrendered
within a given time along with guns, rifles, explosives and
automobiles. Only the elite and One World Government high-ranking
functionaries will be allowed private transport, weapons, coinage
If the offence is a
serious-one, the card will be seized at the checking-point where it
is presented. Thereafter that person shall not be able to obtain
food, water, shelter and employment medical-services, and shall be
officially-listed as an outlaw. Large bands of outlaws will thus be
created and they will live in regions that best afford subsistence,
subject to being hunted-down and shot on sight. Persons assisting
outlaws in any way whatsoever, shall likewise be shot. Outlaws who
fail to surrender to the police or military after a declared period
of time, shall have a former family-member selected at random to
serve prison-terms in their stead.
Rival factions and
groups such as Arabs and Jews and African tribes shall have
differences magnified and be allowed to wage wars-of-extermination
against each other, under the eyes of NATO and
observers. The same tactics will be used in Central and South
America. These wars-of-attrition shall take place BEFORE the
take-over of the One World Government and shall be engineered on
every continent where large groups of people with ethnic and
religious differences live, such as the Sikhs, Moslem Pakistanis and
the Hindu Indians. Ethnic and religious differences shall be
magnified and exacerbated and violent conflict as a means of
"settling" their differences shall be encouraged and fostered.
All information-services and
print-media shall be under the control of the One World Government.
Regular brainwashing-control-measures shall be passed-off as
"entertainment" in the manner in which it was practised and became a
fine-art in the United States. Youths removed from "disloyal
parents", shall receive special-education designed to brutalise
them. Youth of both sexes shall receive training to qualify as
prison-guards for the One World labour-camp system. It is obvious
from the foregoing that much work remains to be done before the
dawning of the New World Order can occur. The The Committee of 300
has long-ago perfected plans to destabilise civilisation as we know
it, some of which plans were made known by Zbigniew Brzezinski in
his classic work "THE TECHNOTRONIC ERA" and the works of Aurellio
Peccei who founded the Club of Rome, especially in his book, "THE
In "THE CHASM AHEAD", Peccei
spelled out Committee of 300 plans to tame man, whom he called "THE
ENEMY". Peccei quoted what Felix Dzerzinski once said to Sydney
Reilly at the height of the Red Terror when millions of Russians
were being murdered: "Why should I concern myself with how many die?
Even the Christian Bible says what is man that God should be mindful
of him? For me men are nothing but a brain at one end and a
shit-factory at the other."
It was from this
brutish view of man that Emmanuel The Christ came to rescue the
world. Sydney Reilly was the
sent to watch-over Dzerzinski's activities. Reilly was allegedly
shot by his friend Felix while attempting to flee Russia. The
elaborate plot was devised when certain members of the British
Parliament raised a hue-and-cry and began to loudly demand an
accounting of Reilly's activities in Russia; which threatened to
expose the role of the The Committee of 300 in gaining-control of
the Baku oil-fields and its major role in assisting Lenin and
Trotsky during the Bolshevik Revolution. Rather than have the truth
dragged-out of Reilly,
it expedient to stage his death. Reilly lived out his days in utter
luxury in a Russian villa usually reserved for the Bolshevik-elite.
Arguing that chaos would
ensue unless the "Atlantic Alliance", a euphemism for the The
Committee of 300 ruled post-industrial America, Peccei proposed a
Malthusian triaging on a global scale. He envisioned a collision
between the scientific-technological-military apparatus of the
Soviet Union and the Western world. Thus the Warsaw Pact countries
were to be offered a convergence with the West in a One World
Government to run global-affairs on the foundations of
crisis-management and global-planning.
Events unfolding in what was
formerly the USSR and the emergence of several independent-states in
a loose federation in Russia, is exactly what was envisaged by
Peccei and the Club of Rome and this is clearly spelled-out in both
the books I have mentioned. A USSR thus divided will be easier to
cope-with, than a strong, united Soviet nation. Plans that were
laid-down by the The Committee of 300 for a One World Government,
which included the prospect of a divided Russia, are now approaching
a point of rapid escalation. Events in Russia at the close of 1991
are all the more dramatic when viewed against the 1960
long-range-planning by the The Committee of 300.
In Western Europe the
people are working toward a federation of states within a
one-government framework with a single currency. From there the EEC
system will be transferred bit by bit to the United States and
The United Nations
is being slowly but surely transformed into a rubber-stamp of One
World Government, with policies dictated to it by the United States,
as we saw in the case of the Gulf War. Precisely the same thing is
happening with the British Parliament. Discussion on Britain's
participation in the Gulf War was kept to a ridiculously minimal
level and belatedly took place only during a motion to adjourn the
House. This has neverhappened before in the ancient history of
parliament, where so important a decision had to be made and so
little time was allowed for discussion. One of the most noteworthy
events in parliamentary history has gone virtually unnoticed.
'And the Word of the "I AM" came unto me, saying, Son of man,
prophesy against the prophets of Israel that prophesy, and say thou
unto them that prophesy out of their own hearts, Hear ye the Word of
the "I AM"; Thus saith the Lord "I AM"; Woe unto the foolish
prophets (politicians), that follow their own spirit, and have seen
nothing! O Israel (Britain and USA - the Two Witnesses and related
nations), thy prophets (politicians) are like the "foxes in the
deserts" (Operation "Desert Fox"[?]). Ye have not gone up into the
gaps, neither made up the hedge for the "House of Israel" (the Ten
"Lost" Tribes of Israel, which include and are led by America and
Britain) to stand in the battle in The Day of the "I AM"
(Armageddon). They have seen vanity and lying divination, saying,
The "I AM" saith: and the "I AM" hath not sent them: and they have
made [others] to hope that their words would be confirmed. Have ye
not seen a vain vision, and have ye not spoken a lying divination,
whereas ye say, The "I AM" saith [it]; albeit I have not spoken?
Therefore thus saith the Lord "I AM"; Because ye have spoken vanity,
and seen lies, therefore, behold, I [am] against you, saith the Lord
"I AM". And Mine hand shall be upon the prophets (politicians) that
see vanity, and that divine lies: they shall not be in the assembly
of My people, neither shall they be written in the writing of the
"House of Israel", neither shall they enter into the land of Israel;
and ye shall know that I [am] the Lord "I AM". Because, even because
they have seduced My people, saying, Peace; and [there was] NO
peace; and one built up a wall (U.N
.O. and NATO), and, lo, others daubed it with untempered [mortar]:
Say unto them which daub [it] with untempered [mortar], that it
shall fall: there shall be an overflowing shower; and ye, O great
hailstones, shall fall; and a stormy wind (Operation "Desert
Storm"[?]) shall rend [it]. Lo, when the wall is fallen, shall it
not be said unto you, Where [is] the daubing wherewith ye have
daubed [it]? Therefore thus saith the Lord "I AM"; I will even rend
[it] with a stormy wind in my fury; and there shall be an
overflowing shower in Mine anger, and great hailstones in [My] fury
to consume [it]. So will I break down the wall (U.N
.) that ye have daubed with untempered [mortar], and bring it down
to the ground, so that the (Illuminati - Olympian) foundation
thereof shall be discovered, and it shall fall, and ye shall be
consumed in the midst thereof: and ye shall know that I [am] the "I
AM". Thus will I accomplish My wrath upon the wall (U.N
.O. and NATO), and upon them that have daubed it with untempered
[mortar], and will say unto you, The wall [is] no [more], neither
they that daubed it . . . .' -
God, Ezekiel 13:1-15.
We are close to the
point where the United States will send its military-forces to
settle any and all disputes brought before the United Nations.
Departing Secretary General Perez de Cuellar, heavily-laden with
bribe-money, was the most compliant
U.N . leader
in history in granting demands of the United States without
discussion. His successor will be even more inclined to go along
with whatever the U.S. government places before him. This is an
important step along the road to a One World Government.
The International Court of
Justice at The Hague will be used in increasing measure in the next
two years to settle legal-arguments of all types. It is of course
the prototype for a One World Government legal-system that will
supplant all others. As for central banks, essential in the planning
of the New World Order, this is already very much a fait-accompli
with the Bank of International Settlements dominating the scene at
the close of 1991. Private banks are fast disappearing in
preparation for the Big Ten banks that will control banking the
world over under the guidance of BIS and the IMF.
Welfare-states abound in
Europe, and the United States is fast becoming the largest
welfare-state in the world. Once people come to depend on government
for their subsistence, it will be very hard to wean them away from
it as we saw in the results of the last mid-term election held in
the United States where 98% of incumbents were returned to
Washington to enjoy the good-life in spite of their utterly
The abolition of
privately-owned firearms is already in force in three quarters of
the world. Only in the United States can the populace still own guns
of all types, but that legal right is being chipped-away at an
alarming rate by local and state laws which violate the
Constitutional Right of all citizens to bear arms. Private
gun-ownership will have become a thing of the past in the United
States by the year 2010.
SIMILARLY, EDUCATION IS
BEING ERODED AT AN ALARMING RATE. PRIVATE SCHOOLS ARE BEING FORCED
TO CLOSE BY A VARIETY OF LEGAL-STRATAGEMS AND LACK OF FUNDING. The
standard of education in the United States has already sunk to such
a deplorable level that today it can barely be classified as
education at all. This is according to plan; as I described earlier,
the One World Government does not want our youth to be properly
national-identity proceeds apace. It is no-longer a good-thing to be
patriotic, unless it is in the cause of some One World Government
project such as the war-of-genocide being waged against the nation
of Iraq, or the impending destruction of Libya. Racial pride is now
frowned-upon and deemed to be an illegal-act in many parts of the
world, INCLUDING THE UNITED STATES, BRITAIN, WESTERN EUROPE AND
CANADA; ALL COUNTRIES HAVING THE LARGEST CONCENTRATIONS OF THE WHITE
Led by the secret
societies in America, destruction of republican forms of government
has proceeded apace, since the close of
WW II. A list
of such governments destroyed by the U.S. is long, and it is
difficult for the non-informed to accept that government of a
country, allegedly wedded to republicanism under a unique
constitution, would engage in such conduct, but the facts speak for
This is a goal which was
set, over a century ago, by the The Committee of 300. The United
States has led the attacks on such governments and continues to do
so, even as the United States republican base is being steadily
undermined. Starting with James Earl Carter's legal-counsel, Lloyd
Cutler; a committee of constitutional-lawyers has been working to
change the U.S. Congress into a non-representative
parliamentary-system. Work has been in progress since 1979 on the
blueprint for such a change, and because of his devotion to the
cause, Cutler was made a member of the The Committee of 300. The
final draft for a parliamentary-type of government is to be
presented to the The Committee of 300 at the end of 1993.
In the new
parliamentary-system, members will not be responsible to their
constituents, but to parliamentary-whips and will vote the way they
are told to vote. Thus, by judicial and bureaucratic subversion the
Constitution will vanish, as will individual liberty. Pre-planned
degrading of man through licentious sexual-practices will be
stepped-up. New sexually-degenerate cults are even-now being set up
by the British Crown - working through the SIS and
As we already know, all cults operating in the world today are the
product of British intelligence, acting for the oligarchical rulers.
We may think this phase of
creating a whole new cult which specialises in sexual-degenerate-behaviour
is still far-off, but my information is that it is due to be
stepped-up in 1992. By 1994 it will be quite commonplace to have
"live shows" in the most prestigious clubs and places of
entertainment. This type of "entertainment" is already in the
process of having its image cleaned and brightened.
Soon the big names in
Hollywood and the entertainment-world will be recommending this or
that club as a "must" for live sex-shows.
Lesbianism and homosexuality
will not be featured. This new socially-acceptable "entertainment"
will consist of heterosexual-displays and will be written-up in
reviews as one finds in today's newspapers about shows on Broadway,
or the latest hit movie.
An unprecedented assault on
moral-values will go into high-gear in 1992. Pornography will no
longer be called "pornography", but adult-sex-entertainment.
Sloganeering will take the form of "why hide it when everybody does
it. Let's take away the image that public displays of sex are ugly
and dirty". No more will those who care for this type of unbridled
sexual-lust have to go to seedy porno-parlours. Instead, the
upper-class supper-clubs and places favoured by the rich and famous
will make public sexual-displays a highly "artistic" form of
entertainment. Worse yet, some church "leaders" will even recommend
The voluminous all-pervading
and enormous social-psychiatry-apparatus put in place by the
Tavistock Institute and its huge web of related capabilities has
been under the control of one single entity, and that entity is
still in control as we enter 1992. That single entity, the
conspirators' hierarchy, is called THE The Committee of 300. It is a
power-structure and a power-centre that operates far-beyond the
reach of any single world leader or any government, including the
United States government and its Presidents - as the late John F.
Kennedy found out. The Kennedy murder was an operation of the The
Committee of 300 and we shall return to that.
The The Committee of 300 is
the ultimate secret society made up of an untouchable ruling class,
which includes the Queen of England, the Queen of the Netherlands,
the Queen of Denmark and the royal families of Europe. These
aristocrats decided at the death of Queen Victoria, the matriarch of
the Venetian Black Guelphs, that, in order to gain world-wide
control, it would be necessary for its aristocratic-members to "go
into business" with the non-aristocratic but extremely powerful
leaders of corporate-business on a global-scale, and so the doors to
ultimate-power were opened to what the Queen of England likes to
refer to as "the commoners".
From my days in the
intelligence-business I know that heads of foreign governments refer
to this all-powerful body as "The Magicians". Stalin coined his own
phrase to describe them: "The Dark Forces", and President
Eisenhower, who was never able to get beyond the "hofjuden" (court
Jew) grade, referred to it in a colossal understatement as "the
military-industrial complex". Stalin kept the USSR heavily-armed
with conventional and nuclear forces because he did not trust what
he called "the family". His ingrained-mistrust and fear of the
Committee of 300 proved to be well-founded.
especially the medium of movie-making, was used to bring discredit
upon those who tried to warn of this most dangerous threat to
individual liberty and freedom of mankind. Freedom is a God-given
Law which man has constantly sought to subvert and undermine; yet
the yearning for freedom by each individual is so great that up to
now, no system has been able to tear that feeling from the heart of
man. The experiments that have gone on in the USSR, Britain and the
USA, to blunt and dull man's yearnings for freedom, have thus far
proved to be unsuccessful.
But with the coming of the
New World Order-One World Government, far-reaching experiments will
be stepped-up to drive man's God-given yearning for freedom out of
his mind, body and soul. What we are already experiencing is but
nothing, a mere bagatelle, when compared with what is to come.
Attacking the soul is the thrust of a host of experiments being
readied, and I regret to say that institutions in the United States
will play a leading role in the terrible experiments which have
already been carried out on local small-scale levels at such places
as Bethesda Naval Hospital and Vacaville prison in California.
The movies we have seen thus
far include the James Bond series; the "Assassination Bureau"; the "Matarese
Circle" and so on. They were make-believe movies, designed to hide
the truth that such organisations do exist and on a far greater
scale than even Hollywood's fertile idea-men could dream-up.
Yet the Assassination Bureau
is absolutely real. It exists in Europe and the United States solely
to do the bidding of the The Committee of 300 to carry-out
high-level assassinations where all other remedies have failed. It
was PERMINDEX which ran the Kennedy-assassination under the
direction of Sir William Stephenson, for years the Queen of
England's number one "pest-control" operative.
Clay Shaw, a
contract-agent of the CIA, ran PERMINDEX out of the Trade Mart
Centre in New Orleans. Former New Orleans District Attorney Jim
Garrison came very close to cracking the Kennedy assassination-plot
up to the level of Clay Shaw until Garrison was "dealt with" and
Shaw was found not guilty of involvement in the Kennedy
assassination-plot. The fact that Shaw was eliminated in the manner
of Jack Ruby, another
agent - both died of induced quick-acting cancer - speaks volumes
that Garrison was on the right track. (Jack Ruby died of cancer in
prison, in January 1967.)
assassination-bureau is located in Switzerland and was, until
recently, run by a shadowy figure of whom no photographs existed
after 1941. The operations were and probably still are financed by
the Oltramaire family - Swiss Black Nobility, owners of the Lombard
Odier Bank of Geneva, a The Committee of 300 operation. The primary
contact-man was Jacques Soustelle - this according to U.S. Army-G2
This group was also
closely-allied with Allen Dulles and Jean de Menil, an important
member of the The Committee of 300 and a very prominent name in the
oil-industry in Texas. Army-G2 records show that the group was
heavily involved in the arms-trade in the Middle East, but more than
that, the assassination-bureau made no less than 30 attempts to
assassinate General de Gaulle, in which Jacques Soustelle was
directly-involved. The same Soustelle was the contact-man for the
Sendero Luminosa-Shining Pathway guerrilla-group protecting the
Committee's Peruvian cocaine-producers.
When all of the best
that the assassination-bureau could do had failed, thanks to the
excellent work done by DGSE (French intelligence-formerly SDECE) the
job was assigned to
Military Intelligence Department Six, and also known as Secret
Intelligence Service (SIS), under the code-name "Jackal". SDECE
employed clever young graduates and was not infiltrated by
MI6 or the
KGB to any measurable extent. Its record in tracking-down
foreign-agents made it the envy of the secret-services of every
nation, and it was this group that followed "Jackal" to his final
destination and then killed him before he could fire on General de
It was the SDECE who
uncovered a Soviet mole in the cabinet of De Gaulle, who also
happened to be a liaison-man with the
Langley. In order to discredit the SDECE, Allen Dulles, who hated De
Gaulle (the feeling was mutual), had one of its agents, Roger De
Louette, caught with $12 million worth of heroin in his possession.
After a great deal of expert "interrogation", De Louette "confessed"
but was unable to say why he was smuggling drugs into the United
States. The whole thing stank to high heaven of a set-up.
Based upon an
examination of SDECE methods in protecting De Gaulle, especially in
motorcades, the FBI, Secret Service and the
exactly how to strip President Kennedy of his security and make it
easy for the three PERMINDEX shooters to murder him in Dealey Plaza
in November 1963.
Another example of FACT
disguised as fiction is the Leon Uris novel, "TOPAZ". In "TOPAZ" we
find a factual-account of the activities of Thyraud de Vosjoli, the
very KGB agent uncovered by SDECE and denounced as the KGB's
liaison-man with the CIA. There are many fictionalised-accounts of
the MOSSAD's activities, nearly all of which are based on fact.
The MOSSAD is also known as
"The Institute". Many would-be writers make nonsensical statements
about it, especially one writer who is much in favour with the
Christian right wing, which is accepted as truth. One can pardon the
offender because he has no intelligence-training, but that does not
stop him from dropping "Mossad names" all over the place.
dis-information-exercises are routinely run against American right
wing patriotic-groups. Originally the MOSSAD consisted of three
groups, the Bureau of Military Intelligence, the Political
Department of the Foreign Office and the Department of Security
(Sherut Habitachon). David Ben Gurion, a member of the The Committee
of 300, received some considerable help from
putting it together.
But it was not a
success, and in 1951 Sir William Stephenson of
restructured it into a single unit as arm of the Political
Department of the Israeli Foreign Office, with a
special-operations-group for espionage and "black job" operations.
British intelligence gave further assistance in training and
equipping for servicing the Sarayet Maktal, also known as the
General Staff Reconnaissance-unit, in the format of Britain's
Special Air Service (SAS). This service-unit of the MOSSAD is never
mentioned by name and is known simply as "The Guys".
"The Guys" are merely an
extension of British intelligence's SAS unit, who continually train
and update them in new methods. It was "The Guys" who killed the
leaders of the P.L.0. and kidnapped Adolph Eichmann. "The Guys" and
indeed ALL MOSSAD agents, operate on a war-time footing. The MOSSAD
has a tremendous advantage over other intelligence-services in that
every country in the world has a large Jewish-community.
By studying social and
criminal-records, the MOSSAD is able to pick agents among local Jews
it can have a hold over AND MAKE THEM WORK FOR IT WITHOUT PAY. The
MOSSAD also has the advantage of having access to the records of all
U.S. law-enforcement-agencies and U.S. intelligence-services. The
Office of Naval Intelligence (OM) ELINT services the Mossad at no
cost to Israel. Citizens of the United States would be shocked,
angered and dismayed if ever it was discovered just how much the
MOSSAD knows about the lives of millions of Americans, in every walk
of life, even those who are not political in any way.
The first head of the
MOSSAD, Reuben Shiloach, was made a member of the The Committee of
300, but it is not known whether his successor enjoyed the same
privilege. Chances are that he does. The MOSSAD has a skilful
dis-information service. The amount of dis-information it feeds to
the American "market" is embarrassing, but even more embarrassing is
how it is swallowed, hook, line and sinker, and all.
What we are actually
witnessing in the microcosm of the MOSSAD is the extent of control
exercised by the "Olympians" via the intelligence-services,
entertainment, publishing, opinion-making (polls) and the television
"news" media on a global scale. Ted Turner was recently given a seat
on the The Committee of 300 in recognition for his "news" (making)
CNN broadcasts. The Committee has the power and the means to tell
the people of this world ANYTHING, and it will be believed by the
On every occasion that a
researcher happens upon this astounding central-control-group, he is
either successfully bought-off, or else he undergoes some
"speciality-training" at the Tavistock Institute after which he
becomes a contributor to more fiction, of the James Bond type, i.e.,
he is derailed and well-rewarded. If such a person as John F.
Kennedy should stumble onto the truth about who directs
world-events, and cannot be bought, he is assassinated.
In the case of John F.
Kennedy, the assassination was carried out with great attendant
publicity and with the utmost brutality to serve as a warning to
world-leaders not to get out of line. Pope John Paul I was quietly
murdered because he was getting close to the The Committee of 300
through Freemasons in the
His successor, Pope John Paul II, was publicly humiliated as a
warning to cease and desist - which he has done. As we shall see,
leaders are today seated on the The Committee of 300.
It is easy to put
serious researchers off-track of the The Committee of 300 because
promotes a wide variety of kookery, such as the New Age, Yogaism,
Zen Buddhism, Witchcraft, Delphic Priesthood of Apollo (Aristotle
was a member) and hundreds of small "cults" of all kinds. A group of
"retired" British intelligence-agents who stayed on the track
labelled the conspirators' hierarchy "Force X", and declared that it
possesses a super-intelligence-service that has corrupted the KGB,
Intelligence, the CIA, the ONI, DGSE, U.S. military-intelligence,
the State Department intelligence-service and even the most secret
of all U.S. intelligence-agencies, the Office of National
The existence of the
National Reconnaissance Office (NRO) was known to only a handful of
people outside of the Committee of 300, until Truman stumbled upon
it quite by accident. Churchill had a hand in setting up the NRO and
he was reportedly livid when Truman discovered its existence.
Churchill more than any other servant of the The Committee of 300,
considered Truman, His-Little-Man from Independence "without an
independence at all". This referred to Truman's every move being
controlled by Freemasonry. Even today, NRO's annual-budget is not
known to the Congress of the United States, and it is responsible to
only a selected-few in Congress. But it is a creature of the
Committee of 300 to whom its reports are routinely sent every few
Thus the fictionalised-spoofs
one sees about the various branches and arms of control of the
Committee were designed to take suspicion away from the real thing,
but we should never doubt that the real thing does indeed exist.
Take another example of what I mean; the book "THE DAY OF THE
JACKAL", from which a highly successful movie was created. The
events related in the book are factual. Although for obvious reasons
the names of some of the players and the locales were changed, but
the thrust of the story, that a single
was assigned to get rid of General Charles De Gaulle, is absolutely
correct. General De Gaulle had become unmanageable, refusing to
co-operate with the Committee - whose existence he knew very well,
since he had been invited to join it - came to a climax when De
Gaulle withdrew France from NATO and immediately began building his
own nuclear-force - the so-called "force de frappe".
This so-angered the
Committee that De Gaulle's assassination was ordered. But the French
secret-intelligence-service was able to intercept "Jackal's" plans
and keep De Gaulle safe. In the light of the record of
MI6, which I
might add is the The Committee of 300's main resource when it comes
to intelligence, the work done by French-intelligence borders on the
Department Six dates back to Sir Francis Walsingham, paymaster of
Queen Elizabeth I for dirty-tricks-operations. Over hundreds of
established a record which no other intelligence-agency can come
near to duplicating.
have gathered information from the four corners of the earth and
have carried-out secret-operations that would astound even the most
knowledgeable if ever they were to be made public, which is why it
rates as the Master service of the The Committee of 300.
MI6 does not
exist, its budget comes out of the Queen's purse and "private
funds", and is reported to be in a range of $350-$500 million per
annum, but no-one knows for sure what the exact amount is. In its
back to 1911, when it was under the leadership of Sir Mansfield
Cumming, a captain in the Royal Navy, who was always identified by
the letter "C", from which "M" of James Bond fame is taken.
No official-record of
failures and successes exist - it is that secret, although
the Burgess-Maclean-Blake-Blunt disasters did great damage to the
Unlike other services, future-members are recruited from
universities and other areas of learning by highly-skilled
"talent-scouts" as we saw in the case of Rhodes Scholars inducted
into the Round Table. One of the requirements is an ability to speak
foreign languages. Candidates undergo a rigorous "blooding".
With the backing of such a
formidable force, the Committee of 300 had little fear from ever
being exposed, and this will go on for decades. What makes the
Committee incredible is the incredible secrecy that prevails. None
of the news-media has ever made mention of this
conspiratorial-hierarchy; therefore, as is to be expected, people
doubt its existence.
THE COMMITTEE'S STRUCTURE
The The Committee of 300 is
for the most part under the control of the British monarch, in this
case, Elizabeth II. Queen Victoria is believed to have been quite
paranoid about keeping it secret and went to great lengths to
cover-up MASONIC writings left at the scene of "Jack the Ripper"
murders which alluded to the The Committee of 300's connections with
"experiments" carried out by a family-member who was also a
highly-placed member of the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry. The The
Committee of 300 is filled with members of British aristocracy which
has corporate-interests and associates in every country of the
world, including the USSR.
The Committee's structure is
The Tavistock Institute at
Sussex University and London-sites is owned and controlled by the
Royal Institute for International Affairs whose "hofjuden" in
America is Henry Kissinger. The EAGLE STAR GROUP, which changed its
name to the STAR GROUP after the close of the Second World War, is
composed of a group of major international companies involved in
overlapping and interfaced areas (1) Insurance, (2) Banking, (3)
Real-Estate, (4) Entertainment, (5) High-technology, including
cybernetics, electronic-communications, etc.
Banking, while not the
mainstay, is vitally-important, especially in the areas where banks
act as clearing-houses and money-launderers of drug-money. The main
"big name banks" are The Bank of England, the Federal Reserve Banks,
Bank of International Settlements, the World Bank and the Hong Kong
and Shanghai Bank. American Express Bank is a means of recycling
drug-dollars. Each of these banks is affiliated with and/or controls
hundreds of thousands of large and small banks throughout the world.
Banks large and small in the
thousands are in the The Committee of 300 network, including Banca
Commerciale d'Italia, Banca Privata, Banco Ambrosiano (Roberto Calvi
- read "In God's Name" by David Yallop), the Netherlands Bank,
Barclays Bank, Banco del Colombia, Banco de Ibero-America. Of
special-interest is Banca del la Svizzeria Italiana (BSI) - since it
handles flight-capital-investments to and from the United States -
primarily in dollars and U.S. bonds - located and isolated in
"neutral" Lugano, the flight-capital-centre for the Venetian Black
Nobility. Lugano is not in Italy or in Switzerland, and is a kind of
a twilight-zone for shady flight-capital-operations. George Ball,
who owns a large block of stock in BSI, is a prominent "insider" and
the bank's U.S. representative.
BCCI, BNL, Banco Mercantil
de Mexico, Banco Nacional de Panama, Bangkok Metropolitan Bank, Bank
Leumi, Bank Hapoalim, Standard Bank, Bank of Geneva, Bank of
Ireland, Bank of Scotland, Bank of Montreal, Bank of Nova Scotia,
Banque de Paris et Pays Bas, British Bank of the Middle-East and the
Royal Bank of Canada to name but a very small number in a huge-list
of "speciality" banks.
The Oppenheimers of South
Africa are much bigger "heavyweights" than the Rockefellers. For
instance, in 1981 Harry Oppenheimer, chairman of the giant Anglo
American Corporation that controls gold and diamond mining, sales
and distribution in the world, stated that he was about to launch
into the North American banking-market. Oppenheimer promptly
invested $10 billion in a specially created vehicle for the purpose
of buying into big banks in the U.S., among which was Citicorp.
Oppenheimer's investment-vehicle was called Minorco, which
set-up-shop in Bermuda, a British royal family preserve. On the
board of Minorco was to be found Walter Wriston of Citicorp and
Robert Clare, its chief counsel.
The only other company to
rival Oppenheimer in the field of precious metals and minerals was
Consolidated Gold Fields of South Africa, but Oppenheimer took
control of it with a 28% stake - the largest single stockholder.
Thus gold, diamonds, platinum, titanium, tantalite, copper,
iron-ore, uranium and 52 other metals and minerals, many of them of
absolutely-vital strategic value to United States, passed into the
hands of the The Committee of 300.
Thus was the vision of one
of the earlier South African members of the The Committee of 300,
Cecil John Rhodes, fully-realised; a vision which started with the
spilling of the blood of thousands upon thousands of White farmers
and their families in South Africa, whom history records as the
"Boers". While the United States stood-by with folded-hands as did
the rest of the world, this small nation was subjected to the most
vicious war of genocide in history. The United States will be
subjected to the same treatment by the The Committee of 300 when our
turn comes and it will not be long in coming.
Insurance-companies play a
key-role in the business of the The Committee of 300. Among these
are found such top insurance-companies as Assicurazioni Generali of
Venice and Riunione Adriatica di Sicurta, the largest and
second-largest insurance-companies in the world, who keep their
bank-accounts at Bank of International Settlements in Swiss
gold-francs. Both control a multiplicity of investment-banks whose
turnover in stocks on Wall Street double that of U.S. investors.
Prominent on the board of
these two insurance giants are The Committee of 300 members: the
Giustiniani family, Black Nobility of Rome and Venice who trace
their lineage to the Emperor Justianian; Sir Jocelyn Hambro of
Hambros (Merchant) Bank; Pierpaolo Luzzatti Fequiz, whose lineage
dates back six centuries to the most ancient Luzzatos, the Black
Nobility of Venice, and Umberto Ortolani of the ancient Black
Nobility family of the same name.
Other old Venetian Black
Nobility The Committee of 300 members and board-members of ASG and
RAS are the Doria family, the financiers of the Spanish Hapsburgs,
Elie de Rothschild of the French Rothschild family, Baron August von
Finck (Finck, the second richest man in Germany is now deceased),
Franco Orsini Bonacassi of the ancient Orsini Black Nobility that
traces its lineage to an ancient Roman Senator of the same name, the
Alba family whose lineage dates back to the great Duke of Alba, and
Baron Pierre Lambert, a cousin of the Belgian Rothschild family.
The English companies
controlled by the British royal family are Eagle Star, Prudential
Assurance Company, the Prudential Insurance Company, which own and
control most American insurers, including Allstate Insurance. At the
head of the list is Eagle Star, probably the most powerful "front"
for Military Intelligence Department Six (MI6).
Eagle Star, although nowhere near as large as Assicurazioni Generale,
is perhaps equally important simply because it is owned by members
of the Queen of England's family and, as titular head of the
Committee of 300, Eagle Star makes a tremendous impact. Eagle Star
is more than a major "front" for
MI6, it is
also a "front" for major British banks, including Hill-Samuels, N.
M. Rothschild and Sons (one of the gold-price "fixers" who meet
daily in London), and Barclays Bank (one of the funders of the
African National Congress-ANC). It can be said with a great degree
of accuracy that the most powerful British oligarchical families
created Eagle Star as a vehicle for "black operations" against those
who oppose The Committee of 300 policies.
Unlike the CIA,
British law makes it a serious crime to name
officials, so the following is only a partial-list of "top brass" of
MI6, who are
(or were) also members of the The Committee of 300:
Sir Brian Edward
Sir Kenneth Keith.
Sir Kenneth Strong.
All of the fore-going are
(or were) heavily involved in key The Committee of 300 companies
which interface with literally thousands of companies engaged in
every branch of commercial activity as we shall see.
Some of these
companies include Rank Organisation, Xerox Corporation, ITT, IBM,
NBC, BBC and CBC in communications, Raytheon, Textron, Bendix,
Atlantic Richfield, British Petroleum, Royal Dutch Shell, Marine
Midland Bank, Lehman Brothers, Kuhn Loeb, General Electric,
Westinghouse Corporation, United Fruit Company and a great many
MI6 ran a
large number of these companies through British-intelligence
stationed in the
in New York, which was the headquarters of its chief officer, Sir
William Stephenson. Radio Corporation of America (RCA)
was formed by G.E., Westinghouse, Morgan Guarantee and Trust (acting
for the British Crown), and United Fruit, back in 1919 as a British
president was J.P. Morgan's Owen Young, after whom the Young Plan
was named. In 1929 David Sarnoff was appointed to run
had acted as an assistant to Young at the 1919 Paris Peace
Conference where a fallen Germany was stabbed in the back by the
A network of Wall Street
banks and brokerage-houses takes care of the stock-market for the
Committee, and prominent among these are Blyth, Eastman Dillon, the
Morgan groups, Lazard Freres and Kuhn Loeb Rhodes. Nothing happens
on Wall Street that is not controlled by the Bank of England, whose
instructions are relayed through the Morgan groups and then put into
action through key brokerage-houses whose top-executives are
ultimately responsible for carrying-out Committee directives.
Before it overstepped the
limits laid down by Morgan Guarantee, Drexel Burnham Lambert was a
favourite of the Committee of 300. In 1981 almost every major
brokerage-house on Wall Street had sold-out to the Committee, Phibro
merging with Salomon Brothers. Phibro is the business-arm of the
Oppenheimers of Anglo American Corporation. By this
control-mechanism, the The Committee of 300 ensures that its members
and their far-flung business-corporations turned their investments
on Wall Street over at a rate of double that of the "non-insider"
Remember, some of the
richest families in the world live in Europe, so it is natural that
they should have a preponderance of members on the Committee. The
Von Thurn and Taxis family who once owned the German
postal-franchise, make David Rockefeller look like a very poor
relation. The Von Thurn und Taxis dynasty dates back 300 years and
generation after generation of family-members have had seats on the
Committee which they occupy to this day. We have already mentioned
by name many of the most wealthy Venetian Black Nobility members of
the The Committee of 300 and other names will be added as we come
across them in their various fields of endeavour. Now we shall
include some American members of the The Committee of 300 and try to
trace their affiliations and connections to the British Crown.
How can these facts be
verified? Actually, some of them cannot be verified because the
information comes straight out of intelligence-files, but with a lot
of legwork, there are many sources which can verify at least part of
the facts. The work would involve a diligent search of Dun and
Bradstreet Reference Book of Corporations, Standard and Poors,
British and American "Who's Who", with long hours of hard work in
cross-referencing names with their corporate affiliations.
The Committee of 300
corporations, banks, and insurance-companies operate under the
unified-command covering every conceivable matter of strategy and
cohesive action. The Committee is the ONLY organised power-hierarchy
in the world transcending all governments and individuals, however
powerful and secure they may feel themselves to be. This covers
finance, defence-matters and political-parties of all colours and
There is no entity the
Committee cannot reach and control, and that includes organised
religions of the world. This then, is the all powerful OLYMPIAN
GROUP whose power-base is in London and the City of London's
financial-centres with its grip on minerals, metals and precious
gems, cocaine, opium and pharmaceutical-drugs, rentier-financier
bankers, cult-promoters and founders of rock-music. The British
Crown is the control-point from which all things radiate. As the
saying goes, "They have a finger in every pie."
It is obvious that the
communications-field is tightly-controlled. Going back to
RCA, we find
that its directorate is composed of British-American
establishment-figures who feature prominently in other organisations
such as the CFR, NATO, the Club of Rome, the Trilateral Commission,
Skull and Bones,
Round Table, Milner Society and the Jesuits-Aristotle Society. Among
them was David Sarnoff who moved to London at the same time Sir
William Stephenson moved into the
in New York.
major-television-networks came as spin-offs from
especially the National Broadcasting Company (NBC) which was first,
closely followed by the
American Broadcasting Company (ABC)
in 1951. The third big-television-network was Columbia Broadcasting
System (CBS) which, like its sister-companies was, and still is,
dominated by British Intelligence. William Paley was trained in
mass-brainwashing-techniques at the Tavistock Institute prior to
being passed as qualified to head CBS. Thus, if we the people of the
United States but knew it, all our major-television-networks are
subject to British-oversight, and information they provide first
goes to London for clearance. It is interesting to note that the
Tavistock intelligence-paper written by Stanford Research Institute,
commonly-named "The Aquarian Conspiracy" was funded by donations
from all three major-television-networks.
All three major networks are
represented on the Committee of 300 and are affiliated with the
giant of the mass-communication business, the Xerox Corporation of
Rochester, New York, whose Robert M. Beck holds a seat on the
Committee. Beck is also a director of the Prudential Life Insurance
Company, which is a subsidiary of the London Prudential Assurance
Others on the board of Xerox
are Howard Clark of the American Express Company, one of the main
conduits for moving drug-money through "travellers-checks", former
Secretary of the Treasury, William Simon, and Sol Linowitz, who
negotiated the Panama Canal Treaties for the Committee. Linowitz is
important to the Committee by virtue of his long-standing expertise
in laundering drug-money through Marine Midland and the Hong Kong
and Shanghai Bank.
Another Xerox board-member
is Robert Sproull, who is of real interest because, as president of
the University of Rochester, he allowed the Tavistock Institute,
working through the CIA, to use the university's facilities for the
20-year MK-Ultra LSD experiments. Some 85 other universities in the
U.S. also allowed their facilities to be misused in this manner. As
giant-sized as Xerox is, it is dwarfed by the Rank Organisation, a
London-based conglomerate fully controlled by members of Queen
Notable members of the board
of Rank Organisation who are also members of the The Committee of
300 are the following:
Lord Helsby, chairman of the
drug-money clearing-house, Midland Bank. Helsby's other positions
include a directorship in the giant Imperial Group and the
Industrial and Commercial Finance Corporation.
Sir Arnold France, a
director of Tube Investments who runs the London
underground-train-service. France is also a director of the BANK OF
ENGLAND which has so much control over the Federal Reserve Banks.
Sir Dennis Mountain,
chairman of the mighty Eagle Star group and a director of English
Property Corp., one of the rentier-financier companies of the
British royal family. One such member is the Honourable Angus
Ogilvie, "Prince of Companies", who is married to Her Royal Highness
Princess Alexandria, sister of the Duke of Kent, leader of the
Scottish Rite of Freemasonry and who takes the place of the Queen
when she is outside of Britain. Ogilvie is a director of the Bank of
England and chairman of the giant LONRHO conglomerate. It was LONRHO
that ended the rule of Ian Smith in Rhodesia, so that he could be
replaced by Robert Mugabe. At stake was Rhodesia's chrome-mines
which produce the finest high-grade chrome-ore in the world.
Cyril Hamilton, chairman of
the Standard and Chartered Bank (the old Lord Milner-Cecil Rhodes
bank) and a board-member of the Bank of England. Hamilton is also on
the board of the Xerox Corporation, the Malta International Banking
Corporation (A Knights of Malta bank), a director of the Standard
Bank of South Africa - the largest bank in that country, and a
director of the Banque Belge d'Afrique.
Lord O'Brien of Lotherby,
past president of the British Bankers Association, director of
Morgan Grenfell - a powerful bank, director of Prudential Assurance,
director of J. P. Morgan, director of the Bank of England, a
board-member of the Bank of International Settlements, a director of
the giant Unilever conglomerate.
Sir Reay Geddes, chairman of
the giant Dunlop and Pirelli tyre companies, director of the Midland
and International Banks, director of the Bank of England. Note how
many of these powerful men are directors of the Bank of England,
which makes control of American fiscal-policies simple.
Many of these
organisations and institutions, companies and banks are so
interfaced and interlocked as to make it an almost impossible task
to sort them out. On
sits Thornton Bradshaw, president of Atlantic Richfield and a member
of NATO, World Wildlife Fund, the Club of Rome, The Aspen Institute
for Humanistic Studies, the Council on Foreign Relations. Bradshaw
is also chairman of NBC. The most important function of
its service to British Intelligence.
It is not generally
known how powerful was the role played by the The Committee of 300
in stopping the investigation into the
Senator McCarthy almost succeeded in pulling off. Had McCarthy been
successful, it is very likely that President John F. Kennedy would
be alive today.
When McCarthy said he was
going to summon William Bundy to appear before his commission of
inquiry, panic swept Washington and London. Bundy, had he been
called to testify, would most probably have cracked and opened the
door to the "special relations" that existed between British
oligarchical circles and their cousins in the United States
Such a possibility could not
be entertained. The Royal Institute of International Affairs was
called in to put-an-end to McCarthy. The RIIA chose Allen Dulles, a
man who was totally enamoured of decadent British society, to attack
McCarthy head-on. Dulles put Patrick Lyman and Richard Helms in
charge of the McCarthy-case. Helms was later rewarded for his
service against McCarthy by being made head of the CIA.
General Mark Clark, a member
of the CFR and a well-liked military-man in London circles, was
appointed by General Eisenhower to turn-back McCarthy's
full-fledged-attack on the CIA. McCarthy was pre-empted when Clark
announced that a special-committee was to be appointed to examine
the agency. Clark, on instructions from the RIIA, recommended a
Congressional watchdog-committee to "periodically examine the work
of government-intelligence-agencies". The whole thing was a super
tragedy for America and a victory for the British, who feared that
McCarthy would accidentally stumble onto the The Committee of 300
and its control over every aspect of United States affairs.
Loeb's former chairman, Peter G. Peterson, served under former
MI6 chief Sir
William Wiseman and as-such was no stranger to British royalty.
Peterson is tied in with Aspen Institute, yet another arm of British
John R. Petty is president
and chairman of the Marine Midland Bank - a bank whose drug-trade
connections have been well established long before it was taken over
by the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, probably the number one bank in
the opium-trade, a position it has held since 1814.
But the best proof I
can offer of the existence of the The Committee of 300 is the Rank
Organisation which, in conjunction with Eagle Star, IS THE BRITISH
CROWN. It is also the black-operations-centre of
Between them, these two The Committee of 300 companies control Her
Majesty's Dominion of Canada, using the "hofjuden" Bronfman family
to carry-out their orders.
Trizec Holdings, ostensibly
owned by the Bronfman family, is in reality the main asset of the
Queen of England's in Canada. The entire Southeast Asian opium-trade
interfaces with the Bronfman-empire and is one of the means whereby
heroin is brought to America. In a sense, Canada is like
Switzerland: pristine snow-covered landscapes, big cities, a place
of great beauty, but underneath lies a deep layer of filth and dirt
arising from its massive heroin-trade.
The Bronfman family
are "cut-outs" what is known in
"front-men" controlled from London by
"deskmen", intelligence-jargon for controllers at headquarters.
Edgar Bronfman, the family leader, was sent to "Moscow Centre" -
cover-name for the KGB headquarters at 2 Dzerzhinsky Square, Moscow,
on a large number of occasions.
At a low level,
Bronfman was probably very useful as a contact-man with Moscow.
Bronfman was never at any stage a contract-agent for
MI6 and so
never carried the title "Paroles", a key intelligence-word for
mutual identification between agents, which greatly disappointed the
eager Bronfman family-head. At one stage when it was thought that
some of the family were acting suspiciously, "watchers" -
intelligence-jargon for intelligence-officers keeping persons under
surveillance, were put on the Bronfman family, but found only that
one of the Bronfmans had been bragging to a United States "cousin"
MI6 uses for
the CIA) who was unaware of the role of Edgar Bronfman. This was
Two Eagle Star
directors, who were also the two top
operatives, took control of the Bronfman family about six months
after the war ended. Sir Kenneth Keith and Sir Kenneth Strong, whom
we have already met, legitimated the Bronfman family by setting up
Trizec Holdings. There is no-one in the world who can do a better
job of "fronting", through companies, than
Yet, like Switzerland, there
is a dirty-side to Canada that has been well-hidden from view by the
The Committee of 300 under cover of the Official Secrets Act, a
carbon-copy of the British law passed in 1913. Drugs,
dirty-money-laundering, crime and racketeering are all covered by
their infamous Act.
Not known to many is that,
if charged under the Official Secrets Act, which can be interpreted
any way the Crown-agents choose, persons could face the
death-penalty. As I have said so many times since 1980, Canada is
not a nation like South Africa, or Holland or Belgium; it always
was, and remains tied to the Queen of England's apron-strings.
Canada, we find, is always first in carrying-out Queen Elizabeth's
wishes. Canadian troops have fought in every one of Her Majesty's
wars, including the Boer War (1899-1903).
Like its American
counterpart, the Canadian Institute of International Affairs is a
child of the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA) and
runs Canadian-politics. Its members have filled the position of
Secretary of State ever since it was founded in 1925. The Institute
for Pacific Relations, the body that fostered the attack on Pearl
Harbour, was welcomed in Canada after Owen Lattimore and his
fellow-members had their treasonous activities exposed in 1947 and
left the United States before they could be charged.
The Canadian Institute
for International Affairs is connected with the Rank Organisation
through Sir Kenneth Strong, who was second-in-charge of
MI6 at the
end of the Second World War. As a member of the Order of St. John of
Jerusalem, Strong is the number-two man in Canada for Rank and the
British Crown's commercial-interests. He is on the board of one of
the most prolific drug-banks in the world after the Hong Kong and
Shanghai Bank, the Bank of Nova Scotia, through which proceeds of
the Canadian heroin-trade are handled.
First in line is Sir Brian
Edward Mountain, the ranking member of the Knights of the Order of
St. John of Jerusalem. It is well to remember that, when the British
Crown wanted the United States to enter the Second World War, it
sent Lord Beaverbrook and Sir Brian Mountain to meet with President
Roosevelt to deliver the Crown's orders in this regard. Roosevelt
complied by ordering the United States Navy to operate out of a base
in Greenland, from where attacks on German submarines were
carried-out nine months before Pearl Harbour. This was done without
the knowledge and consent of the Congress.
Another big name in the
Rank-Canadian interfacing was Sir Kenneth Keith, a director of
Canada's equivalent of the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, the Bank of
Nova Scotia, dripping in drug-money laundering. He was also on the
board of Britain's oldest and most venerable newspaper-institution,
the London Times and the Sunday Times. For over 100 years the
"Times" has been the Crown's voice on foreign-affairs,
finance-matters and political-life in England.
Like so many The
Committee of 300 members, Sir Kenneth circulated between
MI6 and the
opium-supply-chain, chain-of-command in Hong Kong and China,
ostensibly on business for the Canadian Institute for International
Affairs, of which he was a member. Furthermore, as a director of the
Hill Samuel banking-house, his presence in China and Hong Kong could
be explained without any problem. One of his closest associates
was Sir Philip de Zuleta, the Committee of 300's direct-controller
of all British prime-ministers, both Conservative and Labour. Sir
Kenneth Strong tied in all the spokes of the drug-wheel, including
terrorism, production of opium, the gold-markets,
dirty-money-laundering and banking to its central core, the British
At the top of British Crown
control of Canada was Walter Gordon. A former-member of the Queen's
hands-on oversight-committee, also known as the Privy Council,
Gordon sponsored the Institute for Pacific Relations via the
Canadian Institute of International Affairs. As a former minister of
finance, Gordon was able to place Committee of 300 selected
accountants and lawyers inside the three main chartered banks: the
Bank of Nova Scotia, the Canadian Imperial Bank and the Toronto
Through these three
"Crown Banks" a network of Committee of 300 agents responsible to
Gordon oversaw the world's second-largest dirty
drug-money-laundering-operation, with a direct open-door to China.
Before his death, Gordon controlled James Endicott, Chester Ronning
and Paul Linn, identified by
Canada's top "China specialists". All three men worked closely with
Chou-En-lai, who once told Gamal Abdul Nasser that he would do to
Britain and the USA what they had done to China, i.e., turn them
into nations of heroin-addicts. Chou-En-lai made good on his
promise, starting with American GI's in Vietnam. Other close
collaborators in the Canadian heroin drug-ring were John D. Gilmer
and John Robert Nicholson, both members of the Order of the Knights
of St. John of Jerusalem. Lord Hartley Shawcross, who is believed to
report directly to Queen Elizabeth II, was on the board of the Royal
Institute for International Affairs and chancellor of Sussex
University where the notorious Tavistock Institute for Human
Relations is located, with extensive connections in Canada.
As part of Rank's United
States operation, no other single company has been more successful
for Rank than the Corning Group, owners of the Metropolitan Life
Insurance Company and the New York Life Insurance Company. The
Committee of 300 members, Amory Houghton and his brother James
Houghton, have long served the British Crown through the above-named
insurance-companies, and Corning Glass, Dow Corning and Corning
International. Both sit on the board of IBM and Citicorp. James
Houghton is a director of the Princeton Institute for Advanced
Studies, a director of the J. Pierpont Morgan Library, a stronghold
of the RIIA and the CFR, and he is also a director of CBS.
It was the Houghton brothers
who donated hundreds of acres known as Wye Plantation in Maryland to
the British Crown's Aspen Institute. Also on the Corning Glass board
sits the Bishop of the Archdiocese of the Anglican (Episcopalian)
Church of Boston. All this gives the group its much-vaunted
air-of-respectability, which insurance-company executives must
carry, and as we shall see, in addition to James Houghton, Keith
Funston and John Harper, both on Corning's board, run the
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.
The MASSIVE gridding and
interfacing of just this one single unit of the The Committee of 300
will give us a good indication of the vast power at the disposal of
the conspirators' hierarchy, before which all knees are bowed,
including the knee of the President of the United States, whomever
that happens to be.
What is important to note is
how this American company, one of HUNDREDS, is interfaced with
British Intelligence, with Canada, the Far-East and South Africa,
not to mention its gridding of corporate-officials and directors
reaching into every aspect of business and politics in the United
Life Insurance Company does not begin to compare with the The
Committee of 300's giant Assicurazioni Generale, it is nevertheless
a good indicator of how the Houghtons' power extends right across
the business-spectrum of the U.S. and Canada. Starting with R. H.
Macy, (whose floor walkers no longer wear red carnations to honour
the company's affiliation with Communism), the Royal Bank of Canada,
National and Westminster Bank, Intertel (a virulent and vile private
intelligence-agency), Canadian Pacific, The Reader's Digest,
the Harvard Business School, W. R. Grace Shipping Company, Ralston
Purina Company, U.S. Steel, Irving Trust, Consolidated Edison of New
the ABC , the
Houghtons' power-grid extends as far as the Hong Kong and Shanghai
Another successful Rank
company in the United States is the Reliance Insurance Group. As an
integral-part of the Strategic Bombing Survey, Reliance established
the initial structural-base for brainwashing, opinion-making,
polling, survey and the systems-analysis used by the Tavistock
Institute in the United States. The Reliance Insurance Company,
based in Philadelphia, set up the corporate-structure which enabled
the Strategic Bombing Survey to be turned against the people of the
United States, who, although unaware of it, have been subjected to
savage psychological-warfare for the past 45 years.
A key-operative in
this assault on the United States was David Bialkin of the The
Committee of 300 law-firm, Wilkie, Farr and Gallagher. Bialkin ran
the Anti-Defamation League (ADL)
for many years. The
ADL is a
British intelligence-operation founded in the U.S. by
MI6 and run
by Saul Steinberg and Eric Trist of Tavistock. Saul Steinberg is the
U.S. representative and business-partner of the Jacob de Rothschild
family of London.
Reliance Corporation is home
for Carl Lindner who succeeded Eli Black when he "fell" from a 44th
floor window of a New York skyscraper. Reliance Company interfaces
with the powerful United Fruit Company of Boston and New Orleans run
by Max Fisber who, before he was sheep-dipped, was a well-known
Detroit underworld figure. United Fruit Company has long been a
conveyer of heroin and cocaine into the U.S. under the expertise of
Misbulam Riklis of Rapid American Corporation who masterminds
shipments from Canada to the U.S. Remember, all this is under the
aegis of a single company, gridding and interfacing with a myriad of
smaller companies and operations to give the The Committee of 300
full control of a multiplicity of operations, each one carefully
interlocked in the grid.
Reliance Group is a spin-off
of the parent-company whose function it is to brainwash the American
people through a network of pollsters and opinion-makers and relies
on Operations Research for direct-links with the Tavistock
Institute. Another associate company is Leasco, which is closely
interfaced with AT&T; Disclosure Incorporated; Western Union
International; Imbucon Ltd. and Yankelovich, Skelly and White.
Daniel Yankelovich is the
emperor of the polling/opinion-making corporate-structure in the
United States, a vast apparatus which provides "public-opinions on
social, economic and political-matters of substance," to quote
Edward Bernays. It was this vast apparatus that turned the majority
of Americans, who had never even heard of Saddam Hussein and vaguely
knew that Iraq was a country somewhere in the Middle East, into a
people howling for his blood and the extermination of Iraq as a
to the full, all knowledge gained during the Second World War. As a
second-generation warrior, Yankelovich has no equal, which is why
conducted by his company, are always in the forefront of
"public-opinion". The population of the United States was targeted
in the same manner of German worker-housing by attacking the sense
of reality. This technique is, of course, standard-training for
certain intelligence-groups, which includes the CIA.
Yankelovich's task was to
destroy traditional-American-values and replace them with New
Age/Age of Aquarius-values. As the Committee of 300's most senior
public-opinion-maker, no-one can doubt that Yankelovich has done a
Probably the best way
to explain what methods are used and what results are expected to be
achieved is to quote John Naisbitt's work, as explained in his
"Trend Report". Naisbitt has acted as advisor to Lyndon Johnson,
Eastman Kodak, IBM, American Express, the Centre for Policy Study,
Chase Manhattan, General Motors, Louis Harris Polls, the White
House, Institute of Life Insurance, the American Red Cross, Mobil
Oil, B.P. and a host of The Committee of 300 companies and
institutions. His methodology, derived from
procedures, is of course not unique:
"I will briefly outline our
methodology. In developing Trend Report for our clients we rely
mostly on a system of monitoring local-events and behaviour. We are
overwhelmingly impressed with the extent to which this is a
bottom-up society, so we monitor what is going on locally, rather
than what is going on in Washington or New York. Things start in Los
Angeles, in Tampa, in Hartford, in Wichita, Portland, San Diego and
Denver. It is a very much 'from the bottom-up' society.
employed in determining these trends has its roots in
WW II. During
the war, intelligence-experts sought to find a method for obtaining
information on enemy-nations that public-opinion-polls would
normally have provided. Under the leadership of Paul Lazarsfeld and
Harold Laswell, a method was developed for monitoring what was going
on in these societies, that involved doing a content-analysis of the
"Although this method of
monitoring public-thinking continues to be the choice of the
intelligence-community the nation annually spends millions of
dollars doing newspaper-content-analyses in all parts of the
world.... The reason this system of monitoring-changes in society
works so-well is that 'news holes' in newspapers is a closed-system.
For economic-reasons the amount of space devoted to news in a
newspaper doesn't change over time.
"So when something new is
introduced into that news-hole, something or a combination of things
has to go out or be omitted. The principle involved here is
classified as a forced choice within a closed-system. In this forced
situation societies add new preoccupation's and forget old ones. We
keep track of the ones that are added and the ones that are
"Evidently, societies are
like human+beings. I do not know what the number is, but a person
can only keep so many problems and concerns in his head at any one
time. If new problems or concerns are added, some existing-ones must
be given up. We keep track of what Americans have given-up and have
"The United States is
rapidly shifting from a mass industrial-society to an
information-society and the final impact will be more profound than
the 19th century shift from an agricultural to an industrial
society. Starting in 1979, the number one occupation in the U.S.
became clerking, replacing labourer and farmer. In this latter
statement is a brief history of the United States."
It is not by chance that
Naisbitt is a member of the Club of Rome and, as such, a "senior
staffer" of the The Committee of 300. He is also one of the senior
vice-presidents of Yankelovich, Skelly and White. What Naisbitt is
doing is not forecasting trends but MAKING them. We have seen how
the industrial-base of the United States has been destroyed,
starting with the steel-industry. In 1982 I wrote a work I called
"Death of the Steel Industry", in which I stated that by the
mid-1990's, steel-production in the U.S. will have declined to a
point of no-return, and that the auto and housing industries would
go the same way.
All this has come to pass,
and what we are witnessing today (1992) is an economic-recession due
not only to unsound economic-policies, but the deliberately-planned
destruction of our industrial-base - and along with it the
destruction of America's unique middle class - the backbone of the
country - which depends on a progressive industrial expansion for
growth and for steady employment.
This is one of the reasons
why the recession, which started in earnest in January of 1991, has
turned into a depression from which the United States as we knew it
in the 1960's-1970's will most probably never reappear. The economy
will not come out of the depression of 1991 until at least
1995-1996, at which time the United States will have become an
entirely different society from the one it was when the recession
began. (Dr.Coleman's prediction came True. Look at E-commerce.)
Opinion-makers have played
no-small-part in this war on the United States; we need to examine
the role of the Committee of 300 in bringing-about these
far-reaching changes and how the social-engineers have used
central-systems-analyses to keep public-opinion from expressing
anything other than the policies of the invisible government. How
and where did it all begin?
covering the First World War that I was able to gather and examine
in the War Office in Whitehall, London, it appears that the Royal
Institute for International Affairs was commissioned by the The
Committee of 300 to do a study of manipulating war-information. This
task was given to Lord Northcliffe and Lord Rothmere and Arnold
Toynbee, who was
at the RIIA. Lord Rothmere's family owned a newspaper which was used
to support various government positions, so it was thought that the
paper could change public-perceptions, especially among the ranks of
growing opposition to the war.
The project was housed in
Wellington House, named after the Duke of Wellesly. American
specialists drafted to help Lords Rothmere and Northcliffe included
Edward Bernays and Walter Lippmann. The group held "brain storming"
sessions to work-out techniques for mobilising mass-support for the
war, especially among the working-class people whose sons were
expected to go to the slaughter-fields of Flanders in
Using Lord Rothmere's
newspaper, new manipulative techniques were tried-out and, after a
period of about 6 months, it was apparent that they were a success.
What the researchers discovered was that only a very small group of
people understood the process of reasoning and the ability to
observe the problem as opposed to passing an opinion on it. This,
said Lord Rothmere, was the way in which 87% of the British public
approached the war, and that the same principle applied not only to
the war, but to every conceivable problem in society in general.
In this manner,
irrationality was elevated to a high level of public-consciousness.
The manipulators then played-upon this to undermine and distract the
public's grasp of reality governing any given situation and, the
more complex the problems of a modern industrial society became, the
easier it became to bring greater and greater distractions to bear,
so that what we ended-up-with was that the
absolutely-inconsequential-opinions of masses of people, created by
skilled-manipulators, assumed the position of scientific-fact.
Having literally stumbled
upon so profound a conclusion, the manipulators put it to one test
after another during the war, so that in spite of hundreds of
thousands of the youth of Britain being slaughtered on the
battlefields of France, there was virtually no opposition to the
bloody war. Records of the time show that by 1917, just before the
United States entered the war, 94% of the British working-class
bearing the brunt of the war did not have the faintest idea what
they were fighting for, other than the image created by the
media-manipulators that the Germans were a horrible race, bent upon
destroying their monarch and their country, and who had to be wiped
off the face of the earth.
Certainly nothing has
changed because, in 1991, we had the exact same situation created by
the news-media which allowed President Bush to flagrantly violate
the Constitution in waging a war-of-genocide against the nation of
Iraq with the full consent of 87% of the American people. Woodrow
Wilson can be credited - if that is the proper expression to use -
with jumping on the public-opinion-manipulators' band-wagon and
using it to further the causes whispered in his ear by his
controller, Colonel House.
On instructions from
President Wilson, or rather Colonel House, the Creel Commission was
created and, as far as can be ascertained, the Creel Commission was
the first organisation in the United States to use the RIIA
techniques and methodology for polling and mass-propaganda. The
psychological-warfare experiments perfected at Wellington House were
used in the Second World War with equal success, and have been in
continuous use in the massive psychological-war against the United
States which began in 1946. The methods did not change, only the
target. Now it was not German worker-housing but the middle class of
the United States that became the focus of the attack.
As so often happens, the
conspirators could not contain their glee. After WW I, in 1922 to be
precise, Lippmann detailed the work done by the RIIA in a book he
called "PUBLIC OPINION":
"Public opinion deals with
indirect, unseen and puzzling facts, and there is nothing obvious
about them. The situations to which public opinion refers are known
only as opinions, pictures inside heads of human+beings, pictures of
themselves, of others, of their needs, purposes and relationships,
are their public-opinions. These pictures which are acted-upon by
groups of people, or by individuals acting in the name of groups are
PUBLIC OPINION with capital letters. The picture inside the head
often misleads men in their dealings with the world outside of their
No wonder Lippmann was
chosen to make the people of the United States "like" the Beatles
when they arrived on our shores and were thrust upon an unsuspecting
country. Combined with the propaganda sent forth night and day from
radio and television it was only a comparatively short time before
The Beatles became "popular". The technique of radio-stations
allegedly receiving hundreds of requests from imaginary listeners
for Beatle-music, led to charts and ratings for first, the "top ten"
and gradually escalated until, by 1992, it has expanded to "the top
40 on the charts".
In 1928, Lippmann's
compatriot Edward Bernays wrote a book called "CRYSTALLISING PUBLIC
OPINION" and in 1928 a second book of his was published entitled
simply "PROPAGANDA". In it Bernays described his experiences at
Wellington House. Bernays was a close friend of Master Manipulator
H.G. Wells, whose many quasi-novels were used by Bernays to help
Wells was not shy
about his role as a leader in changing lower-class society, mainly
because he was a close friend of members of the British royal
family, and spent a great deal of time with some of the most
highly-placed politicians of the day, men like Sir Edward Grey, Lord
Haldane, Robert Cecil of the Jewish Cecil family that had controlled
the British monarchy since a Cecil became the private-secretary and
lover of Queen Elizabeth I, Leo Amery, Halford Mackinder of
MI6 and later
head of the London School of Economics, whose pupil, Bruce Lockhart,
controller of Lenin and Trotsky during the Bolshevik Revolution, and
even the great man himself, Lord Alfred Milner. One of Well's
favourite watering-holes was the prestigious St. Ermins Hotel,
meeting-place of the Coefficient Club, a club to which only
certified-gentlemen were admitted and where they met once a month.
All of the men mentioned above were members and also members of the
Souls Club. Wells claimed that any nation could be defeated, not by
direct-confrontation but by understanding the human-mind - what he
called, "the mental-hinterlands hidden behind the persona."
With such a powerful backer,
Bernays felt confident-enough to launch his "PROPAGANDA":
"As civilisation becomes
more complex, AND AS THE NEED FOR INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT HAS BEEN
INCREASINGLY DEMONSTRATED (emphasis added-JC), the technical-means
have been invented and developed BY WHICH PUBLIC OPINION MAY BE
REGIMENTED (emphasis added-JC). With printing-press and newspaper,
the telephone, telegraph, radio and aeroplanes, ideas can be spread
rapidly, and even instantaneously, across the whole of America."
Bernays had not yet seen how much better television, which was to
follow, would do the job.
"The conscious and
intelligent manipulation of organised-habits and opinions of the
masses is an important element in a democratic-society. Those who
manipulate this unseen-mechanism of society constitute an INVISIBLE
GOVERNMENT WHICH IS THE TRUE RULING POWER IN OUR COUNTRY." To back
up his position, Bernays quoted H. G. Wells' article published in
the New York Times in which Wells enthusiastically backed the idea
of modern means of communication "opening up a new world of
political-processes which will allow the common design to be
documented and sustained against perversion and betrayal" (of the
To continue with the
revelations contained in "PROPAGANDA":
"We are governed, our minds
are moulded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men
we have never heard of. What ever attitude one chooses to take
toward this condition, it remains a fact that in almost every act of
our daily lives, whether in the sphere of politics or business, our
social-conduct or our ethical-thinking, we are dominated by a
relatively small number of persons, a trifling fraction of our
hundred and twenty million (in 1928), who understand the
mental-processes and social-patterns of the masses. It is they who
pull the wires which control the public-mind, and who harness old
social-forces and contrive new ways TO BIND AND GUIDE THE WORLD"
Bernays was not bold enough
to tell the world who the "THEY" are who "pull the wires which
control the public-mind...," but in this book we shall make up for
his intentional-oversight by disclosing the existence of that
"relatively small number of persons," the Committee of 300. Bernays
was roundly applauded for his work by the CFR whose members voted to
place him in charge of CBS. William Paley became his "undergraduate"
and eventually replaced Bernays, having acquired thorough knowledge
of the new-science science of public-opinion-making, which made CBS
the leader of the field, a role which CBS television and radio has
Political and financial
control by the "relatively small number," as Bernays called them, is
exercised through a number of secret societies, most notably the
Scottish Rite of Freemasonry, and perhaps even more importantly,
through the Venerable Order of the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem,
an ancient order consisting of the British monarch's hand-picked
executives chosen for their expertise in areas vital to the
continued control of the Committee.
In my work "The Order of St.
John of Jerusalem" published in 1986, I described The Order in the
"...It is therefore not a
secret society, except where its purposes have been perverted in the
inner-councils like the Order of the Garter, which is a prostituted
oligarchical creation of the British royal family, which makes a
mockery of what the Sovereign Order of St. John of Jerusalem stands
"As an example, we find the
atheist Lord Peter Carrington, who pretends to be an Anglican
Christian but who is a member of the Order of Osiris and other
demonic sects, including Freemasonry, installed as a Knight of the
Garter at St. George's Chapel, Windsor Castle, by Her Majesty, Queen
Elizabeth II of England, of the Black Nobility Guelphs, also head of
the Anglican Church, which she thoroughly despises."
Carrington was selected by
the The Committee of 300 to bring-down the government of Rhodesia,
sign-over the mineral-wealth of Angola and South West Africa to City
of London control, wreck the Argentine and turn NATO into a
left-wing political-organisation beholden to the The Committee of
Another strange face we see
attaching itself to the Holy Christian Order of St. John of
Jerusalem, and I use the word strange as it is used in the original
Hebrew of the Old Testament to denote the lineage of an individual,
is that of Major Louis Mortimer Bloomfield, the man who helped plan
the murder of John F. Kennedy. We see photos of this "strange" man
wearing with pride the Cross of Malta, the same cross worn on the
sleeve of the Knights of the Order of the Garter.
We have been so brainwashed
that we believe the British royal family is just a nice, harmless
and colourful-institution, and fail to realise just how corrupt and
therefore highly-dangerous is this institution called the British
Monarchy. The Knights of the Order of the Garter are the INNERMOST
circle of the most corrupt public-servants who have utterly betrayed
the trust placed in them by their nation, their people.
The Knights of the Order of
the Garter are the leaders of the The Committee of 300, Queen
Elizabeth II's most trusted "Privy Council". When I did my research
on the Order of St. John of Jerusalem some years ago, I went to
Oxford to talk with one of the Masters who is a specialist on
ancient and modern British traditions. He told me that the Knights
of the Garter are the inner-sanctum, the elite of the elite of Her
Majesty's Most Venerable Order of St. John of Jerusalem. Let me say
this is not the original-order founded by the true Christian
warrior, Peter Gerard, but is typical of many fine institutions that
are taken-over and destroyed from the inside, while yet appearing
to the uninitiated to be the original.
From Oxford I went to the
Victoria and Albert Museum and gained access to the papers of Lord
Palmerston, one of the founders of the Opium Dynasty in China.
Palmerston, like so many of his kind, was not only a Freemason, but
a dedicated servant of Gnosticism.... Like the present 'royal
family', Palmerston made a pretence of being a Christian but was in
fact a servant of Satan. Many Satanists became leaders of British
aristocracy and made immense-fortunes out of the China opium-trade.
I learned from the papers in
the museum named-after Victoria that she changed the name of the
Order of St. John of Jerusalem in 1885 in order to break away from
the Catholic connection of the Order's founder, Peter Gerard, and
renamed it the "Protestant Most Venerable Order of Jerusalem".
Membership was open to every oligarchical family that had made its
fortune in the China opium-trade and every thoroughly-decadent
family received place in the 'new order'.
Many of these
venerable-gentlemen were responsible for overseeing the
prohibition-era in the United States from Canada, where several of
its members supplied the whisky, ferried to the United States.
Notable among this group was The Committee of 300 member Earl Haig,
who gave his whisky-franchise to old Joe Kennedy. Both prohibition
and the distilleries who met the demand for alcohol were creations
of the British Crown acting through the Committeemen of 300. It was
an experiment which became the forerunner of today's drug-trade, and
the lessons learned from the prohibition-era are being applied to
the soon to be legalised drug-trade.
Canada is the route most
used by Far-East heroin-suppliers. The British Monarchy sees to it
that this information never becomes public. Using her powers, Queen
Elizabeth rules over Canada through the Governor-General (one
wonders how modern Canadians can accept such an archaic
arrangement?), who is the Queen's PERSONAL representative, and on
down the line to the Privy Council (yet another archaic hang-over
from colonialist-days) and the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem, who
control Canadian commerce in all of its facets. Opposition to
British-rule is suppressed. Canada has some of the most restrictive
laws in the world, including so-called "hate crime" laws imposed
upon the country by Jewish members of the House of Lords in England.
At present there are four major trials in various stages in Canada
involving persons charged with "hate crimes". These are the Finta,
Keegstra, Zundel and Ross cases. Anyone who dares to try and show
proof of Jewish control of Canada (which the Bronfmans exercise), is
immediately arrested and charged with so-called "hate crimes". This
will give us some idea of the vastness of the reach of the The
Committee of 300 which quite literally sits on top of everything in
Testifying to the
truth of this statement is the fact that the The Committee of 300
set up the International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS)
under the auspices of the Round Table. This institute is the vehicle
black-propaganda and wet-jobs (an intelligence cover-name denoting
an operation where bloodshed is required), nuclear and terrorist,
which goes to the world's press for dissemination, as well as to
government and military-establishments.
Membership of IISS includes
representatives of 87 major wire-services and press-associations as
well as 138 senior editors and columnists drawn from international
newspapers and magazines. Now you know where your favourite
columnist gets all of his information and opinions from. Remember
Jack Anderson, Tom Wicker, Sam Donaldson, John Chancellor, Mary
McGrory, Seymour Hersh, Flora Lewis and Anthony Lewis, et al? The
information provided by IISS, especially scenarios like those
prepared to blacken President Hussein and to justify the coming
attack on Libya and condemn the PLO are all specially tailor-made
for the occasion. The Mai Lai massacre-story published by Seymour
Hersh came straight out of IISS, just in case we wrongly suppose
that men like Hersh do their own research work.
The International Institute
for Strategic Studies is nothing more than a higher echelon
opinion-maker as defined by Lippmann and Bernays. Instead of writing
books, newspapers report opinions presented by chosen columnists,
and IISS was formed to be a co-ordinating-centre for not only
creating opinions, but to get those opinions and scenarios out much
faster and to a greater audience than could be reached by a book,
for example. IISS is a good example of the gridding and interfacing
of The Committee of 300 institutions.
The idea of bringing
IISS into-being arose at the 1957
meeting. It will be recalled that the
Conference is a creation of
MI6 under the
direction of the Royal Institute of International Affairs. The idea
came from Alastair Buchan, son of Lord Tweedsmuir. Buchan was
chairman at the time, and a board-member of the RIIA and a member of
the Round Table reportedly very close to the British royal family.
This was the same conference that welcomed Labour Party leader
Dennis Healey to its ranks. Others in attendance were Francois
Duchene, whose mentor, Jean Monet Duchenes, ran the Trilateral
Commission under the tutelage of H. V. Dicks from Tavistock's
Among the governing-council
of this gigantic propaganda opinion-making apparatus is included the
Frank Kitson, a one time
controller of The IRA PROVISIONALS, the man who started the Mau-Mau
insurgency in Kenya.
Lazard Freres, represented
by Robert Ellsworth.
N. M. Rothschild,
represented by John Loudon.
Paul Nitze, representative
of Schroeder Bank. Nitze has played a very prominent and substantial
role in matters of Arms Control agreements, which have ALWAYS been
under the direction of the RIIA.
C. L. Sulzberger of the New
Stansfield Turner, a former
director of the CIA.
representing Penguin Books.
Royal Institute for
International Affairs, represented by Andrew Schoenberg.
Columnists and Reporters,
represented by Flora Lewis, Drew Middleton, Anthony Lewis, Max
Robert Bowie, a former
director of the CIA's National Intelligence Estimates.
Flowing from the 1957
meeting, Kissinger was instructed to open a Round Table office in
Manhattan, the nucleus of which consisted of Haig, Ellsberg,
Halperin, Schlessinger, McNamara and the McBundy brothers. Kissinger
was directed to fill all executive-positions in the Nixon
administration with Round Tablers, loyal to the RIIA and therefore
to the Queen of England. It was no accident that Kissinger chose
President Nixon's old hangout, the Hotel Pierre, as his centre of
The significance of
the Round Table-Kissinger operation was thus: On orders of the RIIA
chairman Andrew Schoeberg, a block was placed on all agencies
involved in intelligence, preventing them from giving information to
President Nixon. This meant Kissinger and his staff were getting ALL
INTELLIGENCE, FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC, LAW-ENFORCEMENT INFORMATION,
INCLUDING FBI DIVISION 5, before any of it was released to the
President. This made certain that all
terrorist-operations in the U.S. would have no chance of being
leaked. This was Halperin's bailiwick.
By working this methodology,
Kissinger at once established hegemony over the Nixon presidency,
and after Nixon was disgraced by the Kissinger group and hounded
from office, Kissinger emerged with unprecedented powers such as
have not been equalled before or since Watergate. Some of these
seldom-enumerated powers included the following:
Kissinger ordered National
Security Decision Memorandum No. 1 to be drafted by Halperin, who
got the actual wording directly from the RIIA through Round Table
circles. The memorandum appointed Kissinger as the supreme U.S.
authority, chairman of the Verification Panel. All SALT negotiations
were directed from here, using Paul Nitze, Paul Warnke and a nest of
traitors inside the Arms Control-mission at Geneva.
In addition, Kissinger was
appointed to The Vietnam Special Studies Group, which oversaw and
made evaluations of all reports, civilian and military, including
intelligence-reports coming out of Vietnam. Kissinger also demanded
and got oversight of the "40 Committee", a super-secret agency that
has the task of deciding when and where to initiate
covert-activities and then monitors the progress of operations it
sets in motion.
ordered a blizzard of wire-taps by the FBI, even on his closest
assistants, so as to give the impression that he was on top of
everything. Most of his circle were told that wire-taps on them were
in force. This nearly backfired when an
by the name of Henry Brandon was ordered wire-tapped, but was not
informed by Kissinger. Brandon was doubling as a reporter for the
London Times and Kissinger very nearly got thrown-out because nobody
does this to the London Times.
The full story of the
Ellsberg break-in and the subsequent Watergating of Nixon is too
long to be included here. Suffice to say, Kissinger had control of
Ellsberg from the day that Ellsberg was recruited while at
Cambridge. Ellsberg had always been a hard-liner in favour of the
Vietnam War, but was gradually "converted" to a radical-leftist
activist. His "conversion" was only a shade less miraculous than St.
Paul's Damascus Road experience.
The entire spectrum of
the new-left in the United States was the work of British
through Round Table assets and the Institute for Policy Studies (IPS).
Just as it did with all countries with a republican base, whose
policies had to be changed, IPS played a leading role, even as it
does today in South Africa and South Korea. Much of IPS's activities
are explained in my work "IPS Revisited" published in 1990.
IPS had one main
function, that being to sow discord and spread dis-information
resulting in chaos. One such program, aimed at America's youth,
centred on drugs. Through a series of IPS fronts, acts like the
stoning of Nixon's motorcade and a large number of bombings, a
climate of deception was effectively created which led a majority of
Americans to believe that the United States was under threat from
the KGB, the GRU and Cuban DGI. The word went out that a lot of
these imaginary agents had close ties to the Democrats through
George McGovern. It was in fact, a model dis-information campaign
MI6 is justly
Haldeman, Ehrlichman and
Nixon's closest aides had no clue as to what was happening, hence a
flurry of statements emanating from the White House that East
Germany, The Soviet Union, North Korea and Cuba were training
terrorists and funding their operations in the United States. I
doubt whether Nixon knew very much about IPS, let alone suspected
what it was doing to his presidency. We suffered the same kind of
dis-information during the Gulf War when the word went out that
terrorists of all stripes were about to invade the United States and
blow up everything in sight.
President Nixon was
literally left in the dark. He didn't even know that David Young, a
Kissinger pupil, was working in the basement of the White House,
supervising "leaks". Young was a graduate of Oxford and a long-time
Kissinger associate through Round Table assets such as the law-firm
of Milbank Tweed. President Nixon was no match for the forces
arrayed against him under the direction of
MI6 on behalf
of the Royal Institute for International Affairs and hence the
British royal family. About the only thing that Nixon was guilty of,
in so far as Watergate is concerned, was his ignorance of what was
going on all around him. When James McCord "confessed" to Judge John
Sirica, Nixon should have been on to it like a flash that McCord was
playing a double game. He ought to have challenged Kissinger about
his relationship with McCord there and then. That would have thrown
a spanner in the works and derailed the whole
Nixon did not abuse his
presidential powers. His crime was not-defending the Constitution of
the United States of America and not charging Mrs. Katherine Meyer
Graham and Ben Bradley with conspiracy to commit insurrection. Mrs.
Katherine Meyer Graham's pedigree is of the most doubtful kind, as
"Jessica Fletcher" of "Murder She Wrote" would soon have discovered.
But even knowing that, Mrs. Graham's controllers in the Round Table
would have fought hard to keep the lid on things. The role of the
Washington Post was to keep the pot boiling by one "revelation"
after another, thereby engendering a climate of public-distrust of
President Nixon, even when there was not one shred of evidence to
support wrong doing by him.
Yet it shows the
immense power of the press, as Lippmann and Bernays had quite
properly anticipated, in that Mrs. Graham, long suspected of the
murder of her husband, Philip L. Graham - officially classed as
"suicide" - should have retained any credibility at all. Other
traitors who should have been indicted for insurrection and treason
were Kissinger, Haig, Halperin, Ellsberg, Young, McCord, Joseph
Califano and Chomsky of IPS and those
who went to McCord's house and burned all of his papers. Again, it
is worth repeating that Watergate, like many other operations we do
not have the space to include here, demonstrated the COMPLETE
CONTROL exercised over the United States by the The Committee of
While Nixon kept company
with people like Earl Warren and some Mafia dons who had built
Warren's house, that does not mean that he should have been
disgraced over the Watergate Affair. My dislike of Nixon stems from
his willingness to sign the infamous ABM Treaty in 1972 and his
all-too-cosy relationship with Leonid Brezhnev. One of the sorriest
slip-ups of the Minority Council was its abject-failure to expose
the dirty role played by INTERTEL, the Corning Group's ugly private
intelligence-agency whom we have already met, who "leaked" a lot of
Watergate material to Edward Kennedy. Private intelligence-agencies
like INTERTEL have no right to exist in the United States. They are
a MENACE to our right to privacy and an insult to all free men
Blame must also fall on
those who were supposed to protect President Nixon from the kind of
steel-mesh net that was thrown around him to isolate him. The
intelligence-personnel around Nixon were a poor lot who had no
knowledge of just how thorough British intelligence-operations are;
indeed, they had no inkling that Watergate was a British
intelligence-operation in its entirety. The Watergate-plot was a
coup d'état against the United States of America, as was the murder
of John F. Kennedy. Although this fact is not recognised as such
today, I am confident that when all the secret papers are finally
opened, history will record that two coup d'états, one against
Kennedy and one against Nixon, did indeed take place, and which in
their wake brought the most violent rape and assault on the
institutions upon which the Republic of the United States stands.
The individual who most
deserves the title of traitor and who is most guilty of sedition is
General Alexander Haig. This desk-man office-colonel whose
paper-shuffling career did not include commanding any troops in
battle, was suddenly thrust upon the scene by the invisible
upper-level parallel government. President Nixon once described him
as a man who had to ask Kissinger's permission to go to the
Haig was a product of the
Round Table. He was noticed by Round Tabler Joseph Califano, one of
Her Majesty's most trusted Round Tablers in the United States.
Joseph Califano, legal-council of the Democratic National
Convention, had actually interviewed Alfred Baldwin, one of the
plumbers A MONTH BEFORE THE BURGLARY TOOK PLACE. Califano was
stupid-enough to write a memorandum on his interview with Baldwin,
in which he gave details of information on McCord's background and
why McCord had selected Baldwin to be on the "team".
Even more damaging,
Califano's memorandum contained all details of transcripts of
wire-taps of conversations between Nixon and the
re-election-committee, all this BEFORE the break-in occurred.
Califano should have been indicted on a score of federal-offences;
instead he got away cleanly with his criminal activity.
Sanctimonious Sam Ervin refused to allow Fred Thompson, Minority
Council, to introduce this highly damaging evidence at the
Watergate-hearings - on the spurious grounds that it was "too
On Round Table orders,
Kissinger had Haig promoted from colonel to four-star general in the
most meteoric rise ever recorded in the annals of United States
military-history, in the course of which Haig was leap-frogged over
280 senior U.S. Army generals and high-ranking officers.
During Haig's "promotion",
and as a result of it, 25 senior generals were forced to resign. As
a reward for his treachery toward President Nixon, AND THE UNITED
STATES, Haig was subsequently given the plum job of Commanding
General of the North Atlantic Treaty Organisation forces (NATO),
although he was THE LEAST QUALIFIED COMMANDER EVER TO HOLD THAT
POSITION. Here again he was leapfrogged over 400 senior generals
from NATO countries and the United States.
When the news of his
appointment reached the Soviet Armed Forces High Command, Marshall
Orgakov recalled his three top Warsaw Pact generals from Poland and
East Germany, and there was much merrymaking, clinking of glasses
and quaffing of champagne until well into the night. All through
Haig's tenure as commander of NATO forces the professional elite
cadre of the Soviet Armed Forces, men who have never been anything
else but professional soldiers, held Haig in the utmost contempt and
openly referred to him as the "office manager of NATO". They knew
that Haig owed his appointment to the RIIA and not to the United
But before his
military-promotion took him out of Washington, let it be known that
Alexander Haig, in conjunction with Kissinger, all but destroyed the
office of the President of the United States and its government. The
chaos left by Kissinger and Haig in the wake of Watergate has never
been chronicled to the best of my knowledge. On the insistence of
the RIIA, Haig virtually took over the management of the Government
of the United States after the April 1973 coup d'état. Bringing 100
Round Table agents chosen from the Brookings Institution, Institute
Policy Studies and the Council on Foreign Relations, Haig filled the
top one hundred posts in Washington with men who, like himself, were
beholden to a foreign power. In the ensuing debacle, the Nixon
Administration was torn-asunder and the United States along with it.
pious platitudes and posturings of defending the Constitution,
Senator Sam Ervin did more to change the United States than anything
President Nixon was alleged to have done, and the United States has
not yet recovered from the near-mortal-wound of Watergate, a The
Committee of 300 sponsored operation conducted by the Royal
Institute for International Affairs, the Round Table and "hands on"
based in the United States.
The way President Nixon was
first isolated, surrounded by traitors and then confused, followed
to the letter the Tavistock method of gaining full control of a
person according to the methodology laid down by Tavistock's chief
theoretician, Dr. Kurt Lewin. I have already given details of
Lewin's methodology elsewhere in this book, but in view of the
text-book-case of President Richard M. Nixon, I think it is worth
"One of the main techniques
for breaking morale, through a strategy of terror, consists in
exactly this tactic - keep the person hazy as to where he stands and
just what he may expect. In addition, if frequent vacillations
between severe disciplinary-measures and promises of good treatment,
together with the spreading of contradictory-news, make the
cognitive structure of this situation utterly-unclear, then the
individual may cease even to know whether a particular plan would
lead toward or away from his goal. Under these conditions even those
individuals who have definite-goals and are ready to take risks are
paralysed by severe inner-conflict in regard to what to do."
Kissinger and Haig followed
Tavistock training-manuals to the letter. The result was a
distraught, confused, frightened and demoralised President Nixon,
whose only course-of-action - he was told by Haig - was to resign.
In 1983 I wrote two works, "The Tavistock Institute: Sinister and
Deadly" and "The Tavistock Institute: Britain's Control of U.S.
Policy", based upon Tavistock secret manuals which had fallen into
my hands. Tavistock Institute's methods and actions are spelled out
in these two works.
So successfully were
Tavistock methods applied to unseat President Nixon that the people
of this nation fully believed the calumny of lies, distortions and
set-piece contrived-situations mounted by the conspirator as truth,
when in fact Watergate was a diabolical lie from end to end. It is
important to stress this because we have certainly not seen the last
of Watergate-type operations.
What were the alleged
impeachable-offences committed by President Nixon, and the so-called
"smoking gun" evidence which was supposed to back up the charges?
First, the "smoking gun". This piece of FICTION was created by
Kissinger and Haig around the June 23rd tape, which Haig coerced
Nixon into surrendering to Leon Jaworski.
Haig spent hours convincing
President Nixon that this tape would sink him, because it proved
"beyond any doubt" that Nixon was guilty of serious wrong-doing and
a co-conspirator in the Watergate break-in. President Nixon's first
response was to tell Haig, "It's utter nonsense to make such a big
deal of this," but Haig chipped-away until Nixon became convinced
that he could not make a successful defence before the Senate, based
solely on this particular June 23rd tape!
How had Haig accomplished
his mission? Acting out a scenario prepared for him by his Round
Table controllers, Haig had an unedited transcript of the "smoking
gun" tape typed by his staff. In reality there was nothing in the
tape that President Nixon could not have explained. Sensing this,
Haig then circulated his unauthorised unedited transcript of the
tape among Nixon's staunchest supporters in the House and Senate and
the Republican Party high-command. Peppered with "smoking gun" and
"devastating", and coming from Nixon's trusted aide, the transcript
had the effect of a falcon hitting a flock of pigeons; Nixon's
supporters panicked and ran for cover.
Following up his sedition
and insurrection, Haig summoned to his office Congressman Charles
Wiggins, a staunch Nixon-supporter who had agreed to lead the fight
in the House to head-off impeachment-proceedings. In a bare-faced
blatant lie, Wiggins was informed by Haig, "The fight is lost."
After that, Wiggins lost all interest in defending Nixon, believing
that Nixon himself had agreed to give up. Haig then dealt with
Senator Griffin, a leading supporter of the president in the Senate
in the same way. AS A RESULT OF HAIG'S SEDITIOUS, TREASONOUS
ACTIVITIES, SENATOR GRIFFIN IMMEDIATELY WROTE A LETTER TO PRESIDENT
NIXON CALLING UPON HIM TO RESIGN.
THREE MONTHS EARLIER, Round
Table controlled Institute for Policy Studies, child of James
Warburg, founder and a fellow, Marcus Raskin, delivered EXACTLY the
same ultimatum that President Nixon resign, using the British
Intelligence propaganda-journal, The New York Times of May 25th to
deliver the ultimatum. The Watergate tragedy was a step in the
irreversible transition to barbarism which is enveloping the United
States, and which is leading us into the One World Government/New
World Order. The United States is now at the same place that Italy
found itself when Aldo Moro tried to rescue it from
With what wrongdoing was
Nixon charged? John Doar, whose brutish character was well-suited to
his task of bringing so-called articles of impeachment against the
president, was the author and finisher of one of the most
far-reaching ILLEGAL domestic-surveillance
counterintelligence-operations ever run in the United States.
Interdepartmental Intelligence Unit (IDIU), Doar garnered
information from every conceivable agency of the federal government,
including the Internal Revenue Service. The program was linked to
the Institute for Policy Studies. One of the highlights of John
Doar's career was to provide the
CIA - which
is forbidden by law to engage in domestic surveillance, with
10,000-12,000 names of citizens he suspected as
political-dissidents, for further investigation.
On July 18th, 1974, this
great upholder of the law, with measured pomposity, delivered the
"charges" against President Nixon, which episode was nationally
televised. THERE WAS NOT A SINGLE PIECE OF EVIDENCE THAT NIXON HAD
DONE ANYTHING IMPEACHABLE; indeed, Doar's pathetic litany of Nixon's
alleged "crimes" were so trivial that it is a wonder the proceedings
went beyond this point. Income tax fiddling, unauthorised bombing of
Cambodia and a vague "abuse of power" charge, that would never have
stuck in a court of law, was the best that Doar could do. The United
States was as unstable as it would ever be when President Nixon
resigned on August 8th, 1974.
Nowhere more-so than in our
economic and fiscal policies. In 1983 the international bankers met
in Williamsburg, Virginia, to work out a strategy to prepare the
United States for a total disintegration of its banking-system. This
planned-event was to stampede the U.S. Senate into accepting control
of our monetary and fiscal policies by the International Monetary
Fund (IMF). Dennis Weatherstone of Morgan Guarantee on Wall Street
stated that he was convinced this was the only way for the United
States to save itself.
The proposal was endorsed by
the Ditchley Group which had its beginning in May of 1982 at
Ditchley Park in London. On January l0th-11th, l983, this alien
group met in Washington D.C., in violation of the Sherman Anti-Trust
Act and the Clayton Act, and conspired to overthrow the sovereignty
of the United States of America in its monetary and financial
freedom. The United States Attorney General knew of the meeting and
its purpose. Instead of charging members of the group with
conspiracy to commit a federal crime, he simply looked the other
Under the above mentioned
acts, proof of a conspiracy is all that is needed for a
felony-conviction, and there was ample evidence that a conspiracy
did indeed take place. But as the Ditchley Foundation had met at the
request of the Royal Institute for International Affairs and was
hosted by the Round Table, no-one in the Justice Department had the
courage to take-action as required by those who had sworn to uphold
the laws of the United States.
The Ditchley Plan to usurp
control of the fiscal and monetary policies of the United States was
the brainchild of Sir Harold Lever, a strong backer of Zionism and a
close confidant of members of the British royal family and a member
of the The Committee of 300. Sir Harold Lever was a director of the
giant UNILEVER conglomerate, an important The Committee of 300
company. Lever's plan called for the IMF's influence to be broadened
so that it could influence central-banks of all nations, including
the U.S. and guide them into the hands of a One World Government
This was considered a vital
step in bringing about a situation where the IMF would become the
supreme-arbiter of world banking. The ultra-secret January meeting
was preceded by an earlier meeting in October 1982, and was attended
by representatives of 36 of the world's top banks who met at the New
York Vista Hotel. Security for the October 26th-27th seminar was as
tight as anything ever seen in the Big Apple. This earlier Ditchley
Group meeting also violated United States law.
Addressing the meeting, Sir
Harold Lever said it was essential that national sovereignty as an
archaic hang-over must be ended before the year 2000. "The United
States will soon have to realise that it will be no better than any
Third World country when the IMF takes control," said Sir Harold. It
was later reported to the delegates that plans to appoint the IMF as
the controller of United States fiscal-policies were being readied
to bring before the United States Senate by the year 2000.
Rimmer de Vries, speaking
for Morgan Guarantee, said it was high time that the United States
became a member of the Bank of International Settlements. "There
must be a reconsideration of U.S. hesitancy over the past 50 years,"
De Vries declared. Some British and German bankers, fearing possible
violations of U.S. law, said that the Ditchley Group is nothing but
a committee to iron out exchange-rate problems. Felix Rohatyn also
spoke of the great need to change U.S. banking-laws so that the IMF
could play a greater role in this country. Rohatyn headed Lazard
Freres, a Club of Rome bank and part of the Eagle Star Group which
we have already met.
Round Tablers William Ogden
and Werner Stang spoke enthusiastically in support of surrendering
U.S. fiscal sovereignty to the International Monetary Fund and the
Bank of International Settlements. Delegates representing the Alpha
ranking Group, a P2 Freemasonry bank, said the United States must be
forced to surrender to "the higher authority of a world bank",
before any progress toward the New World Order could be made.
On January 8th, 1983, before
their big meeting on January l0th-11th, Hans Vogel, a leading Club
of Rome member, was received at the White House. President Ronald
Reagan had invited George Schultz, Caspar Weinberger, George Kennan
and Lane Kirkland to be present at his meeting with Vogel, who
explained to President Reagan what the aims and objectives of the
Ditchley Group were. From that day, President Reagan did an
about-face and worked with the The Committee of 300's various
agencies to advance the International Monetary Fund and the Bank of
International Settlements as the authority on U.S. domestic and
The invisible government of
the Committee of 300 has put tremendous pressure on America to
change its ways - for the worse. America is the last bastion of
freedom and unless our freedoms are taken away from us, progress
toward a One World Government will be considerably slowed. Such an
undertaking as a One World Government is a massive one, requiring a
great deal of skill, organising-abilities, control of governments
and their policies. The only organisation that could possibly have
undertaken this mammoth-task with any hope of success is the The
Committee of 300, and we have seen just how far it has come toward
Above all, the battle is a
spiritual one. Unfortunately, the Christian churches have become
little more than social clubs run by the infinitely evil World
Council of Churches (WCC), whose beginnings lie not in Moscow but in
the City of London, as we see from the chart at the end of the book
which gives the structure of the One World Government Church. This
body was set up in the 1920's to serve as a vehicle for One World
Government policies, and stands as a monument to the
long-range-planning-capabilities of the The Committee of 300.
Another corrupt body similar
in structure and design to the WCC is the Union of Concerned
Scientists, set up by the Trilateral Commission, and funded by the
Carnegie Endowment Fund, the Ford Foundation and Aspen Institute.
This is the group that has led the fight to prevent the United
States from mounting an effective deterrent against Soviet
Cosmospheres, space-based laser-beam-weapons which can destroy
selected targets in the United States or elsewhere from outer-space.
The United States SDI
program was designed to counter the threat posed by Soviet
Cosmospheres, a threat which still exists in spite of the assurances
that "communism is dead". Soviet spokesman Georgi Arbatov told a
meeting of the Union of Concerned Scientists that it is important
for them to oppose the SDI program, because if the SDI program
became operational, "it will be a military-catastrophe". Year after
year the Union of Concerned Scientists has opposed every budget
which included funding for the vital SDI program, until by the end
of 1991, there is not even enough money to fund further research
still required let-alone place the system in orbit. The Union of
Concerned Scientists is run by the Royal Institute for International
Affairs and is heavily infiltrated with
There is not one single
aspect of life in America that is not watched-over, steered in the
"right" direction, manipulated, and controlled by the invisible
government of the The Committee of 300. There is not one
elected-official or political-leader that is not subject to its
rule. No-one thus far has got away with defying our secret rulers,
who do not hesitate to make "a horrible example" of anyone,
including the President of the United States of America.
From 1776 when Jeremy
Bentham and William Petty, the Earl of Shelburne, fresh from the
triumph of the French Revolution which they planned and ran, were
drafted by the British Crown to bring their combined experience to
bear against the colonists; to 1812 when the British sacked and
burned Washington, destroying secret documents that would have
exposed the treason being worked against the young United States of
America; to the Watergating of President Nixon and assassination of
President Kennedy; the hand of the The Committee of 300 is clearly
visible. This book is an attempt to open the eyes of the American
people to this terrible truth: We are not an independent
nation, nor can we ever be, as long as we are ruled by an
invisible government, the The Committee of 300.
PAST AND PRESENT INSTITUTIONS/ORGANISATIONS
AND THOSE DIRECTLY UNDER INFLUENCE OF
THE COMMITTEE OF 300.
Agency of International
American Council of
Arab Higher Committee.
Arms Control and
Foreign Policy Caucus.
Arthur D. Little, Inc.
Baron De Hirsh Fund.
Berlin Centre for
Boycott Japanese Goods
British Royal Society.
Bureau of International
Cathedral of St. John
the Divine, New York.
Centre for Advanced
Studies in the Behavioural Sciences.
Centre for Cuban
Centre for Democratic
Centre for the Study of
Club of Rome.
Committee for the Next
Committee of Fourteen.
Committee on National
Committee to Frame A
Congress of Industrial
Council on Foreign
David Sassoon Company.
De Beers Consolidated
Democratic League of
East India The
Committee of 300.
Economic and Social
Federation of American
Fellowship for a
Christian Social Order.
Institution Educational Research.
Foundation for National
German Marshall Fund.
Governing Body of the
Israelite Religious Community.
Gulf South Research
Hells Fire Club.
Horace Mann League.
Hudson Bay Company.
University of London.
Institute for Brain
Institute for Pacific
Institute for Policy
Institute for Social
Institute for the
Institute for World
Institute on Drugs,
Crime and Justice.
for Strategic Studies.
Knights of Malta.
League of Nations.
London Board of
Deputies of British Jews.
London School of
Mary Carter Paint
Mont Pelerin Society.
Research on Military/Industrial Complex.
National Centre for
National Council of
New World Foundation.
New York Rand
North Atlantic Treaty
Order of St. John of
Order of The Golden
Pacific Studies Centre.
Peninsula and Orient
Navigation Company (P&O.).
Rand School of Social
Rio Tinto Zinc Company.
Royal Institute for
Sharps Pixley Ward.
Social Science Research
Socialist Party of the
Society for Promotion
of Study of Religions.
Society of Heaven
Soviet State Committee
for Science and Technology.
Peace Research Institute.
Sun Yat Sen Society.
Tavistock Institute of
The High Twelve
The Public Agenda
The Quality of Life
U.S. Association of the
Club of Rome.
U.S. Institute for
Union of Concerned
Pennsylvania Wharton School.
Warburg, James P. and
Wong Hong Hon Company.
Work in America
World Council of
SPECIAL FOUNDATIONS AND INTEREST
Bertrand Russell Peace
Brotherhood of Eternal
Canadian Pacific Ltd.
American Action Group.
Institute of Foreign Affairs.
Council of South
Brotherhood of Teamsters.
Kowloon Chamber of
Radio Corporation of America (RCA).
Royal Police of Hong
Banca de la Svizzera
Banca Nazionale del
Banco de Colombia.
Banco de Commercio.
Banco de Iberio-America.
Banco de la Nacion.
Banco del Estada.
Banco Mercantile de
Banco Nacional de Cuba.
Banco Nacional de
Panama and 54 smaller Panamanian banks.
Bank al Meshreq.
Bank for International
Bank of Bangkok.
Bank of Boston.
Bank of Canada.
Bank of Credit and
Bank of East Asia.
Bank of England.
Bank of Escambia.
Bank of Geneva.
Bank of Ireland.
Bank of London and
Bank of Montreal.
Bank of Norfolk.
Bank of Nova Scotia.
Banque du Credit
Banque de Paris et
Banque Francais et
Italienne por l'Amerique du Sud.
Banque Louis Dreyfus de
Banques Sud Ameris.
Baring Brothers Bank.
Basel Committee on Bank
Canadian Imperial Bank
Chase Manhattan Bank.
Citizens and Southern
Bank of Atlanta.
City National Bank of
Cleveland National City
Corporate Bank and
Credit and Commerce
Credit and Commerce
Holdings, Netherlands Antilles.
Crocker National Bank.
Schlumberger, Mallet Bank.
Dusseldorf Global Bank.
First American Bank of
First American Bank of
First American Bank of
First American Bank of
First American Banking
First Empire Bank.
First Fidelity Bank.
First National Bank of
First National City
Florida National Bank.
Foreign Trade Bank.
Franklin National Bank.
Hong Kong and Shanghai
Independence Bank of
Israeli Discount Bank.
Marine Midland Bank.
Morgan Et Cie.
Morgan Grenfell Bank.
National Bank of
National Bank of
Paravicini Bank Ltd.
Republic National Bank.
Royal Bank of Canada.
Standard and Chartered
Swiss Bank Corporation.
Swiss Israel Trade
Trade Development Bank.
Union Bank of Israel.
Union Bank of
White Weld Bank.
World Commerce Bank of
World Trade Bank.
Note: With the exception of
the Basel Committee on Banking each of the above mentioned banks
have been, and may still be involved in the drug, diamond, gold and
* BCCI. This bank has been
indicted on several charges of being heavily involved in
drug-money-laundering throughout the world. Its structure girds
every operation of the The Committee of 300. Of interest is its
corporate structure. Middle East Interests, 35% of stock held by:
Ruling Family of
Ruling Family of
Ruling Family of Dhubai.
Ruling Family of Saudi
Ruling Family of Iran.
Group of Middle-East
BCCI Cayman Islands
Bank of America 24%.
BCCI Cayman Islands and BCCI
Luxembourg established Agency-offices in Miami, Boca Raton, Tampa,
New York, San Francisco and Los Angeles.
LEGAL ASSOciaTIONS AND LAWYERS.
Clifford and Warnke.
Cravaith, Swain and
Wilkie, Farr and
TAVISTOCK INSTITUTIONS IN
THE UNITED STATES FLOW LABORATORIES
Gets contracts from the
National Institute of Health.
MERLE THOMAS CORPORATION
Gets contracts from the U.S.
Navy, analyses data from satellites.
Does work in the field of
CORPORATION, ARTHUR D. LITTLE, G.E. "TEMPO", OPERATIONS RESEARCH
Part of approximately 350
firms who conduct research and conduct surveys, make recommendations
to government. They are part of what President Eisenhower called "a
possible danger to public-policy that could itself become captive of
a scientific-technological elite".
Dedicates its work to what
it calls a "national agenda". Wrote President Hoover's program,
President Roosevelt's "New Deal", the Kennedy Administration's "New
Frontiers" program (deviation from it cost John F. Kennedy his
life), and President Johnson's "Great Society". Brookings has been
telling the United States Government how to conduct its affairs for
the past 70 years and is still doing-so on behalf of the The
Committee of 300.
Under the direction of
Herman Khan, this institution has done more to shape the way
Americans react to political and social events, think, vote and
generally conduct-themselves than perhaps any except the BIG FIVE.
Hudson specialises in defence-policy research and relations with the
USSR. Most of its military-work is classified as SECRET. (One idea
during the Vietnam War was to build a moat around Saigon.) Some of
its earlier papers were entitled "Stability and Tranquillity Among
Older Nations," and "Analytical Summary of U.S. National Security
Policy Issues." Hudson prides itself on its diversity; it helped
NASA with its space-programs and helped to promote new youth
fashions and ideas, youth-rebellion and alienation for the The
Committee of 300, ostensibly funded by Coca Cola. Hudson may
be quite properly classified as one of the The Committee of 300's
BRAINWASHING establishments. Some of its nuclear-war scenarios make
for very interesting reading and, if they can be obtained, I would
recommend "The 6 Basic Thermonuclear Threats" and Possible Outcomes
of Thermonuclear War" and one of its more frightening papers
entitled "Israeli-Arab Nuclear War." Hudson also does corporate
advising for The Committee of 300 companies, Rank, Xerox, General
Electric, IBM and General Motors, to name but a few of them, but its
really-big client remains the U. S. Department of Defence which
includes matters of civil-defence, national-security,
military-policy and arms-control. To date it has not got into "wet
NASA", that is to say, the National Oceanographic Agency.
NTL is also known as the
International Institute for Applied Behavioural Sciences. This
institute is definitely a brainwashing-centre based on Kurt Lewin
principles which include so-called T-Groups (training-groups),
artificial-stress-training whereby participants suddenly find
themselves immersed in defending themselves against vicious
accusations. NTL takes in the National Education Association, the
largest teacher-group in the United States.
While officially decrying
"racism", it is interesting to note that NTL, working with NEA,
produced a paper proposing education-vouchers which would separate
the hard-to-teach children from the brighter ones, and funding would
be allocated according to the number of difficult children who would
be separated from those who progressed at a normal rate. The
proposal was not taken up.
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA,
WHARTON SCHOOL OF FINANCE & COMMERCE
Founded by Eric Trist, one
of the "brain trusts" of Tavistock, Wharton has become one of the
more important Tavistock institutions in the U.S. in so far as "Behavioural
Research" is concerned. Wharton attracts clients such as the U.S.
Department of Labour - which it teaches how to produce "cooked"
statistics at the Wharton Econometric Forecasting Associates
Incorporated. This method is very much in demand as we come to the
close of 1991 with millions more out of work than is reflected in
MODELLING is used by every major The Committee of 300 company in the
United States, Western Europe and by the International Monetary
Fund, the United Nations and the World Bank. Wharton has produced
such noteworthy persons as George Schultz and Alan Greenspan.
INSTITUTE FOR SOciaL
This is the institute set up
by "brain trusters" from Tavistock - Rensis Likert, Dorwin
Cartwright and Ronald Lippert. Among its studies are "The Human
Meaning of Social Change", "Youth in Transition" and "How Americans
View Their Mental Health". Among the institute's clients are The
Ford Foundation, U.S. Department of Defence, U.S. Postal Service and
the U.S. Department of Justice.
INSTITUTE FOR THE FUTURE
This is not a typical
Tavistock institution in that it is funded by the Ford Foundation,
yet it draws its long-range-forecasting-methodology from the mother
of all think-tanks. Institute for the Future projects what it
believes to be changes that will be taking-place in time frames of
fifty years. The institute is supposed to be able to forecast
socio-economic-trends and to blow the whistle on any departures from
what it has laid down as normal. Institute for the Future believes
it is possible and normal to intervene now and give decisions for
the future. So-called "Delphi Panels" decide what is normal and what
is not, and prepare position-papers to "steer" government in the
right direction to head-off such groups as "people creating
civil-disorder". (This could be patriotic groups demanding abolition
of graduated-taxes, or demanding that their "Right to Bear Arms" is
not infringed.) The institute recommends actions such as
liberalising abortion laws, drug-usage and that cars entering an
urban-area pay tolls, teaching birth-control in public schools,
requiring registration of firearms, making the use of drugs a
non-criminal offence, legalising
paying students for scholastic achievements, making zoning-controls
a preserve of the state, offering bonuses for family-planning and
last, but by no means least, a Pol Pot Cambodia-style proposal that
new communities be established in rural areas. As will be observed,
many of the Institute for the Future's goals have already been more
than fully realised.
INSTITUTE FOR POLICY STUDIES
One of the "Big
Three", IPS has shaped and reshaped United States policies, foreign
and domestic, since it was founded by James P. Warburg and the
Rothschild entities in the United States, bolstered by Bertrand
Russell and the British Socialists through its networks in America
which include the League for Industrial democracy in which Leonard
Woodcock played a leading, if behind-the-scenes role. Local lead
players in the League for Industrial Democracy included
"conservative" Jeane Kirkpatrick, Irwin Suall (of the
Rostow (Arms Control negotiator), Lane Kirkland (Labour leader), and
For record purposes only;
IPS was incorporated in 1963 by Marcus Raskin and Richard Barnett,
both highly-trained Tavistock Institute graduates. Most of the
funding came from Rothschild associates in America like the James
Warburg Family, the Stern Family Foundation and the Samuel Rubin
Foundation. Samuel Rubin was a registered member of the Communist
Party who stole the Fabergé name (Fabergé was "Jeweller of the
Imperial Russian Court") and made a fortune out of the Fabergé name.
The objectives of IPS came
from an agenda laid down for it by the British Round Table, which
agenda in turn came from Tavistock Institute, one of the most
notable being to create the "New Left" as a grass-roots-movement in
the U.S. IPS was to engender strife and unrest and spread chaos like
a wildfire out of control, proliferate the "ideals" of left-wing
nihilistic-socialism, support unrestricted use of drugs of all
types, and be the "big stick" with which to beat the United States
Barnett and Raskin
controlled such diverse elements as the Black Panthers, Daniel
Ellsberg, National Security Council staff-member Halperin, The
Weathermen Underground, the Venceramos and the campaign-staff of
candidate George McGovern. No scheme was too big for IPS and its
controllers to take on and manage.
Take the plot to
"kidnap" Kissinger, which was in the hands of Eqbal Ahmed, a British
intelligence-agent of Pakistani origin, laundered through "TROTS"
(Trotskyite terrorists based in London). The "plot" was "discovered"
by the FBI so that it could not go too-far. Ahmed went on to become
the director of one of IPS's most influential agencies, The
Transnational Institute which, chameleon-like, changed from its
former name, Institute of Race Relations, when intelligence-agents
of BOSS (Bureau of State Security) in South Africa unmasked the fact
that it was tied directly to Rhodes Scholarship-Harry Oppenheimer
and Anglo-American-British mining-interests in South Africa. BOSS
also discredited the South Africa Foundation at the same time.
Through its many powerful
lobbying-groups on Capitol Hill, IPS relentlessly used its "big
stick" to beat Congress. IPS has a network of lobbyists, all
supposedly operating independently but in actual fact acting
cohesively, so that Congressmen are pummelled from all sides by
seemingly different and varied lobbyists. In this way, IPS was, and
is still, able to successfully sway individual Representatives and
Senators to vote for "the trend, the way things are going". By using
key point-men on Capitol Hill, IPS was able to break-into the very
infrastructure of our legislative-system and the way it works.
To give only a single
concrete-example of what I am talking-about: in 1975, an IPS
point-man persuaded representative John Conyers (D-Michigan) and
forty-seven members of the House to request IPS to prepare a
budget-study that would oppose the budget being prepared by
President Gerald Ford. Although not adopted, the request was
reinstated in 1976, 1977, and 1978 gathering sponsors as it went.
Then in 1978, fifty-six
Congressmen signed their names to sponsor an IPS budget-study. This
was prepared by Marcus Raskin. Raskin's budget called for a fifty
percent cut in the Defence Budget, a socialist housing-program "that
would compete with and steadily replace private-housing and
mortgage-markets", a national health service, "radical changes in
the educational-system that would disrupt capitalist control over
the distribution of knowledge", and several other radical ideas.
The influence of IPS on Arms
Control negotiations was a major factor in getting Nixon to sign the
treasonous ABM Treaty in 1972, which left the United States
virtually defenceless against ICBM attack for almost 10 years. IPS
became, and remains to this day one of the most prestigious
"think-tanks" controlling foreign-policy-decisions, which we, the
people, foolishly believe are those of our law-makers.
militant-activism at home and with links to revolutionaries abroad,
by engineering such victories as "The Pentagon Papers", besieging
the corporate structure, bridging the credibility-gap between
underground movements and acceptable political-activism, by
penetrating religious organisations and using them to sow discord in
America, such as radical racial politics under the guise of
religion, using the establishment media to spread IPS ideas, and
then supporting them, IPS has lived-up-to the role which it was
founded to play.
STANFORD RESEARCH INSTITUTE
Jesse Hobson, the
first president of Stanford Research Institute, in a 1952 speech
made it clear what lines the institute was to follow. Stanford can
be described as one of the "jewels" in Tavistock's Crown in its rule
over the United States. Founded in 1946 immediately after the close
WW II, it was
presided over by Charles A. Anderson, with emphasis on
mind-control-research and "future sciences". Included under the
Stanford umbrella was Charles F. Kettering Foundation which
developed the "Changing Images of Man" upon which the Aquarian
Some of Stanford's major
clients and contracts were at first centred around the defence-establishment
but, as Stanford grew, so did the diversity of its services:
Applications of Behavioural
Sciences to Research Management
Office of Science and
SRI Business Intelligence
U.S. Department of Defence
Directorate of Defence Research and Engineering.
U.S. Department of Defence
Office of Aerospace Research.
Among corporations seeking
Stanford's services were Wells Fargo Bank, Bechtel Corporation,
Hewlett Packard, Bank of America, McDonnell-Douglas Corporation,
Blyth, Eastman Dillon and TRW Company. One of Stanford's more secret
projects was extensive work on chemical and bacteriological warfare
(CAB) weapons. Stanford Research is plugged-into at least 200
smaller "think-tanks" doing research into every facet of life in
America. This is known as ARPA networking and represents the
emergence of probably the most far-reaching effort to control the
environment of every individual in the country. At present
Stanford's computers are linked with 2500 "sister" research-consoles
which include the Central Intelligence Agency (cia), Bell Telephone
Laboratories, U.S. Army Intelligence, the Office of Naval
Intelligence (ONI), RANI, MIT, Harvard and UCLA. Stanford plays a
key role in that it is the "library", cataloguing all ARPA
"Other agencies" - and one
can use one's imagination here, are allowed to search through SRI's
"library" for key words, phrases, look through sources and update
their own master-files with those of Stanford Research Centre. The
Pentagon, for instance, uses SRI's "master-files" extensively, and
there is little doubt that other U.S. Government agencies do the
same. Pentagon "command and control" problems are worked out by
While ostensibly these apply
only to weapons and soldiers, there is absolutely no guarantee that
the same research could not, and will not, be turned to
civilian-applications. Stanford is known to be willing to do
anything for anyone, and it is my belief that if ever SRI were to be
fully exposed, the hostility which would arise from revelations as
to what it actually does would most probably force SRI to close.
MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF
TECHNOLOGY, ALFRED P. SLOAN SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT
This major institute is not
generally recognised as being a part of Tavistock U.S.A. Most people
look upon it as a purely American institution, but that is far from
being the case. MIT-Alfred Sloan can be roughly divided into the
Lewin Group Psychology.
NASA-ERC Computer Research
Office of Naval Research
Systems Dynamics. Forrestor
and Meadows wrote The Club of Rome's "Limits of Growth"
Some of MIT's clients
include the following:
American Red Cross.
Defence Analysis (IDA).
National Academy of
National Council of
U.S. Department of
So vast is the reach of IDA
that it would take hundreds of pages to describe the activities in
which it is engaged, and IDA is fully described in my book on the
role played by Institutions and Foundations in committing treason
against the United States of America, which will be published early
RAND RESEARCH AND
Without a doubt, RAND is THE
"think-tank" most beholden to Tavistock Institute and certainly the
RIIA's most prestigious vehicle for control of United States
policies at every level. Specific RAND policies that became
operative include our ICBM program, prime analyses for U.S.
foreign-policy-making, instigator of space-programs, U.S.
nuclear-policies, corporate-analyses, hundreds of projects for the
military, the Central Intelligence Agency (cia) in relation to the
use of mind-altering-drugs like peyote, LSD (the covert MK-Ultra
operation which lasted for 20 years).
Some of RAND's clients
include the following:
and Telegraph Company (AT&T).
Business Machines (IBM).
U.S. Air Force.
U.S. Department of
U.S. Department of
There are literally
THOUSANDS of highly important companies, government institutions and
organisations that make use of RAND's services, and to list them all
would be an impossible task. Among RAND's "specialities" is a
study-group that predicts the timing and the direction of a
thermonuclear-war, plus working-out the many scenarios based upon
its findings. RAND was once accused of being commissioned by the
USSR to work out terms-of-surrender of the United States Government,
an accusation that went all the way to the United States Senate,
where it was taken-up by Senator Symington and subsequently
fell-victim to articles of scorn poured out by the establishment
press. BRAIN WASHING remains the primary function of RAND.
To summarise, the major
Tavistock institutions in the United States engaged in brainwashing
at all levels, including government, the military, business,
religious organisations and education are the following:
Institute of Technology.
Rand Research and
Wharton School at
University of Pennsylvania.
It is estimated by sources
of mine that the total number of people employed by these
institutions is in the region of 50,000 with funding close to $10
Some major world-wide The
Committee of 300 institutions and organisations are as follows:
Americans for a
of Foreign Relations.
Council on Foreign
Relations, New York.
Institute for Strategic Studies.
Skull and Bones.
Poor Knights of the
Royal Dutch Shell
of Human Relations.
The Atheist Club.
The Fourth State of
The Hermetic Order
of the Golden Dawn.
The Milner Group.
The Nasi Princes.
The Order of Magna
The Order of the
The Round Table.
World Council of
PAST AND PRESENT MEMBERS OF THE The Committee
Abergavemy, Marquis of.
Adeane, Lord Michael.
Alba, Duke of.
Allihone, Professor T.
Alsop Family Designate.
Anderson, Charles A.
Anderson, Robert 0.
Astor, John Jacob and
Baco, Sir Ranulph
Barran, Sir John.
Baxendell, Sir Peter.
Beatrice of Savoy,
Beeley, Sir Harold.
Bennet, John W.
Benneton, Gilberto or
Besant, Sir Walter.
Bethal, Lord Nicholas.
Binny, J. F.
Bullitt, William C.
Cabot, John. Family
Caccia, Baron Harold
Cadman, Sir John.
Cavendish, Victor C. W.
Duke of Devonshire.
Chang, V. F.
Chechirin, Georgi or
Cicireni, V. or Family
Cini, Count Vittorio.
Coffin, the Rev William
Constanti, House of
Cooper, John. Family
Cox, Sir Percy.
Cromer, Lord Evelyn
Crowther, Sir Eric.
Cumming, Sir Mansfield.
d'Arcy, William K.
Danner, Jean Duroc.
Davis, John W.
de Benneditti, Carlo.
De Bruyne, Dirk.
De Gunzberg, Baron
De Lamater, Major
De Menil, Jean.
De Vries, Rimmer.
de Zulueta, Sir Philip.
Deterding, Sir Henri.
di Spadaforas, Count
Douglas-Home, Sir Alec.
Drake, Sir Eric.
Edward, Duke of Kent.
Forbes, John M.
France, Sir Arnold.
Fraser, Sir Hugh.
Frederik IX, King of
Denmark Family Designate.
Geddes, Sir Auckland.
Geddes, Sir Reay.
Gilmer, John D.
Gloucestor, The Duke
Grace, Peter J.
Greenhill, Lord Dennis
Greenhill, Sir Dennis.
Grey, Sir Edward.
Haakon, King of Norway.
Haig, Sir Douglas.
Hall, Sir Peter
Hambro, Sir Jocelyn.
Hart, Sir Robert.
Hartman, Arthur H.
Her Majesty Queen
Her Majesty Queen
Her Royal Highness
Her Royal Highness
Heseltine, Sir William.
Hesse, Grand Duke
descendants, Family Designate.
Hoffman, Paul G.
House of Braganza.
House of Hohenzollern.
House, Colonel Mandel.
Howe, Sir Geoffrey.
Hughes, Thomas H.
Hutchins, Robert M.
Japhet, Ernst Israel.
Jay, John. Family
Jodry, J. J.
Joseph, Sir Keith.
Keith, Sir Kenneth.
Keswick, Sir William
Johnston, or Keswick, H.N.L.
Keynes, John Maynard.
King, Dr. Alexander.
Kirk, Grayson L.
Lambert, Baron Pierre.
Lever, Sir Harold.
Lewin, Dr. Kurt.
Loudon, Sir John.
Mackay, Lord, of
McClaughlin, W. E.
McCloy, John J.
McFadyean, Sir Andrew.
Mellon, William Larimer
or Family Designate.
Milner, Lord Alfred.
Montefiore, Lord Sebag
or Bishop Hugh.
Morgan, John P.
Mountain, Sir Brian
Mountain, Sir Dennis.
Munthe, A., or family
Nicols, Lord Nicholas
O'Brien of Lotherby,
Oldfield, Sir Morris.
Earnest, and successor, Harry.
Ormsby Gore, David
Paley, William S.
Pease, Richard T.
Peek, Sir Edmund.
Petterson, Peter G.
Petty, John R.
Philip, Prince, Duke of
Raskob, John Jacob.
Reese, John Rawlings.
Rennie, Sir John.
Rhodes, Cecil John.
Role, Lord Eric of
Rothschild Elie de or
Edmon de and/or Baron Rothschild
Runcie, Dr. Robert.
Russell, Lord John.
Russell, Sir Bertrand.
Saint Gouers, Jean.
Salisbury, Marquisse de
Robert Gascoigne Cecil. Shelburne, The Salisbury, Lord.
Samuel, Sir Marcus.
Sandberg, M. G.
Schmidheiny, Stephan or
alternate brothers Thomas, Alexander.
Shawcross, Sir Hartley.
Silitoe, Sir Percy.
Sloan, Alfred P.
Stals, Dr. C.
Stamp, Lord Family
Strong, Sir Kenneth.
Swire, J. K.
Tasse, G. or Family
Temple, Sir R.
Baron Hans Henrich.
Turner, Sir Mark.
Van Den Broek, H.
Verity, William C.
Vesty, Lord Amuel.
Vickers, Sir Geoffrey.
Villiers, Gerald Hyde
von Finck, Baron
von Hapsburg, Archduke
Otto, House of Hapsburg-Lorraine.
Von Thurn and Taxis,
Wallenberg, Peter or
Wang, Kwan Cheng, Dr.
Warburg, S. C.
Ward Jackson, Lady
Weill, Dr. Andrew.
Weinberger, Sir Caspar.
Wells, H. G.
Wheetman, Pearson (Lord
White, Sir Dick
Wiseman, Sir William.
Wolfson, Sir Isaac.
THE The Committee of 300
BIBLIOGRAPHY, SUMMARIES AND NOTES
1980's PROJECT, Vance, Cyrus
and Yankelovich, Daniel.
1984, Orwell, George.
AFTER TWENTY YEARS: THE
DECLINE OF NATO AND THE SEARCH FOR A NEW POLICY IN EUROPE, Raskin,
Marcus and Barnett, Richard.
AIR WAR AND STRESS, Janus,
AN AMERICAN COMPANY; THE
TRAGEDY OF UNITED FRUIT,
Scammel, Henry and McCann,
AN INTRODUCTION TO THE
PRINCIPLES AND MORALS OF LEGISLATION, Bentham, Jeremy. In this 1780
work Bentham claimed that "nature has placed mankind under the
governance of two sovereign masters, pain and pleasure... They
govern us in all we do." Bentham went on to justify the horrors of
the Jacobin terrorists in the French Revolution.
ANNUAL REPORT OF BANK LEUMI,
AT THAT POINT IN TIME: THE
INSIDE STORY OF THE SENATE WATERGATE COMMITTEE, Thompson, Fred. I
was told where to find Thompson, who was the Minority Counsel on the
Ervin Committee, by Bernard Barker, one of the Watergate Burglars.
My meeting with Barker took place outside an A&P supermarket quite
close to the Coral Gables Country Club in Coral Gables, Florida.
Barker said Thompson was with his law-partner who was on a short
visit to his mother in Coral Gables, which was only about five
minutes away from the A&P Supermarket. I went there and met Thompson
who expressed his disappointment over the way Ervin had imposed such
severe restrictions on evidence he, Thompson, could admit.
BAKU AN EVENTFUL HISTORY,
Henry, J. D.
BEASTS OF THE APOCALYPSE,
O'Grady, Olivia Maria. This remarkable book gives details about a
large number of historical figures, including William C. Bullitt,
who conspired with Lloyd George to pull the rug out from under White
Russian Generals Denekin and Rangle at a time when they had the
Bolshevik Red Army on the very brink of defeat. It also gives a
great deal of information about the utterly corrupt Petroleum
Industry. Of particular interest is the information it provides on
Sir Moses Montefiore, of the ancient Venetian Black Nobility
BRAVE NEW WORLD,
BRITISH OPIUM POLICY IN
CHINA, Owen, David Edward.
BRITISH OPIUM POLICY, F. S.
CECIL RHODES, Flint, John.
CECIL RHODES, THE ANATOMY OF
AN EMPIRE, Marlow, John.
CONFERENCE ON TRANSATLANTIC
IMBALANCE AND COLLABORATION, Rappaport, Dr. Anatol.
DZERZHINSKY, Reilly, Sydney. In British Intelligence documents not
CREATING A PARTICULAR
BEHAVIOURAL STRUCTURE, Cartwright, Dorwin.
OPINION, Bernays, Edward.
DEMOCRATIC IDEALS AND
REALITY, Mackinder, Halford.
ERVIN, SENATOR SAM. Apart
from obstructing the introduction of vital evidence in the Watergate
hearings, Ervin, in my opinion, while holding himself out as a
Constitutional-authority, consistently betrayed this nation by
opposing aid to church schools, citing the judicial opinions in the
Everson case. Ervin, a Scottish Rite Freemason - which in my opinion
is why he was given the Watergate Committee chair, was eventually
honoured, receiving the prestigious Scottish Rite "Individual
Right's Support" award. In 1973, Ervin held a luncheon in the Senate
Dining Room in honour of Sovereign Grand Commander Clausen.
EVERSON VS. BOARD OF
EDUCATION, 33O U.S. I, 1947.
FRANKFURTER PAPERS, Box 99
and Box 125, "HUGO BLACK CORRESPONDENCE."
CATHARISM, The New Columbia Encyclopaedia.
GOALS OF MANLL, Lazlo, Ernin.
GOD'S BANKER, Cornwell,
Rupert. This book gave some insight into P2 and the murder of
Roberto Calvi - P2 Masonry.
HUMAN QUALITY, Peccei, A.
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF
INTRODUCTION TO THE
SOCIOLOGY OF MUSIC, Adorno, Theo. Adorno was kicked-out of Germany
by Hitler because of his Cult of Dionysus music-experiments. He was
moved to England by the Oppenheimers where the British royal family
gave him facilities at Gordonstoun School and their support. It was
here that Adorno perfected "Beatlemusic Rock", "Punk Rock" "Heavy
Metal Rock" and all of the decadent clamour that passes for music
today. It is worthy of note that the name "The Beatles" was chosen
to show a connection between modern rock, the Isis cult and the
Scarab Beetle, a religious symbol of ancient Egypt.
INVASION FROM MARS, Cantril.
In this work Cantril analyses the behaviour-patterns of people who
fled in panic following the Orson Wells experiment in mass-hysteria,
using H.G Wells' "WAR OF THE WORLDS".
INVESTIGATION OF THE KENNEDY
ASSASSINATION, THE UNCOMMISSIONED REPORT ON JIM GARRISON FINDINGS.
IPS REVISITED, Coleman, Dr.
ISIS UNVEILED, A MASTER KEY
TO THE ANCIENT AND MODERN SCIENCE AND THEOLOGY, Blavatsky, Madame
JOHN JACOB ASTOR,
BUSINESSMAN, Porter, Kenneth Wiggins.
JUSTICE BLACK'S PAPERS, Box
25, General Correspondence, Davies.
KING MAKERS, KING BREAKERS,
THE STORY OF THE CECIL FAMILY, Coleman, Dr. John.
Information was drawn from work by Juan Luis Segundo, who in turn
drew heavily upon the writings of Karl Marx. Segundo savagely
attacked the Catholic Church instruction against Liberation Theology
as found in "Instruction on Certain Aspects of the 'Theology of
Liberation'" published August 6th, 1984.
LIES CLEARER THAN TRUTH,
Barnett, Richard (Founder member of IPS). McCalls Magazine, January
McGRAW HILL GROUP,
ASSOciaTED PRESS. Portions of reports from 28 magazines owned by
McGraw Hill, and AP stories.
MEMOIRS OF A BRITISH AGENT,
Lockhart, Bruce. In this book we are told how the Bolshevik
Revolution was controlled out of London. Lockhart was Lord Milner's
representative who went to Russia to watch over Milner's investment
in Lenin and Trotsky. Lockhart had access to Lenin and Trotsky at
short-notice even though Lenin frequently had a waiting-room full of
high-ranking officials and foreign delegates, some having been
waiting to see him for as long as five days. Yet Lockhart never had
to wait more than a few hours to see either man. Lockhart carried a
letter signed by Trotsky informing all Bolshevik officials that
Lockhart had special status and should be given the utmost
co-operation at all times.
MIND GAMES, Murphy, Michael.
MISCELLANEOUS OLD RECORDS,
India House Documents, London.
MK ULTRA LSD
MR. WILLIAM CECIL AND QUEEN
ELIZABETH, Read, Conyers.
MURDER, Anslinger, Henry.
Anslinger was at one time the Number 1 agent in the Drug Enforcement
Agency and his book is highly critical of the so-called war-on-drugs
allegedly being waged by the U.S. Government.
MY FATHER, A REMEMBRANCE,
Black, Hugo L., Jr.
NATIONAL COUNCIL OF
CHURCHES, Josephson, Emmanuel in his book "ROCKEFELLER,
OIL IMPERIALISM, THE
INTERNATIONAL STRUGGLE FOR PETROLEUM, Fischer, Louis.
PAPERS OF SIR GEORGE
BIRDWOOD, India House Documents, London.
PATTERNS IN EASDEA TITLE I
READING ACHIEVEMENT TESTS, Stanford Research Institute.
POPULATION BOMB, Erlich,
PROFESSOR FREDERICK WELLS
WILLIAMSON, India House Documents, London.
PUBLIC AGENDA FOUNDATION.
Founded in 1975 by Cyrus Vance and Daniel Yankelovich.
PUBLIC OPINION, Lippmann,
TECHNOLOGY, Coudenhove Kalergi, Count.
INTERNATIONALIST. Josephson details how the Rockefellers used their
wealth to penetrate the Christian Church in America and how they
later used their Number 1 agent, John Foster Dulles - who was
related to them - to maintain their grip on every aspect of church
life in this country.
ROOM 3603, Hyde,
Montgomery. The book gives some detail about
Intelligence-operations run by Sir William Stephenson out of the
in New York; but, as is usual with "cover stories", the REAL events
have been omitted.
AMERICA IN PEACE AND WAR, Wheeler-Bennet, Sir John.
STEPS TO THE ECOLOGY OF THE
MIND, Bateson, Gregory. Bateson was one of the Tavistock new-science
scientists in the top-five at Tavistock and later did much to
formulate and manage the 46-year war on America conducted by
STERLING DRUG. William C.
Bullitt was once on its board of directors and was also on the board
of I.G. Farben.
TERRORISM IN THE UNITED
STATES INCLUDING ATTACKS ON U.S. INTELLIGENCE AGENCIES: FBI Files
#100-447935, #100-447735, and #100-446784.
THE CAIRO DOCUMENTS, Haikal,
Mohammed. Haikal was the grand-old-man of Egyptian journalism, and
he was present at the interview given to Chou En-lai by Nasser in
which the Chinese leader vowed to "get even" with Britain and the
U.S over their opium-trade in China.
THE CHASM AHEAD, Peccei, A.
THE DIARIES OF SIR BRUCE
LOCKHART, Lockhart, Bruce.
THE ENGINEERING OF
CONSENT, Bernays. In this 1955 book, Bernays lays out the modus
operandi of how to persuade targeted groups to change their minds on
important issues that can and do alter the national direction of a
country. The book also deals with the unleashing of psychiatric
shock troops such as we see in
lesbian and homosexual
organisations, environmental groups, abortion rights groups and the
like. "Psychiatric shock troops" was a concept developed by John
Rawlings Reese, the founder of the Tavistock Institute of Human
THE FEDERAL BUDGET AND
SOciaL RECONSTRUCTION, IPS Fellows Raskin and Barnett. A list of
Members of Congress who asked IPS to produce the alternative budget
study and/or supported it is too long to include here but contained
such prominent names as Tom Harkness, Henry Ruess, Patricia
Schroeder, Les Aspin, Ted Weiss, Don Edwards, Barbara Mikulski, Mary
Rose Oakar, Ronald Dellums and Peter Rodino.
THE HUXLEYS, Clark.
THE IMPERIAL DRUG TRADE,
THE JESUITS, Martin,
THE LATER CECILS, Rose,
THE LEGACY OF MALTHUS,
THE MANAGEMENT OF
SUSTAINABLE GROWTH, Cleveland, Harlan. Cleveland was commissioned by
NATO to report on just how far the Club of Rome's Post Industrial
Society-Zero Growth blueprint to wreck the industrial base of the
United States had succeeded. This shocking document should be read
by every patriotic American who feels an urgent need for an
explanation as to why the U.S. is in a deep economic depression at
the end of 1991.
THE MEN WHO RULED INDIA,
THE OPEN CONSPIRACY, Wells,
H. G. In this work, Wells describes how in the New World Order
(which he calls the New Republic) "useless eaters", excess
population, will be gotten rid of: "The men of the New Republic will
not be squeamish either in facing or inflicting death.... They will
have an ideal that will make killing worthwhile; like Abraham, they
will have the faith to kill, and they will have no superstitions
about death.... They will hold, I anticipate, that a certain portion
of the population exists only on sufferance out of pity and
patience, and, on the understanding that they do not propagate, and
I do not foresee any reason to oppose that they will not hesitate to
kill when that sufferance is abused.... All such killings will be
done with an opiate.... If deterrent punishments are used at all in
the code of the future, the deterrent shall be neither death, nor
mutilation of the body...but good scientifically caused pain." The
United States has a very large contingent of Wells converts who
would not hesitate to follow the dictates of Wells, once the New
World Order becomes a reality. Walter Lippmann was one of Wells'
most ardent disciples.
THE POLITICS OF EXPERIENCE,
Laing, R.D. Laing was the Staff Psychologist at Tavistock and, under
Andrew Schofield, a member of the Governing Council.
THE POLITICS OF HEROIN IN
SOUTH EAST ASIA, McCoy, Alfred W., Read, C.B and Adams, Leonard P.
THE PROBLEM OF CHINA,
THE PUGWASH CONFEREES,
Bertrand Russell. In the early 1950's Russell led a movement urging
a nuclear attack on Russia. When it was discovered, Stalin warned
that he would not hesitate to retaliate in kind. This led to a quick
"rethink" on he part of Russell, who almost overnight became a
pacifist; thus was born the "Ban the Bomb" Campaign for Nuclear
Disarmament (CND) out of which arose the Pugwash anti-nuclear
scientists. In 1957 the first group met at the home of Cyrus Eaton
in Nova Scotia, a long-time American Communist. The Pugwash
Conferees dedicated themselves to anti-nuclear and environmental
issues and were a thorn in the side of U.S. efforts to develop
THE ROUND TABLE MOVEMENT AND
IMPERIAL UNION, Kendle, John.
THE STRUCTURE OF THE POPULAR
MUSIC INDUSTRY; THE FILTERING PROCESS WHEREBY RECORDS ARE SELECTED
FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION, Institute for Social Research. This work
explains how "Hit Parades," "The Top Ten" - now expanded to the "Top
Forty" - and other charades are constructed to deceive listeners and
convince them what they hear is what "THEY" like!
THE WORKS OF JEREMY BENTHAM,
Bowering, John. Bentham was the liberal of his day and the agent for
Lord Shelburne, British Prime Minister at the end of the American
War of Independence. Bentham believed that man was no more than a
common animal, and Bentham's theories were later written up by his
protégé, David Hume. Writing about instinct in animals Hume said,
"...which we are so apt to admire as extraordinary and inexplicable.
But our wonder will perhaps cease or diminish when we consider that
the experimental reasoning itself which we possess in common with
beasts, and upon which the whole conduct of life depends, is nothing
but a species of instinct, or mechanical power that acts in us
unknown to ourselves.... Though the instincts be different, yet
still it is an instinct."
TIME PERSPECTIVE AND MORALE,
TOWARD A HUMANISTIC
TREND REPORT, Naisbitt,
U.S. CONGRESS, HOUSE
COMMITTEE ON INTERNAL SECURITY, REPORTING ON THE INSTITUTE FOR
POLICY STUDIES (IPS) AND THE PENTAGON PAPERS. In the spring of 1970,
FBI operative William McDermott went to see Richard Best, who at
that time was Rand's top security officer, to warn him of the
possibility that Ellsberg had removed Vietnam study-papers done by
Rand and had copied them outside of Rand premises. Best took
McDermott to see Dr. Harry Rowan who headed Rand and who was also
one of Ellsberg's closest friends. Rowan told the FBI that a Defence
Department inquiry was going on and on his assurance, the FBI
apparently dropped its investigation of Ellsberg. In fact, no
inquiry was in progress, nor did the DOD ever conduct one. Ellsberg
retained his security clearance at Rand and blatantly went on
removing and copying Vietnam War documents right up to the time of
his exposure during the Pentagon Papers affair which rocked the
Nixon Administration to its foundations.
UNDERSTANDING MAN'S SOciaL
BEHAVIOUR, Cantril. Cantril was primarily responsible for
establishing the Association for Humanistic Psychology based in San
Francisco that taught Tavistock methods. It is in institutions of
this type that we find the lines between pure science and
social-engineering become totally obliterated. The term
"social-engineering" covers every aspect of methods used by
Tavistock to bring about massive changes in group orientation toward
social, economic, religious and political events and brainwashing of
target-groups who then believe that opinions expressed and
viewpoints taken are their own. Selected individuals underwent the
same Tavistockian treatment, resulting in major shifts in
personality and behaviour. The effect of this on the national scene
was, and still is, devastating and is one of the principal factors
in bringing the United States into the twilight, decline-and-fall
state-of-being in which the country finds itself at the close of
1991. I did a report on this national condition under the title:
"Twilight, Decline-and-Fall of the United States of America" which
was published in l987. The Association for Human Psychology was
founded by Abraham Maselov in l957 as a Club of Rome project.
Another Tavistock-Club of Rome Commissioned opinion-making
research-centre was established by Risis Likhert and Ronald Lippert
who called it The Centre for Research in the Utilisation of
Scientific Knowledge. The facility was under the directorship of
Club of Rome's Donald Michael. The centre drew heavily on the Office
of Public Opinion Research established at Princeton University in
l940. It was from here that Cantril taught many of the techniques
used by today's pollsters-opinion makers.
Kipling, Rudyard. Kipling was a Wells disciple and, like Wells,
believed in Fascism, as a means of world control. Kipling adopted
the Running Cross as his personal emblem. The Running Cross was
later adopted by Hitler and with slight modifications became known
as the swastika.
Wells, H. G. Gives interesting details of how Wells sold the rights
to "WAR OF THE WORLDS" to
WHO OWNS MONTREAL, Aubin,